Home Blog

Battle Of The Brands: 5 Tips To Fight Off Private Label As Buyers Dwindle


By Sandy Skrovan, Content Marketing Manager at Profitero

Changes in consumer spending habits, including a shift to lower-priced private label products, are inevitable as shoppers become increasingly cash-strapped in a shrinking economy. This makes it all the more important for brands to monitor changing market dynamics and take action to protect their market share.

The tightening of the purse strings is inevitable

Consumers are feeling the heat of inflation on their wallets. Living expenses today are costing the average consumer $460 more per month than last year, reports NBC News.

  • Gasoline prices remain high: filling the tank these days costs double what it cost two summers ago.
  • Overall US consumer prices (both online and offline) jumped 9.1% in June as food price inflation hit a 40-year high. A similar impact is being felt in the UK as the inflation rate hit a new 40-year high of 9.1% in May.
  • According to monthly eCPI data from Profitero, online prices in the United States in June 2022 have increased by 12% since June 2020 (the reference month).
Profitero e-commerce price index shows dramatic increase in online prices

These economic pressures (among others, for example, rising rents, health care, etc.) are taking their toll and changing the way consumers buy and spend. A few things to watch out for:

  • Focusing more on needs (i.e. non-discretionary purchases like food, fuel, and housing) rather than wants (clothing, entertainment, travel, etc.)
  • Less dining out and more food preparation and consumption at home
  • Reduce spending and/or switch to cheaper alternatives, for example switching to discounters like Aldi and Save-A-Lot; buy more house brands than national brands
Assess the threat of private label

Despite food price inflation that has intensified over the past two years, national brands have held their own in terms of market share, maintaining and even slightly increasing their market share relative to house brands.

National brands have maintained their share of the food dollar* over the past 2 years,
but that could change given the high inflation

*Defined as IRI’s All Outlet Food Market
Source: IRI data cited in a June 2022 Food Marketing Institute (FMI) report, as reported by Ad Age

However, as inflationary pressures worsen and the economic outlook darkens, private label consumption can be expected to rise as shoppers look for other ways to stretch their dollars.

According to The Power of Private Brands report by the Food Marketing Institute (FMI), more than 40% of consumers say they buy more private brands than before the pandemic. Additionally, three-quarters of shoppers plan to continue buying more house brands in the future.

This means that brands will face more threats from private labels in the coming months. This threat is amplified online as retailers typically hold a large share of page 1 in search results compared to national brands, and this share is likely to increase as retailers push their own private label agenda. . Our past research has taught us how extremely important being on Page 1 is for sales: you get a 50% increase in sales going from Page 2 to Page 1; Getting into the top 10 almost doubles your sales. So as private brands gain Page 1 share, national brands are sure to lose them and, in fact, lose sales as well.

Private label dominates search results for “ibuprofen” on Target.com
Private label has significant representation in top search results for grocery categories on major retailer sites – June 2022
Amazon.co.uk walmart.com Tesco.com
crackers 21% garbage bags 31% chicken 84%
cookies 15% Solar cream 28% nuts 82%
pasta sauce 14% bleach 22% soup 70%
garbage bags 12% dog food 21% cookies 67%
toilet paper 11% coffee 18% pizza 64%
soup 11% toilet paper 16% Milk 64%
coffee 11% fries 15% rice 56%
painkillers 11% body wash 14% Orange juice 53%
Peanut Butter 11% cookies 13% cheese 47%
fries 9% canned food 12% crackers 45%

Source: Profitero

Share of house brands on Page 1 is on the rise

Example: Chips – Walmart.com Page 1 Share Change


APR – JUNE 2022
Lay’s 23.5% 14.0% – 9.4 points
Frito Lay 17.8% 33.6% +15.8 points
Pringles 8.7% 4.9% – 3.8 dots
Doritos 8.5% 6.8% – 1.8 dots
Great Value (Walmart PL) 6.0% 22.8% +16.8 points

Source: Profitero

Example: Peanut Butter – Tesco.com Page 1 Share Change


APR – JUNE 2022
meridian foods 18.3% 17.1% – 1.2 point
whole earth 16.8% 25.6% +8.8 points
Sun-Pat 11.2% 7.7% – 3.5 dots
Tesco PL 10.8% 21.3% + 10.5 points
Cooking pot 6.4% 3.4% – 3.0 points

Source: Profitero

So what, now what? What can brands do?

National brands should be on high alert, using a “hands on keyboard” approach to mitigate the threat from the house brand. This means regularly monitoring the competitive dynamics on the digital shelf, daily if possible, so that you can take the necessary steps to minimize potential sales and share losses.

What brands can do to stay ahead:

    1. Make sure your product content is relevant and differentiated. How you communicate your price/value proposition is critical, especially when competing with lower-priced private label options. So be sure to review your promotional and social strategies to ensure the right message is being shared. And update your product content (images, descriptions, bullet points, etc.) to differentiate your brand from private labels. Think strong hero images, videos, romance copy, recipe links, personalized messages, and more.
      Use every pixel at its best to communicate brand valuesprofitero-private-label-3
    2. Do what it takes to keep your share of Page 1. Keep an eye on your share of Page 1 versus that of the competition – including private labels – for your top general and branded keywords. Be sure to monitor changes over time and watch for any unusual trends. This way, you can take appropriate action, such as ramping up paid search or investing in organic search, if needed.
    3. Analyze price elasticity and review the architecture of your tariff pack. Now is a good time to analyze your packaging size to play with value dynamics to entice value-conscious consumers to buy your brand. Brands can earn by identifying additional packs that the retailer does not carry in its private label offering. Or maybe it’s time to think about ways to bundle products together that will provide solutions and/or savings for consumers, or mimic the club mentality of stocking up to save. Or maybe it’s figuring out how to bundle your brand with a complementary private label product and then promote it through a banner ad on the retailer’s site.
    4. Focus on retention-based tactics to try to limit brand switching. As buyer trading activity heats up, it’s more important than ever to stay in the consideration set and earn a buyout. Focus on more retention-based tactics, if you haven’t already. Invest in subscription programs, like Amazon’s Subscribe & Save, and other lock-in mechanisms (eg, “buy again” lists). Also leverage all acquired first-party data to retarget your current customers with reminders about items they’ve previously purchased, upsell or cart building.
    5. Leverage ratings and reviews, online and offline. Consumers prefer brands they know and trust. This is why product reviews are among the main criteria used by consumers when buying items online. This is also why it’s important to leverage your reviews as much as possible – in your PDPs, in your content, even on the store shelf. This can help your products shine over private labels; it is also often a key criterion that guides retailers’ search algorithms. So be sure to monitor your ratings and reviews closely: research and address any new negative reviews; stay on top of the recency or currency of the review; and increase reviews through syndication to differentiate and optimize search.

The above list of measures relies, of course, on having the right resources in place, both in terms of people and data.

“The brands that win will be the ones that can track their leaky bucket and understand progress towards perfection. eComm data is an unmapped jungle. If you wait until you can map the whole jungle, you’ll never win. But if you have a good jungle guide (internal talents and external partners) who can read and react to different situations once you enter the jungle, you have a better chance of being effective and efficient with your resources.
– Todd Hassenfelt, director of e-commerce at Colgate-Palmolive

Contact Profitero to learn more about ways to defend your market share and fend off the threat of private label.

PCFLV will host a big group outing on August 13 at the fitness center | The Valley Register

flag is

ALLENTOWN, PA, August 8, 2022 – The Lehigh Valley Pediatric Cancer Foundation (PCFLV) and Fitness Central will host the 5th annual Great Big Group Ride on August 13th. The Metric Century and Metric Half Century Bike Rides begin and end at Fitness Central, 4337 PA-309, Schnecksville, PA.

Participants were able to select the ride they wanted to do. Both rides are challenging yet fun and take riders on beautiful country roads.

“Great Big Group Ride is a fantastic event for riders of all skill levels,” said Tracy Stauffer, Marketing, Community Relations and Development Coordinator for PCFLV. “All proceeds from Great Big Group Ride stay here in the Lehigh Valley to help local children with cancer.”

In addition to Fitness Central, sponsors include EF Laudenslager, Inc.; Solar Lumina; Aveanna Healthcare; Heavy and Road Construction Workers Union #158; Fedetz and Martin; Armetta Financial Services; Lehigh Valley Orthodontics; Labuda exteriors; Bradford Young, dentist; Drilling of the Duane Moyer well; Bear Creek Mountain Resort; Legacy jewelers; 3 men and a bagel; and solution consulting.

The Metric Century ride will take off from Fitness Central at 8 a.m., while the Metric Half Century ride will begin at 10 a.m. Runners should start returning to Fitness Central around noon.

For more information about this event, please contact Tracy Stauffer at [email protected] or 610-462-8331.


The Pediatric Cancer Foundation of the Lehigh Valley (PCFLV) is a local non-profit organization that provides free programs and services to local children with cancer and their families. Whether it’s college or trade school scholarships, art therapy programs, family outings, or financial assistance through gift cards and a For help paying the bills, PCFLV is there for families at every stage of their cancer journey. For more information about what PCFLV provides to local childhood cancer families, visit pcflv.org.

Information provided to TVL by:
Tracy Stauffer
Marketing, Community Relations and Development Coordinator

We must regulate the exploitation of limited resources in space

The writer is founder, president and general manager of Viasat

The possibilities offered by space are almost endless. The navigation systems of our cars and telephones; weather observation satellites analyzing this summer’s heat wave in Europe; photos of troop movements from the war in Ukraine; safety communications on aircraft and ships; broadband services in hard-to-reach places — the space economy informs and benefits everyone.

Space is a shared resource that must remain available to all nations. No private company, no matter how well funded, should be allowed to dominate it for its own benefit or take risks that contribute to the current climate crisis.

Yet, I think that is the threat we face today. Mega-constellations incorporating thousands, and soon tens of thousands, of satellites are crowding into Low Earth Orbit, or LEO, and claiming the right to occupy it in ways that pose a great threat to security, competition , innovation and consumer choice.

As Founder, Chairman and CEO of Viasat, one of the largest satellite companies in the world, I believe we have the scale and the technology to compete. Many others, including many countries, do not.

Concerns about the overuse of limited space resources are growing rapidly among global space agencies, political and research institutions, and national governments.

The proliferation of mega-constellations in LEO risks a cascade of collisions, potentially preventing access to space for decades or even centuries. In June, Britain’s former science minister, George Freeman, warned that “a space race in the ‘Wild West’ without effective regulation risks a growing space debris crisis”.

The huge increase in the number of rocket launches will also cause damage to the environment, as will the small particles and chemical compounds released into the ozone layer when dozens of spacecraft disintegrate every day at the end of their short life. Additionally, light pollution from countless satellites may soon exceed the number of visible stars, interfering with optical and radio astronomy.

Although this damage has not yet been thoroughly examined, the size and total mass of the LEO mega-constellations have increased at an alarming rate. Just as we measure carbon footprints, we urgently need to determine the environmental footprint of each LEO constellation.

Fortunately, there is growing international recognition that LEO is a shared natural resource and the number of satellites that can operate on it is limited. This concept of “carrying capacity” can help us assess how best to use the resource for the benefit of all.

Countries that yearn for space will not be able to achieve them if they are denied the orbital resources to sustain their spacecraft. This is even true for advanced nations that can’t or won’t outspend mega-constellations in the race to grab orbital real estate.

We need to find a way to share these limited natural resources equitably and taking into account the consequences of their use. International treaties have long recognized that nations should have equitable access to orbits and frequencies around the Earth. We need to protect that just before it’s too late.

Ultimately, the power to curb anti-competitive behavior is distributed among all countries — it does not belong to a single licensing authority. The worst consequences could be avoided if an influential group of nations were able to impose reasonable multilateral constraints on the orbital and environmental footprints of the constellations they allow to serve their countries.

Some mega-constellations insist that only they can bridge the digital divide, and only if they decide the rules. But the “move fast and break things” approach to new markets hasn’t worked well on Earth for the past two decades – it’s hard to see why it should be allowed in space.

Carolinas AGC honors construction leaders

CHARLOTTE, North Carolina, August 8, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Carolinas AGC proudly announces the 2022 CACG Hall of Fame and Hall of Fame Legacy winners. These winners – two who have left an incredible legacy on our industry and seven who are still paving the way for future leaders to follow – epitomize the skill, integrity and accountability that Carolinas AGC and Associated General Contractors stand for. These prestigious awards honor individuals, including those who are successful, who make or have made extraordinary contributions during their careers to Carolinas AGC, the construction industry and the community they serve.

Winners and their families were honored at the 2022 AGC Carolinas Summit and Expo on July 23 in Hilton Head Island, South Carolina. Visit the Awards of www.cagc.org to read extended biographies of the winners and view photos.

CACG Hall of Fame Legacy Winners

Joseph Bordeaux
Bordeaux construction

Richard Nickel
Carolina Bridge

CACG Hall of Fame Award Winners

Robert Barnhill
Barnhill Contract

Edison Kassel
Edison Foard

Bill Crowder
Crowder Builders

Otis crowd
Crowder Builders

Marc Hood
Hood Construction Company, Inc.

Marty McKee
King Asphalt, Inc.

Pat Rodgers

To learn more about each recipient, including photos and videos of the winners and the event, please visit the Awards of www.cagc.orgunder At your service.

MCO of the Carolinas (CAGC) is a construction trade association made up of contractors and construction-related businesses that carry out work in North Carolina and Caroline from the south. CAGC is a chapter of the AGC of America (AGC) and the American Road & Transportation Builders Association (ARTBA). Our members are both small and large general contractors, specialty contractors, material/equipment suppliers and service providers.

Media Contact: Lori McGovern at [email protected].

SOURCE Carolines AGC

China’s Export Sector Posts Higher Than Expected July Numbers | China


China’s export industries performed well last month after spending the first half of the year hampered by raw material shortages and pandemic-related closures at major ports.

Providing an encouraging boost to the economy, outbound shipments rose 18% in July from a year earlier, the fastest pace this year, official Customs data showed on Sunday, beating analysts’ expectations. 15% gain, although imports remained sluggish.

Analysts had expected exports to decline amid growing signs that Europe, the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia were heading into recession, clouding the outlook for global consumption.

According to data released by the National Ports Association, foreign trade container shipments at eight major Chinese ports rose 14.5 percent in July, accelerating from the 8.4 percent gain in June.

Container throughput at the Port of Shanghai, one of the hardest hit by Covid-related lockdowns, hit a record high in July.

The export data should cheer Chinese leaders who have come under pressure from a general economic slowdown that many have blamed on a weakening real estate market.

A property development boom in recent years has resulted in a mountain of debt triggering a wave of bankruptcies in construction and related industries.

Ratings agency S&P Global said last month that property sales in China could fall by a third this year as people lose faith in the market and pressure mounts on struggling developers to complete contracts. pre-sold apartments.

China’s central bank has sought to ease borrowing rules to make sky-high real estate values ​​more affordable and prevent further corporate insolvencies. Local governments have also expanded new infrastructure projects to boost national business activity.

However, many analysts remain skeptical. Beijing can orchestrate a soft landing for the real estate sector that cushions the economy from the worst effects of lower prices, especially when exports are expected to slow towards the end of the year.

A global factory survey released last week showed demand weakened in July, with orders and production indices falling to their weakest levels since the pandemic began in early 2020.

Indicating an imminent and widespread slowdown in activity, the official survey of China’s manufacturing sector showed that activity contracted last month.

Soaring exports pushed China’s trade surplus to a record $101.3bn (£839m) last month.

However, while exports played a role in the improved numbers, weak imports were also a significant factor.

Imports rose 2.3% from a year earlier, compared to the even more modest gain of 1% recorded in June.

Analysts expect import momentum to pick up in the second half of the year, supported by construction-related equipment and raw materials in the wake of increased infrastructure spending.

According to a meeting last week of the country’s top economic planners, the economy is in the “critical window” for stabilization and recovery, and the third quarter is “vital”.

Sign up for the daily Business Today email or follow Guardian Business on Twitter at @BusinessDesk

In the first half of this year, retail sales fell 0.7% from a year earlier as many consumers were confined to their homes under strict anti-virus measures.

The National Development and Reform Commission said: “[We should] seize the peak season time window for construction in the third quarter, improve work efficiency [and] help create as many jobs as possible for local people nearby.

Beijing recently signaled it was poised to miss the government’s growth target of around 5.5% for 2022, which analysts said looked increasingly out of reach after the economy narrowly avoided a contraction in the second trimester.

In late July, the International Monetary Fund sharply cut its growth forecast for China in 2022 to 3.3% from 4.4% in April, citing Covid lockdowns and a worsening crisis in the country’s property sector. .

US Senate Democrats’ climate, health and tax bill clears first hurdle to passage

The U.S. Senate voted along party lines Saturday night to move on to debate on Democrats’ sweeping energy, health care and tax bill, removing a major roadblock to passage.

The 51-50 vote, with Vice President Kamala Harris breaking the tie, allowed the chamber to debate and vote on amendments to the measurement and indicated he had enough support from Democrats to defeat the unified Republican opposition.

“We will show the American people that, yes, we can pass a historic climate package, rein in the drug companies and make our tax code fairer,” Majority Leader Chuck Schumer said ahead of the vote. “We are capable of making big promises and working hard to keep them as well.

“This is one of the most comprehensive and far-reaching pieces of legislation that has come before Congress in decades,” the New York Democrat added. “It will help just about every citizen of this country and make America a much better place.”

As expected, all Republicans voted against the measure. Republicans inside and outside the Senate have criticized the measure for spending too much during a recession while doing little to tackle consumer inflation, which they say is the biggest problem facing the United States. United face.

Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell focused his remarks on the provisions of the measure allow Medicare to negotiate the prices of some prescription drugs, saying this would lead to a drastic reduction in research and development efforts in the private sector.

“The politics of the Democrats wouldn’t bring a paradise where we had all the amazing new innovations that we would have anyway, but at lower prices,” he said. “Their policy would result in a world where far fewer new drugs and treatments are invented in the first place, while corporations reduce R&D.”

The White House said Saturday that President Joe Biden’s administration “strongly supports” the bill.

“This legislation would reduce health care, prescription drug and energy costs, invest in energy security and make our tax code fairer, while fighting inflation and reducing the deficit,” says the administration’s policy statement.

Saturday session

The vote opened a rare weekend session in the Senate – when the chamber was scheduled to be on August recess – which is expected to include up to 20 hours of debate and the consideration of 40 to 50 amendments in a “vote- a-rama”.

Depending on the length of debate and amendment votes, a final vote is scheduled for Sunday or Monday.

The bill, negotiated primarily by Schumer and Democratic West Virginia Sen. Joe Manchin III with additional changes made at the request of Democratic Arizona Sen. Kyrsten Sinema, would spend nearly $370 billion on clean energy programsallow Medicare to negotiate certain drug prices starting in 2026 and change the tax code and strengthen Internal Revenue Service enforcement to generate more than $400 billion in new revenue over 10 years.

July 29 analysis by the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania found that the bill would have a negligible impact on inflation.

After negotiating with Sinema and presenting the bill to the Senate parliamentarian to ensure that all provisions are qualified for consideration as part of the budget reconciliation, Democrats released a longer updated invoice of 755 pages minutes before voting to open the debate on Saturday.

The reconciliation process allows Democrats to pass the bill by a simple majority, instead of the usual 60-vote threshold.

The CBO sent Schumer an incomplete score of the bill updated on Saturday. The estimate showed that seven of the eight spending sections would increase the deficit by $115 billion over 10 years. It did not include revenue projections.

Among the late changes to the bill was an addition of $4 billion to deal with western droughts.

Western Democratic Sens. Catherine Cortez Masto of Nevada, Mark Kelly of Arizona and Michael Bennet of Colorado announced that they had secured funding from the Bureau of Reclamation to help with droughts in Nevada, Arizona and Colorado.

“The western United States is experiencing unprecedented drought, and it’s critical that we have the resources we need to support our states’ efforts to combat climate change, conserve water resources, and protect the basin. Colorado River,” they said in a joint statement. statement.

Democrats also added a provision for cap the copayment price of insulin for Americans at $35 starting in 2024. The language of insulin, however, may be disputed by Republicans on the ground.

Another provision, pushed by Virginia Democratic Senator Tim Kaine, and included in the original bill, would permanently expand the Black Lung Disability Trust Fund, which provides monthly payments and medical benefits to disabled coal miners who have developed black lung disease while working in coal. mines.

Lower prescription drug costs and changes to the tax code more than offset the bill’s spending, reducing the deficit by about $100 billion, according to the nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office. The additional IRS enforcement would bring the total deficit reduction to about $300 billion.

Those projections haven’t stopped Republicans from criticizing the bill as a “tax and spend” measure.

Reducing the deficit would represent less than 1% of the nation’s gross domestic product over 10 years, Sen. Bill Cassidy, a Republican from Louisiana, said Friday.

“It will be a total rounding error,” he said. “So that’s what they use to justify and that’s their strongest argument, it’s a pretty weak and strong argument.”

Force hard votes

Most of the Democrat-drafted amendments to the bill are expected to come from Republicans, some with the express purpose of forcing Democrats into tough policy positions ahead of the November election.

GOP Conference Chairman John Barrasso of Wyoming said Republicans would propose amendments on immigration, crime, inflation and energy policy.

US Senator Lindsey Graham of South Carolina said votes on the amendments would be “like hell”.

House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer, a Democrat from Maryland, said the chamber would return from its August recess to vote on a bill passed by the Senate on Friday.

Biden and Pelosi give false ‘facts’ about ‘assault weapons’ ban

President Joe Biden and congressional Democrats are trying to reinstate the 10-year-old federal ban on assault weapons because they say it has reduced gun crime. The bill, which has just been passed in the House, will soon be voted on in the Senate.

In a bid to push it through, Biden and House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-California) made sweeping claims, which they called “facts,” about the previous gun ban leading to a decrease in crime. But these facts do not seem to be supported by evidence.

“Proponents of the bans are calling their claims ‘facts’, in an effort to mislead the public,” Lawrence Keane, senior vice president and general counsel for the National Shooting Sports Foundation (NSSF), told The Epoch Times. “Many Democratic members of Congress have deliberately misled their claims that the 1994 Assault Weapons Ban reduced crime. This level of willful ignorance would be comical if the effects of what they are trying to do were not so patently unconstitutional.

The ban was in effect from 1994 to 2004.


Meanwhile, “we’ve seen a 40% drop in gun crime,” Pelosi told the House during the recent debate.

“The number of murders with guns actually increased slightly when the ban went into effect,” John R Lott Jr., the president of Crime Research, told The Epoch Times, referring to data from the annual publication by the FBI of law enforcement reports on homicides by weapon type. Lott also pointed out that no one collects data on all crimes committed with so-called assault weapons.

The term “assault weapon” is a political expression referring to semi-automatic rifles with various aesthetic characteristics. The House bill calls an “assault weapon” a rifle that has a feature such as a pistol grip, folding stock or grenade launcher.

Although Pelosi gives the impression that there is a serious risk of being killed by a gun, it is actually a rare crime. Lott reported that the percentage of gun homicides with any type of rifle was 4.8% before the ban from September 1994. During the 10-year ban, gun homicides accounted for 4, 9% of all murders. Then, rifle homicides dropped to 3.6% after prohibition expired in 2004.

The speaker did not cite the source of her statistics. She could be referring to how all violent crime has declined since the peak in the 1980s, which would include the small number of gun killings.

You can see it in this chart of FBI data. The decline has been dramatic.

There were 15,463 firearm homicides in 1994 when the ban came into effect, and 724 by rifle. When the ban expired in 2004, there were 9,385 homicides and 403 of them were by gun.

“The decline in crime rates is more likely due to many other factors than gun ownership, including a concerted effort and focus on prosecuting criminals,” Keane explained.

Pelosi’s press office did not respond to a request for information on the source of its data.


Additionally, no study has proven that gun control legislation has a direct effect on reducing crime. On the contrary, Rand’s “Study of Gun Policy” in 2018 (pdf) reviewed various studies on the impact of the Violent Crime Act and concluded that “the available evidence is inconclusive as to the effect of the assault weapons ban on the total number of homicides and gun homicides”.

The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) also published a report in 2003 on evaluating the effectiveness of gun laws and studied the banning of assault weapons. He said the studies were “inconsistent” and therefore concluded that “there was insufficient evidence to determine the effectiveness” of the law.

Ownership of these so-called assault weapons increased during prohibition. Kean, the mighty gun lobbyistpointed out that during the ban, what his organization calls Modern Sporting Rifles continued to be legally manufactured and sold if they lacked two of the cosmetic features necessary for the rifle to be banned.

Biden has consistently lobbied for his reinstatement since taking office on the grounds that he was reducing mass shootings. He said in july“Assault weapons should be banned. They were banned. I led the fight in 1994. And then, under pressure from the NRA and gun manufacturers and others, that ban was lifted in 2004.”

NRA stands for National Rifle Association.

Biden also says on June 2, “In the 10 years it was the law, mass shootings have declined. But after Republicans let the law expire in 2004 and those guns were allowed to be resold, mass shootings tripled. These are the facts.

But an Epoch Times investigation into mass shootings showed they are extremely rare and have had their ups and downs over the period in question. As you can see from this graph, there was no pattern of mass shootings during this 10 year period.

The White House press office did not respond to a request for the president’s data source.

Pelosi echoed Biden with his own statistic, saying in a speech that “since the ban expired, mass shooting deaths have increased by nearly 500 percent.”

It’s not true.

“Massive public shootings with assault weapons in the ten years since the end of the ban have risen to six from the four that occurred in the ten years before the ban,” said Lott. reported in his analysis. He also reports that the total number of public mass shootings increased between these two ten-year periods, nearly doubling, but the increase occurred with non-assault weapons.

“If Pelosi’s assertion is correct, we should see a drop in the percentage of attacks with assault weapons during the federal prohibition period and then an increase in the post-prohibition period, but that’s exactly the opposite is true,” said Lott, the author of the new book Gun control myths.

Additionally, the nonpartisan Congressional Research Service studied the impact of the 1994 Assault Weapons Ban and concluded, “Significantly, though tragic and shocking, public mass shootings represent little of the non-negligent gun-related murders or homicides that occur each year in the States -United.”


Why are top Democrats calling public attention to legislation from so long ago that had no impact on violence?

“They’re living in a mindset of 1994 because we have an anti-gun political class that’s still using the same old arguments when it comes to assault weapons,” said an insider from a group that aims to protect Second Amendment rights. “They highlight the most emotionally compelling crimes [mass shootings] which are extremely rare – less than 1% of all gun deaths – to confuse and scare the public, but it doesn’t work anymore.

Keane echoed this, saying, “These are the same politicians who fabricate terms to scare the American public with the term ‘assault weapon’ to deliberately mislead the American public and confuse modern sporting rifles with automatic rifles. of the Army.”

While these types of “assault weapon” scare tactics worked during the era of the first ban, modern style rifles have become much more popular and are in common use. The CNSS, reported this month that there are now 24.4 million modern sporting rifles in circulation in America. The firearms manufacturers’ trade association noted that this means there are more AR-15 and AK style rifles” in circulation today than there are Ford F-Series trucks. on the road”.

That’s a big part of why the polls are now going against the old talking points that Pelosi and Biden use. Quinnipiac reported in June (pdf) that support for a nationwide ban on the sale of assault weapons — 50% — was the lowest level of support among registered voters since the poll question was first asked in February 2013.

Now that so many Americans own or know friends and family who own AR-style guns, they don’t seem so scary. So when this bill is passed in the Senate, the public should be aware that banning these universally owned guns will do nothing about America’s serious crime problem.


Emily Miller is an award-winning investigative journalist and author in Washington, D.C. Her newsletter”Emily posts newsoffers readers original, exclusive reporting and insider analysis.

Shells hit power lines at Ukrainian nuclear power plant, fight in the east

  • Technicians shut down the reactor of Europe’s largest nuclear power plant
  • Three grain ships leave Ukrainian Black Sea ports
  • Turkey’s Erdogan meets Putin in Russia
  • The fighting in the east centers on the fortified village

KYIV, Aug 5 (Reuters) – Russia and Ukraine blamed each other on Friday for bombing Europe’s biggest nuclear power plant as fighting raged again in the crucial Donbass border region and three other ships were leaving ports carrying previously blocked Ukrainian grain.

Shells hit a high-voltage power line at the Zaporizhzhia plant, prompting operators to disconnect a reactor when no radioactive leak was detected. The factory was captured by Russian forces in early March at the start of the war, but it is still run by its Ukrainian technicians.

Earlier this week, the United Nations nuclear watchdog requested access to the plant, which Washington says Russia is using as a shield on the battlefield. Read more

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Ukrainian nuclear energy company Energoatom blamed Russia for damage to the plant.

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy said Moscow was responsible and accused him of committing “an open and brazen crime, an act of terror”, calling for sanctions against the entire Russian nuclear industry. Read more

The Russian Defense Ministry accused Ukrainian forces of bombing the factory, saying a radiation leak was only avoided by luck.

He said that as a result, the production capacity of one unit was reduced and the power supply to another was cut off. In addition, the nearby town of Enerhodar is experiencing problems with electricity and water supply, according to a statement from the ministry.

Energoatom said the plant, about 200 km (160 miles) northwest of the Russian port of Mariupol in southeastern Ukraine, was still operational and no radioactive discharge had been detected.

Further east, both sides claimed small advances as Russian artillery bombarded towns and villages over a wide area in a now familiar tactic.

Kharkiv, Ukraine’s second city, came under renewed shelling early on Friday, the mayor said. “All Kharkiv heard the sounds,” Kharkiv Mayor Ihor Terehov said on Telegram. “Rescue teams are on site.

Details of casualties or damage were not immediately available.

The southern city of Mykolaiv was shelled on Friday evening and one person was killed, Mayor Oleksandr Senkevych said on Telegram. Twenty-two people were injured. Twenty-one private homes and five apartment buildings were damaged, the mayor said.


In other developments, three grain ships left Ukrainian ports on Friday and the first incoming cargo ship since the Russian invasion was to be loaded in Ukraine, marking new milestones in the Kyiv government’s efforts to revive its economy after five months of war.

Russian President Vladimir Putin meanwhile met Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan, who is cultivating a mediating role in the war, in the Russian city of Sochi.

Turkey helped broker the deal which on Monday saw the first grain ship leave a Ukrainian port for foreign markets since the invasion.

On Friday, two grain ships departed from Chornomorsk and one from Odessa carrying a total of around 58,000 tonnes of corn, the Turkish Defense Ministry said.

The Turkish bulk carrier Osprey S, flying the flag of Liberia, was due to arrive in Chornomorsk on Friday to refuel with grain, the Odessa regional administration said.

Russia and Ukraine normally produce around a third of the world’s wheat, and the United Nations had warned that halting grain shipments through the Russian-dominated Black Sea could lead to famine in other countries, particularly in Africa, Asia and the Middle East.


Since Russia invaded Ukraine in what Putin called a “special military operation”, the conflict has turned into a war of attrition fought largely in the east and south of Ukraine.

Moscow is trying to take control of the largely Russian-speaking Donbass, made up of the provinces of Lugansk and Donetsk, where pro-Moscow separatists seized territory after the Kremlin annexed Crimea from the south in 2014.

Russian news agency TASS quoted separatist forces on Friday as saying they and Russian troops had taken full control of Pisky in the Donetsk region, a fortified village held by Ukrainian troops and close to the city of Donetsk, which is in the hands of Russian-backed separatist forces.

Ukraine has turned the village into a stronghold, viewing it as a buffer against Russian-backed forces holding the city of Donetsk about 10 km to the southeast.

TASS also said fighting was taking place in the town of Bakhmut, north of Donetsk and Russia’s next main target.

But the Ukrainian Armed Forces General Staff on Friday contradicted TASS’s assertions in a statement.

“With its offensive position, the occupiers tried to take more advantageous positions and improve their tactical positions in the Bakhmut, Zaitsevo and Vershyny region. They failed and retreated,” he said.

The statement adds that Russia “has unsuccessfully attempted to advance to” other cities, including Pisky.

Reuters could not verify the claims of either party regarding the evolution of the battlefield.

The next arms package to Ukraine from the United States is expected to be $1 billion, one of the largest to date, three sources briefed on the matter told Reuters. Read more If signed in its current form, it will include ammunition for long-range weapons and armored medical transport vehicles, the sources said. The package is expected to be announced as early as Monday.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Reports from Reuters offices; Written by Nick Macfie, Angus MacSwan and Daphne Psaledakis; Editing by Mark Heinrich and Grant McCool

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

Millennials should use these Roth IRAs to invest in college



If there’s one thing the impending start of the new school year makes clear, it’s that the cost of higher education in the United States is scary. Average tuition and fees for the 2021-22 school year are $10,338 at an in-state public college, $22,698 at an out-of-state school, and $38,185 at an out-of-state school. private, according to US News data.

However, based on rising costs each year, millennials can expect to see much larger bills by the time their children enter college. How can you prepare a child for college while securing your own financial future?

The most common answer is to use a 529 college savings plan. But for some families, I’d say the Roth IRA — yes, the retirement account — offers a more flexible way to build a college fund. your child.

In a 529 plan, contributions grow tax-deferred and withdrawals are tax-free as long as they are used for eligible educational expenses (including K-12). While there are no income restrictions and no annual contribution limits, there are lifetime contribution limits. Family members can also contribute to a 529 plan you have in place for your child.

The problem with 529s is that they can be restrictive. And it is ultimately difficult to predict the future of your child.

If they are not attending a college or other qualified institution – such as a trade or technical school – and you withdraw the 529 funds for a non-school expense, they will be subject to taxes and a potential 10% penalty. While there are options in case the original beneficiary is not college related, you really need to be diligent about the eligibility rules when using the money. The plans may also come with higher fees and fewer investment choices compared to other investment strategies.

This is where the Roth IRA comes in. These are funded with after-tax dollars, so your future self, at age 59.5+, can withdraw both contributions and earnings tax-free. Depending on current and projected tax brackets, this can be a huge advantage, especially for young people investing for their retirement.

What many don’t consider is that these accounts can also be used to invest in non-retirement goals in a tax-efficient way.

If you’ve had your Roth IRA for at least five years, you can withdraw contributions at any time without paying a penalty — and you can use those funds however you want. (Note: This only applies to the after-tax contributions you made, not the earnings from those contributions. Withdrawing these early may result in a penalty tax.)

Millennials setting aside money for their children’s college fund should consider the Roth IRA as a way to do so — but if, and only if, it’s an additional retirement savings account. . This means you also have a 401(k) or other retirement fund to invest in for your own future. You don’t want to dip into your future nest egg to pay for your education (there are loans for that).

Roth IRAs are subject to income phase-outs, which may make them more accessible to younger Millennials and older Gen Zers who are not yet in their prime earning years. It also means paying income taxes while you’re in a lower tax bracket, which is likely lower than what you would pay in retirement.

Married parents with an adjusted gross income of $204,000 or less — and who file taxes jointly — can each contribute up to $6,000 a year to a Roth IRA. People 50 and over can contribute $7,000. Single parents with an AGI of $129,000 or less can contribute the same amounts. Those earning more than these thresholds can contribute a reduced amount, unless you earn more than $214,000 as married spouses or more than $144,000 as a single filer, in which case you are not eligible for a Roth IRA. (Many looking to circumvent these restrictions opt for a Roth IRA backdoor.)

Maximizing a single Roth IRA with $6,000 per year, starting in the year a child is born, would result in $108,000 in contributions by the time the child turns 18. Considering each parent can have an IRA, you could have double that. (And you can start contributing to the account even before a child is born.)

The Roth IRA loophole allows you to withdraw these contributions at any time, after five years, without tax penalty. The income from your contributions, meanwhile, can remain invested and grow for your use in retirement. If necessary, you may be able to withdraw income without penalty for education expenses, but you will still have to pay income tax if you are under 59 1/2. If you are over this age when your child enters university, you can withdraw both contributions and earnings without paying income tax or penalties.

Keep in mind that this does not also apply to a Roth 401(k). Despite similar tax treatment as a Roth IRA, you don’t have the same level of flexibility with contribution withdrawals.

There’s also a big catch: A Roth IRA withdrawal will impact your child’s financial aid options for school. The Free Federal Student Aid app will count withdrawals from a retirement account as income. Assets in retirement savings do not count against FAFSA, but withdrawals do. This means that your income for that year will appear higher on paper, even though all of those funds are paying for your child’s college education, and this could affect the amount of financial aid your child may receive.

If your child will rely heavily on federal student loans to pay the majority of tuition, then you should calculate the impact of a retirement withdrawal on their access to loans. Another option is to wait until their junior or senior years before taking withdrawals. FAFSA rulings are often made using tax income from the previous two years. Students applying for aid for the 2022-23 school year are encouraged to use their parent’s 2020 tax return.

Whether you choose a 529, a Roth IRA, or a blend to prepare for the cost of college, be sure not to deprioritize your future needs in the process. You don’t have to deprive yourself of a comfortable retirement in the name of sending your child to school.

More from Bloomberg Opinion:

• Women’s wealth increases. When will finance catch up? : Stuart Trow

• ‘Jobful Vibecession’ will keep workers on the payroll: Conor Sen

• Estée Lauder envies the perfume of Tom Ford. Does he fancy her fashion?: Andrea Felsted

This column does not necessarily reflect the opinion of the Editorial Board or of Bloomberg LP and its owners.

Erin Lowry is a Bloomberg Opinion columnist covering personal finance. She is the author of the three-part “Broke Millennial” series.

More stories like this are available at bloomberg.com/opinion

Loneliness can be a real heartbreaker, cardiology experts warn – Consumer Health News

FRIDAY, August 5, 2022 (HealthDay News) — Social isolation and loneliness put people at a 30% higher risk of heart attack, stroke or death, warns a new scientific statement from the American Heart Association (AHA).

The statement also highlights the lack of data on interventions that may improve heart health in people who are isolated or lonely. It was published on August 4 in the Journal of the American Heart Association.

“More than four decades of research have clearly demonstrated that both social isolation and loneliness are associated with adverse health effects,” said Dr. Crystal Wiley Cené, who led the team that authored the statement. “Given the prevalence of social disconnection in the United States, the public health impact is quite significant.”

Nearly a quarter of American adults age 65 and older are socially isolated and up to 47% may be lonely, according to the AHA. The risk increases with age due to factors such as retirement and widowhood.

But a Harvard University survey suggests the loneliest generation is Gen Z – 18 to 22 year olds – who may also be the most isolated. One possible reason: they spend more time on social media and less time engaging in meaningful in-person activities.

And the pandemic seems to have worsened the situation in young and old adults, as well as women and the poor.

“While social isolation and feelings of loneliness are related, they are not the same thing,” said Cene, chief administrator for health equity, diversity and inclusion at the University of California at San Diego Health. “Individuals may lead relatively isolated lives and not feel lonely, and conversely, people with many social contacts may still experience loneliness.”

Social isolation is having infrequent personal contact with people for social relationships, such as family, friends, or members of the same community or religious group. Loneliness is when you feel lonely or have less connection with others than you would like.

To investigate the relationship between social isolation and heart, blood vessel and brain health, the writing group reviewed research on social isolation published up to July 2021. The review found:

  • Social isolation and loneliness are common but underestimated factors that affect the heart, blood vessels and brain.
  • Lack of social connections is associated with a higher risk of premature death from any cause, particularly among men.
  • People who were less socially connected were more likely to have physical symptoms of chronic stress. Isolation and loneliness are linked to increased inflammation.
  • When assessing risk factors for social isolation, it is important to remember that depression can lead to isolation, and isolation can make depression more likely.
  • Social isolation during childhood is linked to increased risk factors for heart health, including obesity, high blood pressure and high blood sugar.
  • Transportation, housing, family discontent, pandemic, and natural disasters are a few social and environmental factors that have affected social interactions.

“There is strong evidence linking social isolation and loneliness to an increased risk of deterioration in overall heart and brain health; however, data on the association with certain outcomes, such as heart failure, dementia, and cognitive impairment, are sparse,” Cené said.

The strongest evidence points to a link between social isolation, loneliness and death from heart disease and stroke, with a 32% higher risk of stroke and death from stroke and a risk of heart attack 29% higher.

“Social isolation and loneliness are also associated with a worse prognosis in people who already have coronary heart disease or stroke,” Cené said.

In addition to behaviors that have a detrimental effect on heart and brain health, isolation and loneliness are linked to lower self-reported levels of physical activity and lower consumption of fruits and vegetables. Additionally, numerous large-scale studies have found significant links between loneliness and a higher likelihood of smoking.

“There is an urgent need to develop, implement and evaluate programs and strategies to reduce the negative effects of social isolation and loneliness on cardiovascular and brain health, especially for at-risk populations,” Cené said. in an AHA press release.

She said clinicians should ask patients about their social activity and whether they are satisfied with their level of interaction with friends and family.

“They should then be prepared to refer socially isolated or lonely people — especially those with a history of heart disease or stroke — to community resources to help them connect with others,” he said. -she adds.

The authors said more research is needed to understand how isolation affects heart and brain health in children and young adults; people from underrepresented racial and ethnic groups; LGBTQ people; people with physical or hearing disabilities; those in rural areas; and people with limited resources.

The statement notes that studies with older adults have found that interventions aimed at addressing negative thoughts and low self-esteem, as well as fitness programs and recreational activities in senior centers, have shown to be promising in reducing isolation and loneliness.

“We don’t know if being really isolated [social isolation] or feel isolated [loneliness] matters the most for cardiovascular and brain health because only a few studies have looked at both in the same sample,” Cené said, adding that more research is needed.

More information

The United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention know more about the health risks of loneliness.

SOURCE: American Heart Association, press release, August 3, 2022

Was this page helpful to you?

From articles on your site

Related articles on the web

The Arms Industry’s Secret Spending Makes Us Less Safe

Two thousand four hundred. How much is it expensive and dysfunctional F-35 fighter jets American taxpayers are paying to have built, as part of a defense system that may never be fully combat ready.

Two hundred billion dollars. This is How many American taxpayers would save if Congress decided to end this program now. That’s $200 billion that could be spent on things that make us safer, like public health measures to prevent the next global pandemic or deal with the epidemic of gun violence.

Unfortunately, many members of Congress – on both sides of the aisle – are beholden to the military-industrial complex. The Pentagon’s budget keeps climbing, year after year, and Americans aren’t any safer. Why is that? And what can we do about it?

The three main drivers of overspending by the Department of Defense are strategic overreach, the pork-barrel policy, and corporate lobbying. A 2021 report from Open Secrets reveals that over the past 20 years, the defense industry has lost $285 million in political donations and $2.5 billion in lobbying to influence Congress and the federal government.

Lockheed Martin, the company that makes the F-35, spends about $7 million a year on campaign contributions and $13 million a year on lobbying. In the U.S. House of Representatives, there’s even an F-35 caucus that organized a letter — signed by 132 members, Democrats and Republicans — calling for more F-35s than the Department of Defense had. requested in its fiscal year 2022 budget proposal. And this year, key committees in both houses voted to add F-35s beyond what the Pentagon had even requested, pushing the annual cost for the system at nearly $12 billion – more than the entire discretionary budget from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

So, for about $20 million in campaign money and lobbying expenses, Lockheed Martin convinced Congress to buy even more faulty and obsolete fighter jets than the notoriously wasteful Pentagon had claimed it needed.

But it’s not just campaign money or armies of lobbyists that help big business cash in. So are their exaggerated claims about jobs in key states and congressional districts. Lockheed Martin even has a interactive map on his website which shows his version of the number of jobs created by the F-35 in each state. But his claims that the F-35 creates jobs almost everywhere are simply not true. Many states listed on the map have only a handful of F-35 related jobs, and more than half jobs are found in just two states – Texas and California.

And another thing that Lockheed Martin doesn’t want you to think about is that virtually any other expenditure of the same funds would create more jobs — 40% more for infrastructure or green energy, one and a half times more for health care and nearly twice as much for education. Wasting money on dysfunctional planes instead of spending it on things we need actually costs jobs.

As for the millions the arms industry spends on campaign contributions and lobbying, that’s only political spending that we know about. Companies like Lockheed Martin also write big checks to trade associations under the guise of paying “dues” to these groups..

These organizations, such as the United States Chamber of Commerce, the Business Roundtable and the National Defense Industrial Association, operate effectively as money laundering machines to do the dirty political work that corporations don’t want their shareholders to do. or the public know. And prime contractors also fund Pentagon spending advocacy groups like the Air Force Association, the Navy League, and even the Submarine Industrial Base Council, not to mention state and local groups that lobby for the Pentagon to spend more on their communities.

President Biden has the power to stop the hidden payments and secret spending that fuels the Pentagon’s out-of-control budgets. With the stroke of a pen, Biden can issue a Executive Decree require all government contractors who receive more than $1 million for federal projects to disclose every last penny of their political spending, including six-figure checks to trade associations that lobby members of Congress and support their favorite candidates. Greater transparency would take power out of the hands of defense contractors and return it to the people.

We can all agree that secret money in politics has been the norm for far too long, but it doesn’t have to stay that way. It’s time for President Biden to use his executive power to pull back the curtain on the hidden political spending of those who benefit from government contracts.

Maybe then Congress will stop buying fighter jets, like the F-35 with its 800 unresolved defects and exploding costs.

Janiyah Williams is a member of Rethink Media’s Inclusive Democracy program. William D. Hartung is a senior researcher at the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.

Poor Zimbabweans turn to scrap metal trade as inflation bites


HARARE, Aug 3 (Reuters) – Shepherd Chowe pushes a cart full of tin cans, iron rods and other metal objects down a dusty path in Hopley, a poor village about 15km west of the capital from Zimbabwe, Harare.

It’s 11 a.m. and Chowe, 46, has arrived at a scrap yard where dozens of scrap metal workers are waiting to sell their wares. For two bags, Chowe is paid $6.

“I start moving around the township at 8 a.m. … asking people for scrap metal or anything metallic that they no longer use,” Chowe said, adding that on good days he brought in $40. at home.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Chowe is among Zimbabweans selling scrap metal to survive as the cost of living soars, putting pressure on a population already facing food shortages and high unemployment, a reminder of the economic chaos a while ago. years under the nearly four-decade reign of veteran leader Robert Mugabe.

Annual inflation, which hit 256.9% in July, cast a shadow over President Emmerson Mnangagwa’s attempt to revitalize the economy.

By selling scrap metal, Chowe can afford to pay rent, buy food and pay school fees for his two daughters.

“Scrap gave us hope,” Chowe said.

Zimbabwe’s steel industry has been struggling since the collapse of the Zimbabwe Iron and Steel Company (Ziscosteel) more than a decade ago.

However, in recent years, small steel producers working with scrap metal dealers have been picking up the pieces.

“These scavengers help the steel industry that we supply. Sometimes they (steel workers) run out of money to pay us, but the metal is always available,” scrapyard owner Fungai Mataga said, as workers loaded the metal onto a lorry heading for Kwekwe in the Midlands, the home of steelworks.

Mataga buys cast iron at $0.15 per kg and mild steel at $0.22 per kg from scavengers.

“They all come here to sell (metal) to survive,” he said.

The scrap metal trade is not illegal in Zimbabwe, but has raised concerns about vandalism of infrastructure, including that of the Zimbabwe National Railway Company, which has called for the trade to be regulated.

As Chowe leaves the junkyard, 19-year-old Mike Mavhunga arrives laden with bags of cans.

Every day, he gets up at 5 a.m. to walk 10 km to Glen Norah, a township west of Harare, his metal hunting ground.

“My goal is to get at least two scrap bags, which gets me $6. But on tough days, I get $1 or $1.50,” Mavhunga said. “That’s how I survive.”

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Editing by Olivia Kumwenda-Mtambo and Alison Williams

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

Announcement of the perennial plant of the year 2023

Raleigh, North Carolina – The Perennial Plant Association is pleased to promote Rudbeckia “American Gold Rush” as the 2023 Perennial Plant of the Year®. ‘American Gold Rush’ is a stunning addition to any garden. At the height of summer, it ramps up for a long season of dazzling color until the fall frosts. Brilliant golden-yellow flowers feature arching rays and a reddish halo surrounding dark chocolate cones. Three-inch flowers cover the compact plant, which stands only 22 to 27 inches tall with a wider spread at 40 inches if given room to grow.

Photo courtesy of Richard Hawke of the Chicago Botanical Gardens.

The green leaves and stems are covered in hairs, giving them a silvery hue – on sunny days, peeking through the flowers to the leaves is a bright treat of silver and gold. In addition to boosting ornamental show, the hairy foliage is resistant to Septoria leaf spot, a debilitating fungal disease that causes unsightly black spots and premature seasonal decline on some black-eyed Susans. ‘American Gold Rush’ is a hardy, reliable perennial and an excellent substitute for the popular, more coppery ‘Goldsturm’, which is very susceptible to leaf spotting.

Brent Horvath, owner of Intrinsic Perennial Gardens bulk grow operation in Illinois, praises the “American Gold Rush” and says, “I’ve always liked my plant displays to be about themselves and this one says it all. From start to finish, this plant is generally trouble-free and easy to propagate, grow and finish in a container and a breeze to garden.

Richard Hawke, director of ornamental plant research at the Chicago Botanical Gardens, says, “’American Gold Rush’ is the black-eyed Susan that made me want to grow them again! It ticks all the boxes for a top garden plant – profuse golden flowers, long flowering, disease free and a sturdy habit. ‘American Gold Rush’ is a stunning focal point in borders and perennial meadows and is brilliant when massed in public or corporate landscapes. Butterflies frolic on the flowers and songbirds feast on the bountiful seeds long after the flowers have passed – the seed heads also provide winter interest. Garden companions are plentiful, including alliums, asters, sages, and native grasses such as bluestem (Schizachyrium scoparius) and grassland seed (Sporobolus heterolepis).

The Perennial Plant of the Year® began in 1990 to showcase a perennial plant that stands out among its competitors. Perennials chosen for this honor are suitable for a wide range of growing climates, low maintenance, multi-season interest, and relatively pest/disease free. The Perennial Plant Association (PPA) Board of Directors reviews the nominated perennials and selects the finalists, upon which PPA members vote to select Perennial Plant of the Year®. Plus, APP members have access to a flyer, poster, bench map, and other resources to help promote Perennial Plant of the Year®.

Learn more about Perennial Plant of the Year® 2023 at https://perennialplant.org/page/2023PPOY.

The Perennial Plant Association is a trade association comprised of growers, retailers, landscapers and contractors, educators, and other professionals involved in the herbaceous perennial industry. With a mission to connect professionals, educate and promote perennials, the association has served the horticultural industry since 1984. For more information, visit www.perennialplant.org.

Denver-based company seeks to revolutionize the ticketing industry


Organizers of this month’s Telluride Mushroom Festival had spent two years researching a new ticketing platform when, in 2021, they received a call from an Australian-born startup. The company was establishing its US headquarters in Denver and recruiting local events who might be interested in its unique selling points. Would – the mysterious lawyer wondered – lower booking fees, transparent shopping on one website and donations to charity be appealing to mushroom fans? The festival quickly signed. “Humanitix just ticked all the boxes,” says Matt Guertin, the festival’s cooperation manager.

Humanitix was founded in 2016 by Adam McCurdie, who graduated in mechanical engineering, and Joshua Ross, a former hedge fund analyst. The duo saw the astronomical profits raked in by tech companies – Google’s parent company Alphabet made $76 billion last year – and felt that these colossal profits should serve humanity. “We were both very inspired by social enterprise and the ways in which technology could produce better outcomes for the planet,” McCurdie says, “and whether or not tech charities could ever exist.”

The founders decided to test their idea in the ticketing platform space as it seemed ripe for disruption. In other words, everyone hates ticketing platforms: attendees hate the exorbitant booking fees they have to pay to get seats for their favorite events, while venues and promoters hate having to wait until after their event. to collect their admission income. Eventbrite, the mushroom festival’s former supplier, didn’t release ticket money from organizers until weeks after the celebration ended, making it difficult for vendors to pay. Humanitix, on the other hand, pays out ticket sales as they come in. And while Humanitix continues to apply booking fees to transactions, its fees are about 20% lower than Eventbrite, according to McCurdie. In addition, the company donates all of its profits. So far, Humanitix has given more than $1 million to children’s charities, including Room to Read, which boosts literacy and educational equality in low-income communities.

The Telluride Mushroom Festival isn’t the only entity excited about what Humanitix has to offer. The nonprofit’s roster now includes 36,000 customers worldwide, a growth trajectory that has led the Colorado Office of Economic Development and International Trade (OEDIT) to offer nearly $900,000 in incentives to lure Humanitix to Colorado, beating out Texas and Pennsylvania. In return, Humanitix, which officially opened its office by the end of 2021, has pledged to create up to 136 new jobs over the next five years, a number that could grow to more than 200 over the next eight years. “I think it was just nice to see a company come in and see that Colorado was aligned with these more value-driven opportunities,” said Michelle Hadwiger, director of global business development at OEDIT.

One of the existing charities-focused entities is the annual Centennial State Spore Celebration, hosted by the Telluride Institute, a nonprofit organization that has disbursed approximately $4.25 million in donations since its founding in 1984. Partnering with Humanitix for this year’s Mushroom Festival (August 17-21) will generate an additional $10,000 to $20,000 for Humanitix’s charitable partners, according to McCurdie. “As a small nonprofit ourselves,” says Telluride Institute Executive Director Tucker Szymkowicz, “we understand the importance and need for nonprofit financial support and appreciate that our sales of tickets will be used to support other good works.” As long as others share his point of view, Humanitix’s business should continue to proliferate.

Comparison of armed teacher and police training hours is misleading


A recent New York Times story of armed teachers casts doubt on the adequacy of the training they receive with a misleading comparison to the hours needed to become a police officer. The real scandal here is not the lack of training required for teachers who want to carry handguns in school, but the lack of training that police officers receive for a job that goes far beyond the handling of weapons. fire.

Under a new program in Ohio, teachers who volunteer to carry firearms as protection against mass shooters must complete 24 hours of firearms training. “Ohio’s law has been particularly controversial because it requires no more than 24 hours of training, as well as eight hours of recertification per year,” said the Time said.

Although teacher training is more extensive than Ohio’s requirements for armed security officers, the Ohio Fraternal Order of Police believes it is simply insufficient. “To us, this is just outrageous,” said Michael Weinman, the union’s director of government affairs. Timewho adds, “By comparison, state troopers undergo over 700 hours of training.”

It’s not really an apples-to-apples comparison, because the Time more or less concedes in the next paragraph. Proponents of the new law, he notes, “say that 24 hours is enough because while police training includes everything from traffic tickets to legal issues, school employees focus narrowly on firearms proficiency. fire and active shooter response”. If anything is “outrageous” here, it’s how easily someone can be branded an armed agent of the state with the authority to detain, search, and arrest people as well as use deadly force against them.

Like the Cincinnati Applicant noted in 2020, Ohio requires significantly less training for police officers than for “the person who cuts your hair.” Basic cop training includes 737 hours of training, compared to “1,500 for licensed cosmetologists and 1,800 for barbers.”

Some cities in Ohio go beyond the state’s minimum requirements. “The Cincinnati Police Department is conducting a 28-week training program,” said the Applicant noted, while “Columbus and Cleveland Police both provide 1,100 hours of recruit training” – still less than you need to accept money for a haircut. The newspaper adds that “the level of training often depends on a department’s finances, which vary widely from state to state.”

Police training is actually more rigorous in Ohio than in most states. According to the Institute for Criminal Justice Training Reform (ICJTR), the national average for basic training is 652 hours. State minimums range from zero hours in Hawaii to 1,321 in Connecticut. In Hawaii, notes the ICJTR, “agencies such as the Honolulu Police Department may provide training to some [officers]but not all. And while Ohio doesn’t allow cops to start working until they’ve completed basic training, 37 states do.

Initiated notes that “the average American police department requires fewer hours of training than it takes to become a barber or a plumber.” According to a 2017 report by the Institute for Justice, the average training required for barbers was around 1,300 hours. To qualify as a master plumber, you must complete trade school and up to five years of apprenticeship.

The Institute for Justice reported that three states and the District of Columbia require licensing for interior designers. In those jurisdictions, he noted, “aspiring designers must pass a national exam, pay an average of $364 in fees, and spend an average of almost 2,200 days – six years – on a combination of education and training. learning before you can start working”. In Louisiana, which requires interior designers to have 2,190 days of education and experience, a high school graduate can work as a police officer for up to 12 months before even completing basic training , which includes a minimum of 450 hours.

In Texas, the report notes, “brow threaders with 20 years of experience are being told they must stop working and spend between $7,000 and $22,000 and 750 hours at a government-approved beauty school who does not even teach threading”. But if you want to be badged and carry a gun as a law enforcement officer in Texas, you only need 696 hours of training and can work up to a year before completing it. .

In addition to firearms training, future police officers are expected to learn “everything from tickets to legal issues,” such as Time the dish. These “legal issues” include compliance with constitutional constraints on the use of force. But as UCLA law professor Joanna Schwartz points out, this aspect of police training usually provides little more than a brief overview of major Supreme Court cases.

While “police departments regularly inform their officers of decisions made in watersheds,” notes Schwartz in a 2021 University of Chicago Law Journal article, “officers are not regularly or reliably informed of court rulings interpreting these rulings in different factual scenarios – the very kinds of rulings that are needed to clearly establish the law on the constitutionality of the use of force” . Yet the doctrine of qualified immunity, which protects officers from civil liability for alleged wrongdoing that did not violate “clearly established” law, rests on the premise that one can reasonably expect that officers know relevant cases, giving them fair warning when they overstep constitutional bounds. Schwartz calls this hypothesis “the boldest lie in qualified immunity”.

Even when officers need to understand that a particular use of force is unlawful, they don’t necessarily act on it, as the 2020 death of George Floyd in Minneapolis dramatically illustrates. In federal court last week, J. Alexander Kueng and Tou Thao, two of three officers who failed to stop their colleague, Derek Chauvin, from killing Floyd, were sentenced to three and three and a half years, respectively, for violating Floyd’s Constitution. rights. The previous week, the third officer, Thomas Lane, had been sentenced to a federal sentence of two and a half years. Lane had previously pleaded guilty to a state charge of aiding and abetting manslaughter, for which he has not yet been convicted. Kueng and Thao are due to stand trial on similar charges in January.

Active Bystandership for Law Enforcement (ABLE), a training program that was created in 2021, aims to prevent such situations by encouraging officers to intervene when a colleague is violating someone’s rights or appears to be about to do so. TO DO. ABLE, which was developed by the Center for Innovations in Community Safety at Georgetown University, grew out of a New Orleans program known as EPIC (Ethical Policing Is Courageous) that started in 2014 under the direction of Ervin Staub, Emeritus Professor of Psychology at Georgetown University. University of Massachusetts at Amherst. It is based on knowledge gained through research on why people intervene or fail to intervene in emergency situations.

ABLE involves eight hours of training delivered by agents who have completed a week-long certification program. But it is an addition to the standard training that has so far only been adopted by about 265 of the country’s 18,000 police departments. Is it a stretch to expect police departments to add an additional eight hours to basic training, which would drop the average from 652 hours to 660, so officers are less likely to look the other way when a colleague unnecessarily escalates an encounter or uses unlawful force?

Additional training is by no means a magic bullet for police abuse. It seems doubtful that any instruction would have changed Chauvin’s behavior. And when cops deliberately abuse their authority to punish people who annoy them, the problem isn’t that they never learned they shouldn’t.

Still, the “active participation” training may have affected how Kueng, Thao and Lane responded when Chauvin knelt on Floyd’s neck for nine and a half minutes. It was clear that Lane, a rookie who twice suggested that Floyd be moved from his stomach to a position in which it would have been easier for him to breathe, remembered what he had been taught about the dangers of “positional asphyxia”. If his training had placed more emphasis on the duty to intervene and better equipped him to do so, he might have been more insistent and Floyd might still be alive.

Even basic information about techniques commonly used by police could help prevent Fourth Amendment violations. A few years ago, the Johnson County, Kansas, sheriff’s office reached a $150,000 settlement with a couple whose home was raided in 2012 based on a drug test that identified mistakenly tea in their garbage cans as marijuana. Neither the deputies nor their boss, then-Sheriff Frank Denning, seemed to be aware that such tests are notoriously unreliable, despite a warning label stating that their results “are only presumptive in nature” and should be confirmed by laboratory analysis. A little instruction on how often field testing can help reduce false arrests, not to mention the thousands of guilty pleas based on technology that isn’t accurate enough to use in court.

You can probably think of additional examples. The idea that a few months of training (if any) is enough to prepare people for a job that presents myriad opportunities to detain, interrogate, search, arrest, assault and kill people wrongly is laughable. Americans would be safer if states took these risks more seriously than the danger of a bad haircut.

O2 Telefónica builds a private 5G SA network for the Technical University of Munich

The Technical University of Munich (TUM) is currently conducting research on real-world applications through a 5G campus network set up by O2 Telefónica. For example, scientists want to use 5G to improve the use of autonomous transport vehicles in intralogistics.

Until now, these vehicles have been limited in their range of applications due to limited data connections and response times. Thanks to the low latency of 5G networks, more flexible and at the same time safer routes are possible.

5G campus network for TUM Frank Schmidt-Künzel from O2 Telefónica and Leonhard Feiner, team leader at TUM Materials Handling Chair Material Flow Logistics, have commissioned the 5G campus network.

TUM’s 5G campus network provides a closed and secure research and development environment without connection to the public mobile network. It offers high-performance network coverage in the research and development laboratories of the chair. The objective of the Material Flow Logistics chair is to use the latest technologies to explore the various functions and possibilities of 5G in the field of technical logistics and to test them in feasibility studies. Particular emphasis is placed on the empowerment of robotic solutions in intralogistics and robot collaboration.

In addition to setting up and operating the 5G campus network, O2 Telefónica will also support the university with intensive engineering advice. This type of collaboration will allow the chair to become familiar with 5G technology as quickly as possible and thus to quickly pursue its research projects.

Professor Dr. Ing. Johannes Fottner, Chair of Material Handling Flow Logistics at the Technical University of Munich, explains the scientific use of the 5G campus network:

The material handling and intralogistics sector is the third-largest sub-sector of the engineering industry in Germany in terms of turnover. In 2021, this subsector will generate 22.6 billion euros. According to the trade association VDMA, growth of 8% is expected for 2022. The share of exports in this sector is over 50%. Germany is the world’s largest exporter of corresponding products.

5G Campus Networks Accelerate Industrial Digital Transformation O2 Telefónica Server Rack for TUM’s 5G Campus Network

More economical processes, faster workflows, more flexible mass production, better work safety: these are just some of the benefits that can be achieved by connecting the world of machines, which is still predominantly analogue, to the world of digital data. To ensure that data travels quickly and securely between machines via the network, enterprises are increasingly turning to campus network solutions based on 5G technology.

Karsten Pradel, B2B Director responsible for the business customer segment at O2 Telefónica
Innovative strength and efficient value chains based on advanced technologies are the strengths of German industry. The rapid deployment of the latest 5G mobile communication standard can further boost the performance of German companies.

Karsten Pradel of O2 Telefonica
We have set up a 5G campus network for TU Munich, where the university can seek out the practical benefits of technology for industry. Researchers at the University of Excellence will very quickly develop many new applications that will benefit industry and therefore our economy.

Tehran, Minsk stress developing roadmap for expanding ties


TEHRAN – Iranian Minister of Industry, Mines and Trade Reza Fatemi-Amin and Belarusian Prime Minister Roman Golovchenko have emphasized drawing up a roadmap for the development of economic collaborations between the two country.

Fatemi-Amin, who headed a high-level delegation to Belarus to attend the 15th meeting of the Joint Economic Committee of the two countries, was received by Golovchenko, the news portal reported on Saturday. Ministry of Industry, Shata.

During the meeting, the two parties stressed the need to use their complementary economic capacities to develop mutual ties and boost trade exchanges.

Mentioning the potential of both sides to expand trade relations, Fatemi-Amin said that Iran’s annual foreign trade is about $120 billion and Belarus’ foreign trade is $80 billion annually. , but that the trade between the two countries is only 40 million dollars, which is very low considering the figures mentioned.

He further invited Golovchenko to visit Iran to visit international exhibitions and learn about the technological and industrial advancements of the Islamic Republic.

“Sanctions may have caused pressure in the short term, but in the long term they benefit countries,” he said.

Meanwhile, Golovchenko said good cooperation between Iran and Belarus has been established in all international arenas and the two countries should collaborate more to confront the unipolar world.

“In all international platforms, be it the United Nations, the Non-Aligned Movement, the Shanghai Cooperation Organization, we adhere to principles such as the multipolar world, the inviolability of sovereignty, non-interference in internal affairs and equal cooperation in the international arena,” the Prime Minister stressed.

“Your visit is important and timely. Now is the time to take a fresh look at our relationship and take steps to strengthen our trade and economic cooperation. We have already established very good and constructive contacts at political level. Our countries traditionally support each other on the international scene and regularly exchange official visits. The leaders of our states met almost a year ago,” Golovchenko said.

He also said he was ready to take advantage of Iran’s progress in various sectors and called for maintaining stable cooperation to deal with the pressure exerted on Iran, Russia and Belarus due to the sanctions.

Golovchenko also expressed his country’s willingness to import cars from Iran.


Pictured: Iranian Industry Minister Reza Fatemi-Amin (right) and Belarusian Prime Minister Roman Golovchenko shake hands during an official meeting in Minsk.

Rock Falls OK High School Teachers and Staff Hiring – Shaw Local


ROCK FALLS — The Rock Falls High School school board approved the hiring of two certified instructors as part of its regular July 20 meeting.

Candace Humphrey has been hired to fill a vacancy as a business professor.

Jodi Thompson was hired as a special education teacher.

The board also approved two resignations: Amy Sigel and Daniel Fiorini.

Other staff appointments were made as part of the consent agenda. They were Lisa Carlson as a teacher’s aide; Krista Denning for the restoration; Melinda Jones, Kevin Boyle, Ramiro Martinez and Erin Spooner as marching band assistants; Dan Gordon and Max Parker as volunteer football assistants; Jacob Barnes as a school supervisor and football assistant; and Renee Kahle as the freshman class sponsor.

Revised schedule

The board approved two changes to the August schedule that had been posted as part of the meeting agenda. Orientation for new teachers has been moved to August 4. Meet the Rockets has been announced for August 19.

The other elements of the calendar remained unchanged. Ninth grade parent orientation will be August 10, Teacher institute days will be August 15-17, Freshman orientation will be August 17, and the first full day of school will take place on August 18.

On Friday, members of the Rock Falls <a class=High School color guard participate in drills on the campus lawn. The first day of class is August 18.” src=”https://www.shawlocal.com/resizer/Pa50WH4AY5iaQZ_jF2cJhtE12JU=/1440×0/filters:format(jpg):quality(70)/cloudfront-us-east-1.images.arcpublishing.com/shawmedia/SQD4XSVA75C6LJR2OTNY6V6O44.jpeg” width=”1440″ height=”0″ loading=”lazy”/>

Bus contract filed

Superintendent Ron McCord said discussions are ongoing with the Division Manager of the First Student bus company about extending the transportation services agreement for the upcoming school year, so the item has been tabled.

McCord said it was the first time he remembered an extension hadn’t been finalized by the mid-summer board meeting, but he explained that discussions with the company covered increases due to inflation and rising gas prices as well as a recent personnel change. at the company’s location in Rock Falls.

McCord said he was confident he would have a deal to present at the Aug. 17 board meeting.

Superintendent’s report

Manual revisions for certified and non-certified personnel were presented and accepted. The changes included a modified bell schedule and updated language for class sponsorship and chaperone duties for dances that were considered obsolete, Principal Mike Berentes said.

The Consolidated District Plan, which is the means by which schools apply for federal grants through a unified process, was adopted.

The board also approved a school-wide plan for Title I status, which means public funds intended to promote equity for students in low-income or devalued land value areas can be applied to things for the entire student body.

Revisions to the crisis management plan were approved after local law enforcement reviewed them in mid-July. McCord said police will make a presentation to staff at a later date.

The board has approved Matt Zilm of Ogle County and Corena Steinmeyer of Lee County as special education nominees for the Northwest Illinois Board of Trustees.

Finally, the annual district financial audit is due in August.

June Minutes

The board approved Teachers’ Collective Agreement 2022-23 and the Uncertified Staff Agreement. The latter contained a 5% increase for employee salaries, except in the catering department, which received a 6% increase.

A survey of the Class of 2022 showed that 33% would attend Sauk Valley Community College and another 4% would attend another junior college. In addition, 27% would work full time; 17% would attend a four-year college; 10% would attend business, trade or technical school; 5% were in the military; and 4% were unaware of their future plans.

Despite political upheaval, Argentine farmers expect bountiful corn and wheat harvests — MercoPress

Despite political upheaval, Argentine farmers expect bountiful corn and wheat harvests

Saturday July 30, 2022 – 09:06 UTC

Argentina’s 2021/22 maize harvest reached 53 million tonnes, with exports totaling 28.5 million tonnes

Despite the political upheaval in Argentina, which seems to have temporarily calmed down, whether it is bracing for an even worse storm or heading down a reasonable path of rationality yet to be seen, the country, one of the breadbaskets most efficient in the world, again manages extraordinary harvests. corn and wheat.

In fact, according to the Strategic Guide for Agriculture of the Rosario Stock Exchange, foreign sales for the next 2022/23 maize season have already reached a record six million tons, the largest in history. recent cereals.

This even as the next season has been imposed a marketing limit of ten million tons to ensure the supply of domestic demand and prices.

Meanwhile, the 2021/22 maize crop totaled exports of 28.5 million tonnes, on production plus stocks estimated at 53 million tonnes. This volume exceeds the 53.7% of last year and the average of 43.2% of the last five seasons.

As for wheat, Argentina is expected to produce 18.5 million tons in the upcoming 2022/23 crop, according to estimates made public by the US Department of Agriculture. In the previous 2021/22 harvest, production reached 22.5 million tonnes.

With stocks in the country, under an agreement reached with the government to safeguard domestic demand and bread prices, total supply is expected to approach 20.5 million tonnes by the start of the month. next year. Wheat exports are expected to reach 12.85 million tonnes. Domestic demand is forecast at 6.4 million tonnes.

The political situation in Argentina with almost depleted international reserves and some fiscal time bombs and foreign debt, which has led to a drastic reduction in imports, has had an impact on the country’s main trading partner, Brazil. Indeed, with insufficient dollars to pay for winter energy heating and critical inputs for industry, Brazilian manufacturing and businesses believe they will face a daunting challenge trying to sell, or at least to maintain the current trend of an almost broke Argentina.

In the first half of the year, Brazil exported 7.5 billion US dollars to Argentina, a growth of 33.3% compared to the same period in 2021. According to experts, however, this scenario should change radically with the measures of the Argentine government to contain imports and promote exports.

“The country has nowhere to ask for money,” says Soledad Duhalde, director of the Buenos Aires-based consultancy Abeceb. As a result, according to José Augusto de Castro, executive president of the Brazilian Foreign Trade Association, shipments to Argentina are expected to fall by 20%.

Busting the Myths Around Customer Engagement for Modern Consumer Brands, Marketing & Advertising News, ET BrandEquity

Representative image (iStock)

Significant customer engagement is to understand the changing needs of consumers and to respond to them in a relevant and personalized way. Although crafting a personalized and transparent customer engagement is a dynamic, modern process consumer brands have seems to have found the midas touch. Using a customer-centric, knowledge-driven approach, several brands have demystified the engagement process, busting some long-held myths that will be discussed below.

On the other hand, brands that interact with customers in silos, haven’t taken an omnichannel approach, and don’t deliver a personalized experience lose repeat use and customer loyalty. The modern customer really wants brands to proactively understand their behavior and preferences, predict and meet their needs, and deliver value from the start. This can only be achieved by having an insight-driven approach to engagement driven by an intelligent customer engagement platform.

Now that we’ve explained how an insight-driven approach can help brands drive meaningful engagement, let’s address some of the myths around customer engagement itself as a process:

  • Myth #1: Customer engagement is a complex process and only one good strategy

Reality: While customer engagement certainly has many aspects to consider, it is certainly a necessity for modern consumer brands, and far from just another attractive strategy. Businesses today have taken a head start on this journey by implementing an actionable, insight-driven engagement strategy. Brands can start by listening to customers communicating through online forums, posts, ratings, and reviews, and responding to their needs through product offerings accordingly.

With the advent of marketing technology, brands can now develop a deeper understanding of customers by analyzing their movement through the buying journey and engaging based on the stages they are in. Brands need to move away from their siled communication approach and adopt an omnichannel approach and be available across all customer touchpoints, regardless of channel.

An insight-driven customer engagement platform will help here, providing deeper understanding of customers and actionable insights to better engage. These platforms also help brands create customer-centric marketing strategies by segmenting customers into unique cohorts and personalizing their cross-channel experiences based on attributes.

  • Myth 2: Obtaining a single customer view is difficult because the data is scattered

Reality: An information-driven customer data platform can create a 360-degree customer profile, giving a complete picture of each customer and their likes, dislikes, preferences, choices, affinity, and taste. browse mode. The effort should then be to understand what, why and where of the customer’s buying journey and use this information to improve engagement. This level of customer centricity is possible through an insight-driven customer engagement strategy, where marketers take the guesswork out of the exercise.

  • Myth 3: Investing in an integrated system is an expensive proposition.

Reality: The question of building versus buying is a dilemma that arises whenever a company wants to add a new platform to its technology stack. While the cost factor of an intelligent customer engagement platform cannot be overlooked, neither can its necessity. Investing in an insight-driven engagement platform helps brands process data and turn it into actionable insights, build a 360-degree customer profile, while respecting data governance and privacy issues.

It’s also important to note that building such a platform from the ground up (and in-house) requires a lot of time, expert and dedicated resources, while incurring considerable risk should one fail. features. The development team’s lack of familiarity with the technology required to build the platform can often lead to increased expenses. It is also well documented that the total cost of ownership of building such a rig is considerably higher due to the maintenance work involved. Prices are also more predictable and fixed in integrated solutions.

  • Myth 4: There are other priorities to focus on rather than setting up elaborate customer engagement processes

Reality: In today’s world, there is no higher priority than building a robust and effective customer engagement framework, as most marketing objectives and KPIs revolve around a meaningful customer engagement process.

Here, the proof of the pudding lies in the effective adoption of an innovative, idea-driven engagement platform, examples of which can be seen across leading brands across the country. The results attest to the fact that there is nothing more important than providing a differentiated, relevant and personalized customer experience.

The bottom line is that customer engagement is more than just a minimal transactional relationship. It’s about creating a meaningful, value-added customer-brand relationship that helps the business drive sustainable growth, add loyal defenders and ultimately be reflected in the revenue stream. If that doesn’t excite modern business, then what does?

In a conversation with ETBrandEquity.com, the marketing director of mattress brand Duroflex shares some quick tips and results from deploying martech tools and how Duroflex improved its GMB listings using them.

Climate change bill ‘transformative’ for auto and energy industries


“A lot of middle-class Americans will be able to get this credit that otherwise would have been blocked because of the credit limit,” said Joe Britton, executive director of the Zero Emission Transportation Association, whose members include Tesla. as well as manufacturers of charging equipment, suppliers of battery materials and other companies related to the electric vehicle sector. “It’s a big problem.”

For the first time, used battery-powered cars would receive a tax break of up to $4,000. This is important because most people buy used cars, not new ones. The average price of a new electric car has topped $60,000, out of reach for many buyers despite the fuel and maintenance savings these vehicles provide.

Individuals earning more than $150,000 a year or couples earning $300,000 or more would not qualify for new electric car incentives. Income limits for the used car incentive are $75,000 for individuals and $150,000 for couples. The credits would not apply to sedans that sell for more than $55,000 and vans, pickups and sport utility vehicles listed for more than $80,000.

“They’re trying to drive adoption among middle-class and lower-class buyers, and that’s a good thing,” said Akshay Singh, a partner at accounting and advisory firm PwC, which specializes in lending. ‘automobile industry. “That’s where most of the market is.”

The bill, over 700 pages, never mentions China. But several provisions appear designed to undermine that country’s grip on the electric vehicle supply chain while making it harder for emerging Chinese automakers to export cars to the United States.

As it stands, the 200,000-vehicle cap on tax credits would provide a competitive advantage to new market entrants like China’s BYD that would need to use electric vehicles to enter the US market. They could have taken advantage of the credit while Tesla, the Texas-based company, could not.

‘People want to know where their clothes are made’: Aurora’s Factory Fashion brings home local styles


Four designers are currently participating in the Factory Fashion Small Batch Manufacturing initiative. To produce the garments, sewing students receive training in areas ranging from basics to high fashion. Lisa Ramfjord Elstun, one of the factory’s trainers, says the program allows local designers to participate in the vital “made local” project.

“They want ‘made in Colorado,’ and it’s like the farm-to-table or craft beer industry,” Ramfjord Elstun said. “People want to know where their clothes are made. And so if we can say they’re made here in Denver and Colorado, it would be fun to see that happen.”

Hart Van Denbvurg/CPR News
Anthony Heiman works on a sewing machine at Factory Fashion at Stanley Marketplace in Aurora on Wednesday, July 7, 2022.
220707-FACTORY-FASHION-SMALL-LOTHart Van Denbvurg/CPR News
Handwritten notes above cutout designs hang at Factory Fashion at Stanley Marketplace in Aurora on Wednesday, July 7, 2022.

Ramfjord Elstun is an award-winning bridal and lingerie designer who has been working on this idea for the past eight years, so she was thrilled when Barker Maa asked her to join the program.

“I would like to have all levels of experience to work with,” said Ramfjord Elstun. “And because the faster we can achieve higher-level skills, the faster we can bring in more designers.”

And the clothes they make are as varied as the people of Colorado. All around the bright space, waiting for the next group of artists to get to work, are rows of sewing machines, work tables and sergers.

One of the designers working with Factory Fashion, Norberto Mojardin, said the program is more than an opportunity to develop his own business. The Mexican-born designer’s work draws inspiration from a wide range of Latino cultural elements, and he is co-owner of Beto’s Hair Studio.

“Not only thinking of me, but for my community, also opening doors for designers, for our young people, for our children – but also for the older ones – that they don’t think of themselves as designers,” said Mojardin . “They say, ‘Oh, I’m just a seamstress. And I always tell them, ‘No, you’re not just a seamstress. You’re a designer, and you can create, and you can do more than you think.'”

Barker Maa said the school not only helps people learn how to make clothes, but also shows their work to people who are likely to buy it – to start building an audience.

“I think part of the challenges young designers, especially local ones, face is that when they try to get their clothes to market, they’re usually routed to LA for sourcing,” Barker Maa said. . “And so you know they come across people, manufacturers who want incredibly high minimums. They might want to sell five to ten pieces or 50 pieces – or less – as a small designer.

220707-FACTORY-FASHION-SMALL-LOTHart Van Denbvurg/CPR News
Lisa Ramfjord Elstun is the founder of Fashion Design Center Denver, pictured at Factory Fashion at Stanley Marketplace in Aurora on Wednesday, July 7, 2022.
220707-FACTORY-FASHION-SMALL-LOTHart Van Denbvurg/CPR News
Tape Measures at Factory Fashion at Stanley Marketplace in Aurora on Wednesday, July 7, 2022.

And Ramfjord Elstun said just having the opportunity to learn from others and gain experience with machines can make a difference for new designers…just like what Factory Fashion offers.

“Designers, as they start their lines, really don’t have access to the type of equipment or skill levels that a facility like this will provide,” Ramfjord Elstun said. “And we have such a broad skill set of teachers and workers here, as well as designers, that we can call on a whole bunch of people to help us right here.

The program is also part of broader discussions about bringing manufacturing jobs back to the United States and reassessing trade school education.

“What we were able to do and find out during the pandemic is that sewers were and are an essential person who needs to be employable in this country,” Ramfjord Elstun said. ” We did not have [home economics] in high school programs for nearly 30 years. The technology available to bring cutting-edge manufacturing back into the sewing industry requires much more than your grandmother’s sewing machine mentality on the kitchen table.

And the net that Factory Fashion is making to attract more people into the industry is even wider. It also focuses on the inclusion of refugee communities and those coming out of the prison population.

“You know, we have opportunities for these populations to start a career and a career that provides benefits and a career that provides financial stability,” Barker Maa said.

And Barker Maa is dreaming big: she said she even dreams that one day the program can offer her students help on the path to citizenship, if they need it and want it.

“You know, we try to train in a highly skilled environment,” Barker Maa said. “And so we’re also working really hard with local nonprofits to provide a path to citizenship and a home, if that’s something you need as well. So those are things that are important in addition to the love of fashion and the excitement of what we do. But, I think there’s just a lot of stuff here that we’re trying to explore.

Milford looking to connect, add cycle lanes

MILFORD – Officials are working to better connect bike paths throughout the city and make Milford even more bike-friendly.

“We try to be a bike-friendly community,” said Steven Johnson, assistant director of public works. “One of the things we put together was Bike Milford and Bike Month. We asked people to cycle to each of the locations to get their passport stamps and we encouraged people to use their bikes as transportation.

Johnson said they wanted to add more cycle lanes around town and have a connected trail through places in Milford.

“At Silver Sands and Walnut Beach, there’s a path that connects them,” Johnson said. “In June we asked police commissioners to approve a cycleway on Meadowside Road that will run the full lane of the strip.”

But Johnson’s goal is to connect all of the city’s bike lanes to give people more access to ride their bikes.

“It takes time,” Johnson said. “Resident feedback is wonderful, especially those who do a lot of cycling and ultimately it’s done with our traffic division, who will do the assessment and study to see if it’s safe and possible to add a route. Ultimately, approving it or not is the police commission.

PeopleForBikes, a national bicycle advocacy organization and trade association for the U.S. bicycle industry, is also pushing to make cycling easier across the country.

It provides an annual score to cities that examines cycling infrastructure and rates the cycling environment, said Ryan Birkicht, director of businesses and partnerships at PeopleforBikes.

New Haven had a city rating of 26which means it ranked 453 out of 1105 cities tracked by PeopleForBikes for its 2022 report. And in a mid-sized city, it ranks 202 out of 455. In Bridgeport, the city rating was nine, meaning it ranked 966 out of 1105 cities. In the ranking of medium-sized cities, it stands at 408 out of 455.

PeopleForBikes did not have a score for Milford.

“We have staff across the country focused on pro-bicycle legislation in Washington DC, both at the national and state level,” Birkicht said.

Recently, PeopleForBikes announced the release of a new program called Arrive Happy!

The program is built around the Ride Spot digital platform and encourages more people to cycle by helping them find cycling routes.

“We also have a department in our organization that helps cities develop cycling infrastructure to increase safety for cyclists everywhere,” Birkicht said.

Birkicht said there has been a surge in bike sales and usage since the pandemic began.

“Many cities have started to develop infrastructure to meet these needs,” he said. “There is also an e-bike trend in North America. E-bikes have been a big deal in Europe for many years, but they are also starting to arrive in North America and infrastructure is also being built to support them.

Manufacturers: Lawmakers who support manufacturing in America should oppose this reconciliation bill


Washington, DC – Following the announcement of a potential reconciliation agreement between Senate Democrats, National Association of Manufacturers President and CEO Jay Timmons released the following statement:

“This proposal is nothing more than a repackaging of the same bad ideas with a new name. It is particularly harmful as it will undermine the competitiveness of manufacturers at a time when the industry is reeling from supply chain disruptions and record inflation. Manufacturers delivered on their promises after the 2017 tax reforms, hiring more workers, investing in our communities, and increasing wages and benefits. Raising taxes now will hurt manufacturers’ ability to continue delivering for our people and mean fewer opportunities for Americans already worried about their financial future.

“Government price controls on pharmaceutical manufacturers are no less destructive. They will weaken our ongoing work to develop life-saving cures for complex diseases like cancer and Alzheimer’s disease and undermine our responses to health crises. It’s bad for the health of Americans. It’s bad for our economy.

“While the language purportedly calls for the passage of comprehensive licensing reform by the end of the fiscal year, nothing prevents Congress from doing exactly that at this time. Any member of Congress who votes for the bill solely on the basis of that language should not do so and should instead push for a standalone bill to be considered.

“Legislators who support manufacturing in America should oppose this reconciliation bill. It will make manufacturing less competitive and America economically weaker.


The National Association of Manufacturers is the largest manufacturing association in the United States, representing small and large manufacturers in all industry sectors and in all 50 states. The manufacturing sector employs more than 12.8 million men and women, contributes $2.77 trillion annually to the US economy, and accounts for 58% of private sector research and development. NAM is the powerful voice of the manufacturing community and the primary advocate for a policy agenda that helps manufacturers compete in the global economy and create jobs across the United States. For more information about NAM or to follow us on Twitter and Facebook, please visit www.nam.org.

See more

Buy smart: Avoid counterfeits when shopping for back to school


Record inflation is affecting a range of consumer goods – including popular back-to-school products, backpacks and shoes; laptops and tablets; art supplies and sports equipment. Families with children from primary to secondary will spend an average of $864 on back-to-school purchases. Total spending will be over $34 billion, up 5.8% over last year.

Families naturally want to find the lowest prices; but not at the expense of the health and safety of their children. This is why it is important to understand the nature of counterfeit products and to learn how to avoid them. Counterfeit criminals are preying on vulnerable shoppers this back-to-school season, and their tempting offers are dangers in disguise.

Failing Notes: Buying a counterfeit product can save you money in the short term, but if it breaks, you’ll spend twice or more to replace the product. Dropping the headphones can collapse or worse, expose your child to toxic chemicals. Fake clothes can only last one wash before becoming unwearable.

Take the test: If consumers, businesses and government work together, we can help stem the scourge of the counterfeit trade. Already, the U.S. Chamber of Commerce is partnering with the U.S. government to raise awareness about counterfeit back-to-school products.

You can also get involved by educating yourself and others on how to #ShopSmart for safe and authentic products. These top ten tips are a great place to start:

  1. Trust your instincts: If it’s too good to be true, it probably is.
  2. Require secure transactions: Make sure your payments are submitted through websites that start with https:// (the “s” stands for secure) and look for a padlock symbol at the bottom of your browser.
  3. Watch for missing fees:
    Criminals who traffic in counterfeits often do not report their sales to financial authorities and therefore omit sales tax and other charges. This often equates to a noticeable difference in the final price. Buyer beware.
  4. Look for quality assurance in the secondary market: Reputable and reliable dealers have full inspection and authentication procedures and technicians to inspect the equipment they sell.
  5. Be careful buying medicines online: Over 96% of online pharmacies fail to meet safety or legal standards. To find an accredited digital pharmacy, check with the National Association of Boards of Pharmacy.
  6. Be careful when buying abroad:When shopping on international websites, look for trusted vendors that use identifiable privacy security measures and have reasonable return policies.
  7. Protect your personal information:Illegal websites often install malware that can steal your credit card information and other information stored on your computer.
  8. Examine the labels, packaging and contents:Look for missing or expired dates on perishable products, broken or missing security seals, false warranty information, or unusual packaging.
  9. Report counterfeit products:Report dangerous counterfeit products toUS Border and Customs Protectionor theNational Center for IPRs.
  10. Make known:Share these tips! Educate your family, friends and colleagues about counterfeits.

How big is the problem of counterfeit products?

  • A very big problem:The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development reports that the international trade in counterfeit and pirated goods amounted to $509 billion in 2016. From 2000 to 2019, seizures of counterfeit goods by Customs and State Border Protection United States and United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement have increased. from 3,244 to 27,599. Overall, counterfeiting is estimated to have resulted in the loss of over 2.5 million jobs and over €60 billion in lost tax revenue in G20 economies.
  • The dark side of counterfeits:Lost income and lost jobs pale in comparison to lost lives. The counterfeit trade shares well-documented links with domestic and international terrorism, child labor, drug and arms trafficking, and other criminal activities. In addition, counterfeit products themselves carry significant security risks. For example, counterfeit backpacks and shoes may contain excessive levels of harmful chemicals; counterfeit electronic devices may melt, catch fire or explode; and counterfeit toys may hide undisclosed choking hazards. Worse still, counterfeit cleaning products, drugs and cosmetics have left victims with debilitating, sometimes fatal injuries.

Download the 10 best tips for #ShopSmart

About the authors

Kasie Brill

Vice President of Brand Protection and Strategic Initiatives, Global Innovation Policy Center (GIPC), US Chamber of Commerce, Executive Director, Global Brand Council, US Chamber of Commerce

Brill is Vice President of Brand Protection and Strategic Initiatives for the U.S. Chamber of Commerce’s Global Innovation Policy Center (GIPC) and Executive Director of the Global Brand Council.

Read more

High temperatures are good for solar panels, right? The answer is: it’s complicated

This image, from May 2022, shows solar panels in Worcestershire, England. The recent hot weather in the UK has led to a discussion about the optimum conditions for solar power.

Mike Kemp | In pictures | Getty Images

Last week, temperatures in the UK rose, with highs of over 40 degrees Celsius (104 degrees Fahrenheit) recorded for the first time.

The news from the UK – which has seen a number of significant weather-related disruptions – came as other parts of Europe grappled with a heatwave that brought fires, delays in travel and deaths.

On July 20, Solar Energy UK, citing data from Sheffield Solar’s PV Live site, said the country’s solar power generation had “met up to a quarter of UK electricity demand”. The trade association added that, over 24 hours, solar power had “provided around 66.9 gigawatt hours, or 8.6% of the UK’s electricity needs”.

Many would think that the scorching heat of the past few days would represent the sweet spot for solar PV systems, that convert sunlight directly into electricity.

Learn more about energy from CNBC Pro

The reality is a bit more complex. According to Solar Energy UK, the UK’s solar capacity peaks at temperatures around 25°C.

“For every degree either side of that, it’s lowered by only about 0.5%, although the newer modules have improved performance,” he says.

In a statement, Alastair Buckley, who is a professor of organic electronics at the University of Sheffield and runs Sheffield Solar, said this was “the reason why we never see peak production in mid-summer – the peak of national production is always in April and May when it is cool and sunny”. .” Sheffield Solar is part of the university’s Grantham Center for Sustainable Futures.

Buckley’s argument is supported by the current record for solar production in the UK. It stands at 9.89 GW and was reached on April 22, 2021, according to data from Sheffield Solar.

Temperatures last week were well above 25C, but the overall effect didn’t seem to be too disruptive. Significant acceleration would be needed for major problems to arise, according to Solar Energy UK.

He says panel temperatures are determined by a series of factors: what he calls “radiative heating from the sun,” ambient temperature, and the cooling effects of wind. “Losing 20% ​​efficiency, considered a significant amount, would force them to reach a whopping 65°C.”

So there is clearly a respite for solar panels, but the prospect of warmer summer temperatures on a more regular basis doesn’t seem to bother Chris Hewett, the chief executive of Solar Energy UK.

“It’s slightly better for efficiency in the spring, but essentially if you have more light, you produce more solar energy,” he said last week.

“You have to remember that solar panels work all over the world. The same technology that we put on our roofs is used in the solar farms in the Saudi Arabian desert.”

Solar energy is not the only one to be affected by the rise in temperatures that Europe has experienced.

Last week, it was reported that a nuclear power plant in Switzerland was cutting output to prevent the river that cools it from reaching temperatures dangerous to marine life.

On July 18, the international unit of the Swiss Broadcasting Corporation, quoting the country’s public broadcaster SRF, said that the Beznau nuclear power plant had “temporarily reduced its operations” to prevent the temperature of the Aare from rising “to dangerous levels for fish. “

More broadly, a number of companies involved in renewable energy have highlighted how weather conditions can affect their production. Lower wind speeds, for example, can adversely affect operations.

New Zealand industry body opposes Medsafe’s recommendation to schedule levomefolate


The industry body added that levomefolate has been determined to be safe at a daily dose of 1mg per day by international regulators, in addition to being sold in the country as an ingredient for many years without issue.

Also known as 5-methyltetrahydrofolate (5-MTHF), levomefolate is a biologically active form of folate. It is found in circulation in the human body and can be used directly by the body when consumed.

It has been used in dietary supplements and is often consumed by specific consumer groups – such as pregnant women to prevent the risk of neural tube defects in newborn babies that occur due to folic acid deficiency .

An example of a product containing levomefolate is Elevit from Bayer.

The Medicines Classification Committee (MCC) formed by the New Zealand Medicines and Medical Devices Safety Authority (Medsafe) recently presented a proposal to schedule products containing more than 500 mcg of levomefolate per day as product reserved for pharmacies.

The definition of a levomefolate pharmaceutical product is as follows: For oral use in drugs containing more than 500 micrograms per recommended daily dose.

“Where the drug contains a combination of folic acid, folinic acid, or levomefolic acid, the drug should provide no more than a combined total of 500 micrograms of folic acid, folinic acid, and levomefolic acid. levomefolic per maximum recommended daily dose.”

Additionally, the committee proposes to classify products containing folic acid and folinic acid as drugstore products only if both ingredients exist at more than 500 mcg per recommended daily dose.

Industry body NHPNZ has raised concerns about the recommendations.

On the one hand, he argued that listing levomefolate at any level would mean that all products containing levomefolate would therefore be considered drugs.

“We will oppose this classification of levomefolate because levomefolate has been sold in New Zealand as an ingredient for many years without any issues,”NHPNZ said in a notice to members.

“International regulators have determined that levomefolate is safe at a daily dose of 1 mg per day.

“Restricting levomefolate to 500mcg per day will limit export opportunities for New Zealand manufacturers, as more than half of the global supplement market (by size) has a 1mg per day limit. »

MCC Rebuttal

The MCC, on the other hand, refuted NHPNZ, arguing that listing levomefolate would not necessarily indicate that all products containing the substance are drugs, citing the examples of folic acid and potassium.

Scheduling of levomefolate would not necessarily indicate that all products containing this substance are drugs, just as not all products containing folic acid are drugs.

“Other examples such as potassium, which is programmed and can be a drug but is also an ingredient in many sports drinks, were discussed,” he said in his meeting minutes published on July 6.

However, he pointed out that since some levomefolate-containing products sold in New Zealand are for therapeutic purposes – such as reducing the risk of neural tube defects during pregnancy – and should therefore be considered as drugs, regardless of their classification.

Design Quality Manager – Seattle, WA, USA | Works


Port of Seattle


Seattle, Washington, USALocation:

Mon 25 Jul ’22Posted on:

Full timeType:

Design Quality Manager (001074)
Location: Downtown Seattle

Organization: Design services

employee status: Usual

Program: Full time

Display expires: Jul 26, 2022, 11:59:00 PM

Minimum wage: 100,589.00

Median salary: 125,715.00

Some of what you will do:

Applications will be reviewed regularly and interviews may be conducted upon acceptance of applications.

In this role, you will manage the port design technology quality control systems as a member of the Engineering/Construction Services department. This includes management of Computer Aided Design (CAD) and Building Information Modeling (BIM) quality control personnel, Engineering Document Management System (EDMS, “Engineering Records”) ), guide specifications and other design support systems.

  • You will provide leadership of quality management systems for port design technology that supports capital development, asset management, and facility ownership and utilization.
  • You will manage and supervise staff to include BIM specialists and standards review technicians.
  • You will manage the development and implementation of BIM support systems, including data storage, data access and model management.
  • You will manage the finalization and implementation of CAD and new BIM standards for the port, including the use of internal staff and external consultants. This includes managing compliance checks, guiding, training and supporting project teams.
  • You will lead CAD and BIM design technicians in support of internal and external project review for standards compliance and archiving.
  • You will manage design technology records through the Engineering Document Management System (EDMS), aka “Engineering Archive”.
  • You will manage design quality control systems including guide specifications and quality control procedures, templates and libraries.

Who are you:

Two years of experience can replace one year of studies:

  • Experimented – You have ten (10) years of design technology experience in the design and construction of major installations, including the use of AutoCAD and Revit in the building industry. You also have two (2) years of experience supervising personnel in the field of design technologies.
  • educated – You possess an Associate’s degree in Building Information Technology or completion of a relevant technical trade school program.
  • Desired – We expect you to have twelve (12) years of design technology experience and five (5) years of supervising design technology personnel. Additionally, we hope you have a bachelor’s degree in architecture, engineering, or a related field.
  • Commitment to Equity – You will apply fairness and embody shared values, behaviors and practices in all aspects of the job. At the Port of Seattle, fairness is a daily responsibility and a fundamental expectation for all Port employees.
  • Engineering Technology Expert – You have in-depth knowledge of design technology systems including AutoCAD, Civil3D, Revit, Autodesk Docs and Navisworks. You are also familiar with industry design development and construction practices, including methods, standards and compliance issues.
  • strong leader – You are a well-established leader who embraces the development of a large and diverse team of professionals. You know how to motivate and bring groups together to achieve goals with an emphasis on collaboration and innovation.
  • great communicator – You know how to communicate clearly, both orally and in writing, to various audiences and to technical and non-technical personnel. You know how to attract the right people to improve collaboration and gain buy-in when needed.
  • Adaptable – You have the ability to think quickly and critically, analyze problems and present innovative solutions to problems.

What else do you want to know:

  • Work timetable – Your normal working hours will be Monday to Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (40 hours per week). Slightly more flexible start and end times are available in this role.
  • Working environment – This role will be primarily performed remotely in line with the port’s flexible working arrangement policies during the Covid-19 pandemic. It may transition to a hybrid working environment in both an office and remote environment in 2022. Occasional travel to local facilities may be required.
  • Washington State Residency Requirement – Employees must establish Washington State residency within 30 days of their first day of employment and must maintain Washington State residency while employed at the Port of Seattle. If a position is telecommute eligible, the work performed while telecommuting must be performed in Washington State.
  • COVID-19 vaccination requirements – Effective November 15, 2021, the Port of Seattle will require that upon hire, and as a condition of employment, the successful candidate be able to provide proof of full COVID-19 vaccination status , as part of the hiring process. This is a condition of employment for all positions at the Port of Seattle. People are considered fully vaccinated two weeks after their second dose in a two-dose series or two weeks after a single-dose vaccine. Prior to hiring, candidates may make requests for reasonable accommodation based on medical disability or sincere religious beliefs. Philosophical, political, scientific or sociological objections to vaccination will not be considered for exemption or accommodation.
  • Security requirements – As the successful candidate, you must pass a Transportation Security Administration (TSA) background check as well as a Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) criminal background check. Your employment will depend on obtaining a Port of Seattle identification badge upon clearance.
  • Security requirements – As a successful candidate, you must obtain a Transport Worker Identity Card (TWIC) within the first three months of employment.

Why you will love it here:

  • Health care – Medical, dental and vision care with options that work for you and your family.
  • Paid vacation – Generous paid time off to rest and recharge.
  • Holidays – More than ten days a year to celebrate with family and friends outside of work.
  • Pension/retirement schemes – A pension and additional savings to prepare for your future after the Port.
  • Go to work – From subsidized parking and a low-cost transit pass to alternative working arrangements giving you the option of working from home.
  • Parental leave – Six weeks of paid leave to spend with new additions to your immediate family.
  • Development – From tuition reimbursement, training, extension assignments and in-house internships, we support a culture of learning.
  • Equity, Diversity and Inclusion – The Port of Seattle values ​​diversity as a source of innovation and strength. We actively work across the organization to create a culture where all employees – regardless of race, gender and other identity – succeed and reach their full potential.
  • work-life balance – We provide the resources to help you create habits to be healthy and balanced.
  • Mission driven – We are together focused on promoting economic opportunity and quality of life in the region by advancing trade, travel, commerce and job creation in a way that is fair, responsible and respectful of the environment.

**Please note that if your position is represented by a union, please refer to your “collective agreement” or call your union representative for specific information regarding benefits and eligibility.**

Why the Port of Seattle:

Every role at the Port of Seattle is vital to our thriving community. We are a leader in moving people and goods across the country and around the world. With facilities and properties ranging from a half-acre park to one of the largest airports and container terminals on the West Coast, we maximize public assets in our portfolio by keeping an eye on the best uses. and environmental sustainability. Learn more here.

Our vision is to create a Port that reflects – through the scope of its operations and services and within its leadership – the diversity of our communities, instills principles of equity into its culture, and ensures equitable and intentional opportunities for economic expansion and development. quality of life for all in our region. Find out how our values ​​ELEVATE us and our commitment to fairness.

Interested persons should apply by clicking on the link below:


Knoxville News Sentinel Names Radio Systems Corporation® Winner of 2022 Greater Knoxville Area Best Workplaces Award

“During this very challenging time, Top Workplaces has proven to be a beacon for organizations, as well as a sign of resilience and strong business performance,” said Eric Rubino, CEO of Energage. “When you give your employees a voice, you come together to take on challenges and shape your path forward. Top Workplaces relies on real-time insights into what works best for their organization, so they can make informed decisions that positively impact their people and their business.”

“It is such a privilege to be recognized by our teammates and the Knoxville News Sentinel for the environment we nurtured at RSC,” said Becka Wilsonassociate director of human resources at Radio Systems Corporation®. “Most organizations have faced similar challenges over the past few years, and our priority has been to maintain a collaborative and open environment where people can make a difference in our business and in the lives of pets and pets. people.”

Radio Systems Society® brands include PetSafe®Invisible fence mark®Kurgo®SportDOG® and first pet®. To learn more, please visit https://www.radiosystemscorporation.com/.

About Radio Systems Corporation®

Radio Systems Society® (RSC) is one of the largest manufacturers of pet supplies for dogs and cats. Founded in 1991, RSC has grown into an international company selling in over 50 countries. Our brands include PetSafe®Invisible fence mark®Kurgo®SportDOG® and first pet®. We are driven by innovation and dedicated to improving the lives of people, pets and our communities. Our portfolio includes reliable, industry-leading electronic containment and training systems, waste management products, fountains, pet doors, innovative treats and more. The head office of the RSC is based in Knoxville, TNwith regional offices around the world.

Media Contact:
Leslie Staley
[email protected]

SOURCE Radio Systems Company

South Korea’s exports shift from China to the United StatesNews

South Korea’s exports to China are down, while shipments to the United States are up.
Experts say there are a number of reasons, including China’s prolonged “zero-COVID” lockdown measures and ongoing trade tensions between the two global superpowers.
Reporting by Lee Seung-jae.

Recent data from the Korea International Trade Association shows that South Korea’s exports to China are down, while its exports to the United States are up.
In the first half of 2022, China’s share of South Korea’s total exports was 23.1%, while the United States captured 15.7%.
For China, it was down from 25.1% in the first half of 2021, while for the United States it was up from 15.3% in the same period.
Moreover, the share of exports to the United States has been steadily growing every year.
Experts have cited a number of reasons why South Korea’s exports to China have declined.
Prolonged COVID-19 lockdown measures in China have slowed the entry of products into the country. But some experts say China has also seen an improvement in its manufacturing technology, leading to an increase in domestic production.
South Korea is also seeing its trade deficit with China increase. South Korea’s trade balance showed a deficit of US$1.1 billion for May and a trade deficit of US$1.2 billion for June.
From July 1 to July 20, the trade deficit is $1.5 billion.
Meanwhile, South Korea’s export figures to the United States have increased over the years.
Experts say the US-China trade war that started in 2018 means the US buys more South Korean products than Chinese products.
But also, with South Korean companies investing heavily in R&D, observers say the United States may continue to seek out South Korean products, hoping to counter the effects of its protracted trade war with China.
Lee Seung-jae, Arirang News.

FBCCI wishes to strengthen its commercial ties with Brazil


Personal correspondent: The Federation of Bangladesh Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FBCCI) wants to develop broader business relations with Brazil, the largest economy in Latin America.
As part of this initiative, the country’s apex trade body signed two memorandums of understanding with the Rio de Janeiro Chamber of Commerce and Industry and the Sao Paulo Chamber of Commerce; two of the most influential business organizations in the country.
FBCCI Chairman, Md. Jashim Uddin, on behalf of FBCCI, signed the MoUs during the visit to Brazil as an entourage of Minister of State for Foreign Affairs, Md. ShahriarAlam, said the trade body yesterday.
The signing between the Chamber of Commerce and Industry of Rio de Janeiro and the FBCCI took place in Rio de Janeiro, the second capital of Brazil, on July 20, and the Chamber of Commerce of Sao Paulo signed the memorandum of agreement in Sao Paulo, the country’s port city, on July 21. .
State Minister Shahriar Alam, Bangladesh Ambassador to Brazil Sadia Faizunnesa and President of the Brazil-Bangladesh Chamber of Commerce Shahriar Ahmed also attended the MoU signing ceremonies.
Previously, the FBCCI president held talks with Apex Brazil, the country’s Trade and Investment Development Agency and the main industry representative organization, the National Confederation of Industry (CNI).
Issues related to bilateral trade and investment potentials, challenges and the way forward were discussed during the meetings.
The FBCCI chairman expects the visit to facilitate delegation exchanges in the future and strengthen bilateral business relations.
“Bangladesh must now explore and develop new markets. The diversification of export baskets has become essential. Therefore, establishing trade ties with Brazil, the 10th largest economy in the world, will add new dimensions to Bangladesh’s export earnings, as well as help expand its footprint in other South American countries. “, he added.

Previous post 6 officials traveling to Malaysia-Singapore to see scanners
Next post Bangladesh forging ahead in tackling challenges: PM

Drafts: Mariners, White Sox, Reds, Orioles


Here’s today’s roundup of the top 39 draft picks (first round, extra round, competitive balance round A) who signed their first professional contracts. For more details, here is the full list of recommended slot prizes, and you can click on the links for full pre-draft rankings and scouting reports from Baseball America, Fangraphs, MLB Pipeline, The Athletic’s Keith Law and ESPN’s Kiley McDaniel.

  • The sailors signed their picks from the first three rounds, according to Daniel Kramer of MLB.com (Twitter link). This includes the 21st pick overall Cole Young, which received a bonus of $3.3 million slightly above the price of the slot machine of $3,292,900. The high school shortstop was a consensus pick in the 12-20 range by evaluators, and is considered high ground as an all-around talent and future big leaguer, although there’s some question as to why. he has the skills to be a regular. hall.
  • The White socks agreed to a left-handed chord Noah Schultz, according to Jim Callis of MLB Pipeline. (The Sox officially announced the signing of Schultz later in the day.) Schultz’s $2.8 million bonus is also slightly higher than the $2,789,400 awarded to the 26th overall pick. Homegrown product born in Napierville, Illinois, Schultz is already 6’9″ at 18 and boasts a plus slider and unconventional low-rise delivery. McDaniel was the top of the pundits on Schultz’s potential, ranking the 34th left-hander in the draft class.
  • The Reds agreed sign Sal Stewart for $2,097,500, reports Callis. That’s below the $2,373,000 slot price tag attached to the 32nd overall selection, which could reflect a slight reach from the Reds – BA was highest on Stewart with a 58th overall, and Law had Stewart 59th. That said, McDaniel thought Stewart might be a tough sign due to his commitment to Vanderbilt, but the high school third baseman will instead drop out of college for the minor leagues.
  • The Orioles announced the signing of Dylan Beavers, the 33rd selection overall. Nathan Ruiz of Baltimore Ruiz (Twitter link) reports that Beavers received a bonus of $2.2 million, giving the O’s savings under the slot price of $2,315,100. Pipeline ranked the Cal outfielder 22nd in their rankings, writing that “when Beavers is locked in, he’s the proverbial five-tool player”, although Beavers had some issues staying consistent.

The government must reach a broader understanding before implementing a generational endgame to ban tobacco and smoking products

The Harm Awareness Association said the vision behind the Tobacco and Tobacco Control Bill ignores the fact that different reduced-risk products do not all have the same impact and risks as conventional products. – Photo of the Malaysian courier

KUALA LUMPUR (July 23): A consumer group today described the decision by the Ministry of Health to ban the sale of tobacco and smoking products to people born from 2005 onwards, in a so-called end-of-year decision. generational part (GEG), as a mistake and an oversimplified approach.

In a statement today, the Harm Awareness Association (HAA) said the vision behind the Tobacco and Tobacco Control Bill ignores the fact that different reduced-risk products do not all have the same impact. and the same risks as conventional products.

HAA said the inability to distinguish between products will also hurt the ministry’s plans to reduce illegal cigarettes, as demand for illicit black market products will increase, including other tobacco and vaping products among people looking to get their nicotine patches.

“Representing the voice of consumers in Malaysia, the Harm Awareness Association is of the view that the principle of implementing the GEG is wrong and that it is a simplistic approach by bundling cigarettes, vapes and d other tobacco products in a single category.

“It is known that smoking prevalence in Malaysia continues to remain high at 21.3% as reported in the National Health and Morbidity Survey 2019. Indeed, there is a lack of enforcement and resources to stifling the illicit cigarette market and a lack of measures that effectively address demand and supply gaps as well as a lack of recognition of other less harmful alternatives that can reduce smoking prevalence despite the large cohort of over one million vaping users,” said Aziaan Ariffin, President of the HAA.

He added that introducing a new policy to ban all tobacco and vaping products would also overwhelm enforcement agencies who are already concerned about a still-thriving black market.

He said these existing problems need to be addressed before new policies are introduced.

“If Malaysia proceeds with GEG and fails to distinguish between combustible cigarettes and other less harmful non-combustible products, it will lead to several unintended beneficiaries, including costing the government billions of dollars more every year in taxes evaded due to the growth of the huge illicit market, and there will be more illicit alternative products such as unregulated vape juice, liquid nicotine and contraband devices, which do not follow good manufacturing practices added Aziaan.

He warned that illicit and contraband e-cigarette liquids and devices could also have greater health consequences for users who are willing to risk their safety for cheaper options, if the bill passes.

“Implementing a blind policy that treats cigarettes, vape and other tobacco products equally also means that the Malaysian government is ignoring the rights of consumers to make informed decisions about their consumption of less risky products. “, did he declare.

He said Putrajaya must also consider the huge implications of the planned ban, which goes beyond the number of illicit cigarettes sold.

“The proceeds of these illegal cigarettes have been reported to fuel organized crime, nefarious activities as well as international smuggling and the black market of other goods,” he added.

Aziaan proposed four measures to the government on the bill and the GEG, firstly, calling for a detailed study to develop a proper roadmap towards the ban.

He said New Zealand had conducted a similar phased study to reach out to industry and public opinion and that this could be done through government-to-government collaboration for knowledge exchange and opportunities.

“Exhaust all tobacco control measures, including the establishment of an effective, multi-agency current tobacco law enforcement team to combat black markets” Consult with other relevant government agencies such as Miti EPU , MoF, KPDNHEP and others the impact and potential social and economic consequences of the GEG. To carry out a proper and independent review of all scientific studies and research on alternatives to smoking as a complementary measure to reduce the prevalence of smoking towards achieving the vision of the GEG,” he said in his list of suggestions. .

Miti refers to the Ministry of International Trade and Industry, EPU refers to the Economic Planning Unit, MoF refers to the Ministry of Finance, and KPDNHEP refers to the Ministry of Domestic Trade and Consumer Affairs.

Last week, the New Straits Times (NST) reported that Health Minister Khairy said the bill had been approved by Cabinet on July 13.

He reportedly said the bill would be tabled at the current parliamentary meeting.

The proposed bill essentially prevents people born on January 1, 2005 and beyond from buying tobacco and tobacco-related products, even when they reach 18 or the current legal drinking age. . – Malaysian Mail

Critical Thinking Bootcamp 2022 | Eurek alert!

As AI becomes smarter and more deeply integrated into the way we access information and algorithms increasingly dictate the information we consume, how can we train students to spot and respond to misinformation? ? And what ethical considerations do we need to think about along the way?

SAGE Publishing’s Third Annual Critical Thinking Bootcamp (Tuesday, August 9 at 9am-12pm PST / 12pm-3pm EST) offers ideas, tips and resources to help librarians, teachers and other staff encourage critical thinking in and out of the classroom. Join our free, virtual sessions to find ways to recognize and address the impact of technology trends on our media ecosystem and learn tactics that can be used to educate students.


Experienced librarians and social and behavioral scientists will work on:

  • Why algorithms are important: Knowledge of algorithms for research, research and bias awareness

    Whether through search, research, or the messages and media we consume daily, we receive information through algorithms built and designed by humans with pre-existing biases. However, by nature, algorithms are invisible, which makes it difficult for us to critically interact with them. This session will help you increase your algorithmic knowledge and the role you can play in mitigating algorithmic bias on campus.

  • The Rise of AI: Challenges and Opportunities

    Artificial intelligence (AI) is set to impact nearly every industry over the next few decades and dramatically reshape the workforce and the classroom. Students will need training with a broader interdisciplinary perspective to understand the impact of AI and think critically about its societal implications. In this session, panelists will discuss how to create programs that draw from fields as diverse as computer science, psychology, and information studies, as well as the myriad ways in which AI will affect higher education.

  • Technology and ethics: practicing and teaching technoethics

    As academic professionals, what is our role in addressing the ethical concerns raised by technology? While the topic of ethics is often discussed in relation to technology, how can we situate it in both our educational practice and policy? The panel will assess existing policies to address ethical issues in technology and offer suggestions for the future.

Sufficient time for discussion, Q&A and networking will also be provided and attendees will walk away with practical tips to apply, questions to consider and a full toolkit of resources to use. The recording, slides and toolkit will be distributed to all registrants.


Nicole A. Cooke (keynote speech)

Dr. Nicole A. Cooke is the Augusta Baker Endowed Chair and Associate Professor at the University of South Carolina. His research and teaching interests include human information behavior, critical studies of cultural information, and diversity and social justice in librarianship. She was the recipient of the 2019 Association of Library and Information Science Education (ALISE) Excellence in Teaching Award, and she has edited and written several books, including Information services to various populations and Fake News and Alternative Facts: Information Literacy in the Age of Post-Truth.

Alexis Bonnet

Alexis Bonnell is Emerging Technology Evangelist for Government and Chief Strategic Business Officer at Google. She is also a Senior Visiting Fellow for the Krach Institute for Tech Diplomacy at Purdue. Alexis was one of the founding members of the first Internet Trade Association. She has led businesses transitioning to a digital existence and brought digital transformations to war zones and global emergencies at the UN. At USAID, she led transformation and knowledge management, co-founded USAID’s US Global Development Lab, and served as USAID’s Director of Innovation. Alexis has led over a dozen large-scale digital and organizational transformation initiatives and is an expert in organizational behavior and culture and human-centered design. At Google, she dedicates her time to helping public servants catalyze their missions through technology, solving the world’s toughest challenges. Alexis specializes in public sector use of emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence, AI governance, etc.

Dan Chibnall

Dan Chibnall received his MLS from the University of Missouri-Columbia in 2005. He is a STEM Librarian at Drake University in Des Moines, Iowa and has held this position since July 2016. Previously, he held the position of User Services and Instruction Design Librarian at Grand View University for ten years. It focuses on integrated librarianship, information literacy, science communication, information behaviors and helps students become better researchers. Dan teaches courses on the relationship between science fiction and science, misinformation and personal information behaviors, and the role of science communication in educating the public about the role of science in everyday life. He is also currently past president of the Iowa Library Association.

Renee DiResta

Renée DiResta is Technical Research Manager at the Stanford Internet Observatory, an interdisciplinary program of research, teaching, and policy engagement for the study of abuse in today’s information technology. Renee investigates the spread of malicious narratives on social media and media. Her work examines the ways in which distinct types of actors leverage the information ecosystem to exert influence, from grassroots activists promoting health misinformation and conspiracy theories, to info ops. well-funded full-spectrum performed by state-sponsored actors.

Brooklyn Gipson

Brooklyne Gipson is an assistant professor of communication at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign. Dr. Gipson is an interdisciplinary researcher whose research areas include digital and social media environments, black feminist digital/technology studies, and the intersection of race, gender, social media, and power. Her work examines how social media platforms facilitate civic engagement within Black communities. Her current research takes an intersectional approach to analyzing how anti-Black discourses manifest in everyday discursive exchanges within Black social media spaces.

Mata Haggis-Burridge

Mata Haggis-Burridge is professor of creative games and entertainment at the University of Applied Sciences in Breda (BUas), where they have worked since 2010. They obtained their doctorate in literature in 2006. Their work focuses on content, creation and video game culture within the context of arts and commercial entertainment. Topics range from social impact (such as portraying diversity), methods of storytelling and creative expression, to detailed practical studies of content design, technology and implementation. Mata is also a writer of commercial video games, member of the video game committee of the Writers’ Guild of Great Britain, member of the steering committee of the Dutch platform “Kunst ≈ Onderzoek”, treasurer of Breda Game City and external expert of Creative Media Europe , among other roles.

Sarah Morris

Sarah Morris is the Head of Teaching and Engagement at Emory University Libraries and has held the position since 2018. Previously, Sarah worked as an Assessment Librarian and First-Year Experience Librarian. Sarah received her MSIS degree from the University of Texas at Austin and also holds a Masters degree from the University of Chicago. Since 2016, Sarah has focused much of her research and teaching on disinformation, modern media ecosystems, the internet, and society. She has developed curriculum on these topics in partnership with the Mozilla Foundation, taught workshops and credited courses on misinformation, and provided professional development training for librarians on misinformation with the ACRL and Library Juice Academy. . Sarah has also edited a cookbook volume with ACRL on critical thinking skills, which was published in 2020, and the recent title SAGE Check this fact.

Rosalind Tedford

Rosalind Tedford is director of research and teaching at the Z. Smith Reynolds Library at Wake Forest University. She has been teaching Information Literacy courses since 2003 and since 2016 has focused her teaching on helping people understand the misinformation and disinformation cycle online and how they can be better consumers of information. . She teaches credit courses to WFU students and has also taught numerous workshops and lifelong learning courses on the subject.

Disclaimer: AAAS and EurekAlert! are not responsible for the accuracy of press releases posted on EurekAlert! by contributing institutions or for the use of any information through the EurekAlert system.

Snap report incinerates $80 billion in ad industry market cap


A woman stands in front of the Snap Inc. logo on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) as they wait for Snap Inc. to publish its IPO, in New York, NY, U.S., March 2, 2017. REUTERS/Lucas Jackson

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


July 21 (Reuters) – Facebook owner Meta Platforms (META.O), owner of Google Alphabet (GOOGL.O) and other companies that sell online ads lost around $80 billion in combined market value Thursday after Snap (SNAP.N) reported poor quarterly results and warned of an uncertain outlook.

Slammed by a declining economy, increased competition from TikTok and recent privacy changes to iPhones, the Snapchat owner missed second-quarter revenue targets and warned that “forward-looking visibility remains incredibly challenging.”

Its shares tumbled 26%, taking Snap’s loss in 2022 to more than 70%.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


With Wall Street already worried about a possible recession, Snap’s report also sparked a sell-off from rival internet ad vendors. Meta fell 5% in extended trade, while Alphabet fell 3% and Pinterest fell 7%.

Shares of Twitter (TWTR.N) fell less, losing just under 2%.

Alphabet’s stock decline reduced its market capitalization by more than $40 billion and Meta’s loss reduced its market capitalization by approximately $25 billion. Snap’s stock drop evaporated $7 billion from its value.

Snap’s poor report also hit other growth stocks, with Spotify Technology (SPOT.N), Shopify and Roblox (RBLX.N) down around 3% each after hours.

As Twitter sues Elon Musk to force the billionaire to fulfill his April promise to buy Twitter for $44 billion, many investors view Twitter’s stock as a bet on the outcome of this upcoming legal battle, and less as a reflection of the company’s current fundamentals. .

Twitter is expected to release quarterly results early on Friday, but the microblogging platform canceled its traditional call with analysts, pointing to Musk’s “ongoing acquisition.”

In its report, Snap said its daily active users grew 18% year-over-year to 347 million, beating analysts’ expectations. Read more

But this user growth comes as customers of social media companies face inflation at 40-year highs and brace for a potential economic downturn, an environment where brands spend less on advertising and enforce greater scrutiny. how they spend their advertising dollars. Read more

Alphabet reports second-quarter results on July 26, Meta reports results on July 27, and Pinterest on August 1.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Reporting by Noel Randewich; edited by Richard Pullin

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

POB JFK High School hosts commencement ceremony


The graduating graduates of Plainview-Old Bethpage John F. Kennedy High School marked the end of one journey and the beginning of another on June 26, as the Class of 2022 celebrated their commencement ceremony.

Speakers reflected on the past four years and offered advice for the many more to come before young adults reach the final stages of their high school careers and receive their diplomas.

Salutatorian Justine Choi advised her peers not to lose sight of the small tasks ahead of them, lest they become overwhelmed by the big picture. “Wherever we end up after high school, whether it’s college, trade school, a gap year, the military, or a job, it’s important to keep in mind the importance of taking small steps. “, she said. “Because change is the result of many cumulative actions, and because in the long term, it will allow us to achieve our most important goals.”

Valedictorian Olivia Schmidt emphasized the importance of loved ones and the people closest to you in achieving your goals. “The past few years have been anything but simple or easy, and I believe a lot of our stamina is rooted in our community, our love and support for each other,” she said before thanking his family members, teachers and advisers for all. their help along the way. “If I’ve learned anything, it’s that nothing is more important than relationships in your life.”

Principal James Murray reflected on the major events of the past few years, both memorable and tragic, and expressed his pride in the leadership shown by the high school community, most recently following the latest shooting in a school in Uvalde, Texas. “You started our school year as young teenagers, and now you lead as young adults, able and willing to use your voice for change,” he said.

Superintendent of Schools Dr. Mary O’Meara asked graduating students to be open to change, should the need arise. “Where you are at any given time doesn’t have to determine where you will be in the future,” she said. “There will be many times in your life where you will be faced with questions like ‘is this really where I want to be? or “Is this really the person I want to be?” When contemplative questions come to you, take the time to contemplate. Don’t let the hustle and bustle of life, the certainty of a previous decision, or fear of the mountain ahead keep you from thinking and considering your options.

Massachusetts congresswomen don’t need to protest


Massachusetts congresswomen Ayanna Pressley and Katherine Clark have been arrested for peacefully protesting the Supreme Court’s recent decision to reinstate abortion laws in all 50 states that make up the United States.

Whatever your opinion of the Dobbs case, don’t take this publicity stunt seriously.

There is nothing serious or effective about members of Congress acting like helpless students protesting a tuition hike.

Pressley and Clark are not helpless; rather the opposite. They are equal partners with the President of the United States and the Supreme Court of the United States Government. They have the power to write and pass federal laws, unlike everyone else in the country who is not elected to Congress.

Representative Clark is the Deputy Speaker of the House. She doesn’t have to shout and sing to get her message across on abortion or any other federal issue – but it’s more fun to shout and send in requests for funding than writing laws. and form a coalition to pass the legislation in Congress.

Here’s an idea: Congresswomen could cut the Supreme Court’s budget to signal their displeasure with the court’s recent rulings. They control the purse strings of the entire federal government. The Supreme Court can’t buy a pencil without the money allocated by Congress.

Public protests are for the powerless, not the elected. Can you imagine Tip O’Neill or Bob Dole carrying signs and chanting slogans while their equals in government ignored them? Ridiculous.

When the citizens of the Commonwealth elected you and the other Democrats to the House of Representatives, they lent you their God-given power. You have real power and you should use it if you disagree with the Supreme Court.

Acting like a protester makes you look weak, not influential.

WATCH: What are the main laws passed in the year you were born?

The data in this list was acquired from reliable online sources and media. Read on to find out which major law was passed the year you were born and find out its name, vote count (if any), and its impact and significance.

WATCH: Milestones in women’s history from the year you were born

Women have left their mark on everything from entertainment and music to space exploration, athletics and technology. Each passing year and each new milestone makes it clear how recent this history is compared to the rest of the country, as well as how far we still have to go. The resulting timeline shows women consistently making history worthy of best-selling biographies and textbooks; someone just needs to write about them.

Scroll to find out when women in the United States and around the world won rights, the names of women who broke the glass ceiling, and which country’s women banded together to end a civil war.

What Employers Need to Know About California Consumer Privacy Act Education Requirements

When Covered Businesses collect personal information about employees and job applicants, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) requires them to comply with certain disclosure obligations.

Covered businesses should prepare for major changes in the law, which were approved by California voters under the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA) at Prop 24. Most notably, a CCPA exception for employee and party data. job applicants will end on January 1, 2023 and will provide employees and job applicants with the same CCPA rights that have applied to consumers since 2020.

CPRA will also add new rights. Employers should be fully aware of their obligations under the CCPA and CPRA as litigation and enforcement actions are likely to increase and the deadline for compliance is fast approaching.

With so many requirements to review, you may have missed a lesser-known, but important obligation to provide sufficient training to all those responsible for your CCPA and CPRA compliance measures, or handling consumer inquiries. about your privacy practices.

WhWhat are the current training requirements?

Under the CCPA, which came into effect on January 1, 2020, covered businesses must ensure that all persons responsible for the business’ compliance with the CCPA or the business’s response to consumer inquiries about privacy practices are informed of all applicable CCPA requirements. This includes knowing how to direct consumers towards exercising their rights under the CCPA.

The CCPA regulations contain a similar training obligation and require that these persons also be informed of the regulations and how to direct consumers towards the exercise of their rights. They also require companies to establish, document and follow a training policy if they know, or reasonably should know, that they are buying, receiving for business purposes, selling or sharing for business purposes the personal information of 10 million or more consumers in a calendar year.

Fortunately, the education requirement will not change when the rest of the CPRA comes into effect on January 1, 2023. The wording of the CPRA amendments and proposed regulations reflect current law and regulations under the CCPA.

Who Do you need to be trained?

To comply with the law, employers must ensure that any employee involved in implementing, managing or monitoring CCPA and CPRA compliance receives training. For example, these employees may include executives, general managers, human resources employees, marketing managers, social media managers, and information technology employees.

Additionally, any employee involved in receiving and responding to consumer inquiries through the Company’s CCPA toll-free hotline should receive the training. Finally, employees who regularly interact with consumers, such as sales representatives, should receive training on basic CCPA and CPRA requirements and know where to direct consumer questions and requests regarding data privacy.

What should the training cover?

Employers must ensure that employees understand their role in the company’s overall compliance with the CCPA and CPRA. This includes understanding that employees and applicants for employment are like any other consumer under the law and will have the same rights, including the right not to suffer retaliation because of their exercise of a CCPA right or CPR.

Overall, training should cover CCPA and CPRA requirements as set forth in the California Civil Code and California Code of Regulations, including, but not limited to, the following:

  • The consumer’s right to request a copy of specific personal information collected by the business.
  • The right of a consumer to ask a company to delete any personal information collected about the consumer.
  • A consumer’s right to ask a business to disclose the categories of personal information collected about the consumer, the sources from which the information was collected, the business purpose for collecting or selling the information, and the categories of third parties with whom the information has been shared in the last 12 months.
  • A consumer’s right to ask a business to disclose the categories of personal information collected, sold or disclosed.
  • A consumer’s right to request certain limits on the company’s use or disclosure of the consumer’s sensitive personal information.
  • The consumer’s right to request the correction of their personal information.
  • A consumer’s right not to be discriminated against for exercising a right under the CCPA or CPRA.
  • How a business should inform a consumer of their rights under the CCPA or CPRA.
  • Requirements for offering financial incentives to consumers in exchange for collecting personal information.
  • Methods for providing requested information to a consumer after receiving a consumer’s request are provided.

The law does not set the duration of the training. In practice, however, executive training can take up to two hours, as it should cover all aspects of CCPA and CPRA compliance, which are indeed time-consuming.

Training for non-managerial consumer-facing employees may be shorter and cover key provisions of the CCPA and CPRA, depending on the level of compliance involvement of employees and what they need to know .

The law does not require any minimum qualification for who can provide the training. Since the CCPA and CPRA are very technical, we recommend that someone with data privacy experience conduct the training.

How is often the Training required?

The law does not specify how often employers must provide training. However, new regulations made under the CPRA may provide additional guidance on this point, although the recently proposed draft regulations do not. At this time, we recommend that employees receive an annual CCPA and CPRA compliance update.

Does Busiface penalties for failing to provide training?

Any company that violates any provision of the CCPA or CPRA may be subject to a civil penalty of up to $2,500 for each violation or $7,500 for each intentional violation.

In the context of training, it remains to be determined whether the sanction would be on a per employee basis or a single violation for failing to provide adequate training to all those who were to receive such training. Therefore, it is important to meet your training obligation and document employee attendance to demonstrate company compliance with the law.

Usama Kahf is an attorney at Fisher Phillips in Irvine, California. Jenna Rogenski is an attorney at Fisher Phillips in San Francisco. © 2022. All rights reserved. Reprinted with permission.

SELECT nominated for three prestigious professional awards

Alan Wilson, CEO of SELECT

Countryside electricity trade association SELECT has been nominated for three prestigious awards for its response to Covid-19, the stakeholder magazine and its crusade to install free heat, smoke and carbon monoxide alarms for vulnerable households.

Scotland’s largest construction trade body has been shortlisted as a finalist in three categories at the Association Excellence Awards, which recognize the vital work trade associations do for their members.

The first nomination sees SELECT nominated for Best Member Support Since Covid-19, acknowledging the organization’s ongoing response to the pandemic, which included offering members a discounted membership and a host of support practice.

It has also provided a wide range of employment, financial, health and safety and contract advice through its internal teams and through the establishment of the Construction Industry Coronavirus Forum (CICV).

The association’s second prize is awarded to the best awareness campaign or advancement of a cause (launched in 2022), with SELECT being recognized for its high-level alarm ambassador initiative, sponsored by Aico.

Launched in January, the campaign saw SELECT member businesses across the country carry out free installations for elderly and disabled people identified by the charity Care and Repair Scotland to help them comply with new government regulations.

The final installation was carried out in Dundee by electrician Ricky Brown of SELECT member company Complete Electrical Solutions (Scotland) on June 29 – just a week before the association discovered it had been nominated for the award .

SELECT’s third Association Excellence nomination is for the association’s best newsletter, blog, online or physical publication, which sees its newly relaunched stakeholder magazine, cabletalk, among the finalists.

The body will now compete against other UK trade associations in a special ceremony at the Kia Oval in London on Friday 14 October.

Alan Wilson, Managing Director of SELECT, said: “These appointments are a significant recognition of the tremendous work done by everyone at SELECT over the past two years.

“With the help of our staff, members and central board, we have been able to weather a difficult time together and come out of it stronger and more determined to help our industry thrive. Such a crisis shows the real value of professional associations for its members – as demonstrated by these appointments.

Iain Mason, Membership and Communications Director of SELECT, added: “It is a pleasure to have been nominated for the Alarm Ambassador campaign, which has been designed to help those in real need and remind the public the importance of using compliant products when updating to meet new regulations.

“We were delighted by the number of electrical professionals who were quick to volunteer their skills and time to help those in need and to highlight the importance of home safety. This nomination is a recognition of all their efforts and of the SELECT team who helped organize things behind the scenes.

Supporting post-COVID-19 recovery among African cross-border traders


UNCTAD empowers 300 women small traders from five countries with better knowledge of trade rules, customs procedures and entrepreneurial skills.

Pauline Satau, a small business owner from the village of Kazungula in northeastern Botswana, had no intention of being an informal cross-border trader.

Like about 70% of informal cross-border traders in the Southern African region, she went into business out of necessity and a desire to feed her family.

And for many years, that’s exactly what she did, expanding her business from selling corn on the cob to raising poultry.

In 2020, she expanded her business by conducting cross-border trade with neighboring Zambia and the Democratic Republic of Congo.

Then COVID-19 hit, forcing it to close and causing profound and disproportionate consequences for low-income households and small businesses.

“The pandemic has brought my hard work to a screeching halt,” she said.

Proof the revival of African small businesses

Ms. Satau was among 300 small traders who benefited from the UNCTAD training program on cross-border trade and entrepreneurship held in border towns of Botswana, Kenya, Malawi, Tanzania and Zambia between February 2021 and May 2022.

UNCTAD organized nine six-day training sessions under a multi-agency United Nations project titled “Global Initiative Towards the Post-COVID-19 Resurgence of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME) Sector”.

The project aimed to rebuild livelihoods and mitigate the effects of the pandemic.

“The training sharpened my business skills. I learned not to stagnate, but to scale my business,” Ms. Satau said.

The training program included the dissemination of guides for traders, content on COVID-19 control measures and sessions on strategies to make businesses more resilient.

It also included opportunities for engagement between traders and border officials to dispel long-standing mistrust between them.

“Without the training, I would have continued down the path of playing small in this industry,” said Kefilwe Mogaetsho, a participant from Botswana.

Pauline Satau, a cross-border trader from Botswana.

How the training sessions helped

During a sub-regional project workshop organized by UNCTAD in June 2022, participants heard feedback reported by trainees.

More than 90% of them said they had gained the confidence to pass through official border posts thanks to their better understanding of trade and customs rules.

And 96% of them say they are ready to adopt new business models.

“Now that I know the rules, I spend less time clearing my goods,” said one trader, adding, “I’m not afraid of customs officers anymore.”

Some Tanzanian border customs officials said the number of women carrying small consignments through official border posts had increased steadily and smuggling cases had decreased after the training.

UNCTAD shared with policy makers the experiences and lessons learned from the training. This will help advance evidence-based policymaking, informed by the challenges, priority needs and expectations of small traders.

Various United Nations entities, international and regional organizations, representatives of relevant ministries of the five beneficiary countries and associations of cross-border traders took part in the workshop.

Call for more training

Participants requested more training and support from UNCTAD.

“More training will help reduce unemployment in Malawi because our best investment is in women,” said Emily Rose Mandala of the Malawi Cross Border Trade Association.

“UNCTAD stands ready to help countries help more women overcome barriers to trade and build their resilience to crises,” said Simonetta Zarrilli, who leads the organization’s trade and gender programme.

Washington Nationals select Elijah Green in MLB Draft



With the fifth pick in the MLB Draft, the Washington Nationals selected outfielder Elijah Green on Sunday night, landing a top high school player for the second year in a row. Then, with the 45th pick in the second round, they added Jake Bennett, a left-handed pitcher from the University of Oklahoma.

Green, an 18-year-old from the IMG Academy in Florida, stands out for his height – 6-foot-4, 225 pounds – and his speed. Two National League scouts, speaking on condition of anonymity because they are not authorized to do so publicly about opposing teams, projected that Green would stay in center field because of his reach and with his strong arm. A right-handed hitter, Green showed power across the board and raised slight concerns about his production against off-speed pitches. But more than anything, he’s still a teenager, which means the pick is both a show of confidence in his promise and a big task for the Nationals’ player development staff.

It was the Nationals’ highest pick since they first picked Bryce Harper in 2010. Under general manager Mike Rizzo, who assumed the role in 2009, Green is the club’s fifth selection in the top 10, joining Harper, Stephen Strasburg, Drew Storen and Anthony Rendon. . And just like those who came before him, Green will be a vital part of rebuilding the Nationals. He is the son of two-time Pro Bowl tight end Eric Green and is committed to the University of Miami.

“Just the past of them having future prospects like Bryce Harper, Trea Turner, Juan Soto, all of them – I feel like it just shows that they know what they’re doing with their players,” said said Green, who compared himself to Mike. Trout because “we can kind of do everything the same way”.

“I just feel like I can be one of those players who can qualify for the [majors] soon.”

Juan Soto rejects 15-year, $440 million offer; Nats considering trade

The slot value for the fifth choice is approximately $6.49 million. For the 45th pick, it’s $1,733,900. If the Nationals signed Green or Bennett with a bonus above their slot values, they would have less money to spread among their other 18 selections. The reverse is true if Green’s or Bennett’s potential bonus is lower. The entire Washington bonus pool is $11,007,900.

Bennett, 21 and standing at 6-6, was the Nationals’ 39th-round pick in 2019 when he opted to enroll in Oklahoma. His fastball, complete with a slider and changeover, is in the low to mid-90s. The Nationals are hoping for at least some velocity gains early in his pro career. They liked Oklahoma pitchers last draft, grabbing Cade Cavalli (first-rounder in 2020, now the team’s top prospect) and Jake Irvin (fourth-rounder in 2018, now impressive after Tommy John surgery) .

Like Cavalli, Bennett attended Bixby High School near Tulsa, where they were teammates before playing together in college. As a redshirt sophomore in 2022, Bennett struck out 133 and walked 22 in 117 innings. His strong command is mentioned in most reconnaissance reports.

A few hours before Bennett and Green became the organization’s newest member, the Nationals finished the first half at 31-63, the worst record in MLB. So the state of the franchise and the growing potential for Juan Soto to be traded this month or in the near future added weight to what already looked like a solid pick. But with Rizzo often promising a quick restart, many recent drafts have connected Washington to Kevin Parada, a 20-year-old wide receiver from Georgia Tech, at five.

The logic was that Parada — or a proven college hitter like him — best served the desire to quickly build a competitor around Soto. The organization also has a gaping batting void in an improving but still thin system. Green thought he was more of a draft than any high-ranking hitter who faced Division I pitchers for two or three years.

Still, Parada was never at the top of the team’s selection committee. He eventually went 11th to the New York Mets. Before picking fifth, the Nationals watched the Baltimore Orioles select shortstop Jackson Holliday, the Arizona Diamondbacks take outfielder Druw Jones, the Texas Rangers take pitcher Kumar Rocker and the Pittsburgh Pirates go with infielder Termarr Johnson. Once the Rangers picked Rocker, an industry shock, Washington focused on Johnson and Green, according to multiple people with knowledge of their thought process.

Then the hackers basically made the selection for them. Green was the guy from Washington.

When it comes to positioning players, the Nationals love to build in the middle with receivers, shortstops and center backs. In the past year, the club took shortstop Brady House with the 11th pick last summer, added outfielder Daylen Lile in the second round and acquired top prospect receiver Keibert Ruiz. in the Trea Turner/Max Scherzer trade with the Los Angeles Dodgers. Luis García, 22, is at the majors and is trying to stick to shortstop, the position the club signed him to play out of the Dominican Republic in 2016. signing, the Nationals brought in shortstop Armando Cruz and outfielder Cristhian Vaquero on massive bonuses.

Green is just the last batter they put a lot of emphasis on. Needless to say, his development will be key.

Adrienne Bailon-Houghton shares resources for entrepreneurs and talks about mental health and dealing with a recession

Adrienne Bailon Houghton is an Emmy-winning actress, singer, and host of the hit television series The truth. Bailon-Houghton originally rose to fame as a member of girl group 3LW, then later starred in The Cheetah Girls movies. In this interview, Bailon-Houghton sat down to discuss a new partnership with Adobe Acrobat and shared how she prioritizes her mental health and well-being. She also offered advice to business owners, and especially entrepreneurs of color, as we prepare for a possible global recession.

Janice Gassam Asare: You recently collaborated with Adobe Acrobat to launch the Chef’s kit. Could you talk more about that?

Adrienne Bailon Houghton: Honestly, for me, it was above all such an organic partnership and bigger than that. Such an honor because I’ve been using Adobe Acrobat for so long, for so many of my projects that just being able to partner with them… they’ve honestly saved my life. Many of us are now working from home and we are our own Chief Home Officers, including myself, being an entrepreneur and literally running my own brand, as well as my two businesses, XIXmy jewelry company, THE VOTEmy fashion business, and then in addition, also the renovations of the house.

In the same way: Can you explain a bit how it works?

Bailon Houghton: Absolutely. What I like is that you can actually create your own templates here and that’s pretty much what I did. In fact, I created my own daily planner with the things I need. And I love that the software lets you create anything you need, be it budgeting. I know many of us have used Acrobat without even realizing it. There are things that have been sent to us…whether it’s a schedule of The truth, they certainly sent this stuff. I love that our team can actually collaborate and access it together…it’s super important.

You can use it to create templates, which I did. While I’m checking things out, I have a team of three other people who are my brand manager, Lana…and I also have a graphic designer and also a creative director of my brand. What’s great is they can all log in to Adobe Acrobat and they can see when I’ve updated the scheduler…you can customize it on so many levels. My daily planner starts with, what am I grateful for? I also include mental health in my daily agendas. Don’t go, go, go, these are the things you have to accomplish, but what are the things that motivate me to accomplish these things?

In the same way: That’s actually a really good segue into my next question, which is, as someone in the public eye who needs to be constantly “on the go”, how do you prioritize your mental health and well-being ?

Bailon Houghton: It’s exactly that; you have to make it a priority. Cut out days and times where you just put yourself and your sanity in the first place. I think it was about a year ago that me and Lana sat down and said, look, we’re going to burn out. We’re in such a burnout culture right now… I really love that the burnout culture is turning its ugly head on itself where now we see memes that are like, no, everything isn’t about, ‘I hustle, I hustle. I can’t stop, I won’t stop. No, please stop. Please stop for a second and give yourself a moment to not burn out, so you can put your sanity first. We actually started scheduling time for my sanity. In my weekly schedule, we were going over everything. We would figure out where we would do whatever and then we would say, you need a day off. So, I was taking one day off a week…meaning literally nothing was scheduled that day. And it wasn’t always the same because obviously with a busy schedule, there were people saying, ‘no, we need you on Saturday, so you can’t take Saturday’. And it was perhaps on Tuesday that I was able to take off. I like the saying that if it’s not planned, it’s not done. Put in your planned schedule, one hour, two hours, a whole day if you need it. I needed a whole day…just a whole day a week that I could dedicate to my family, my sanity, and myself. We make sure it’s on my calendar…it’s on my agenda.

In the same way: So, speaking of mental health and mental well-being…I want to know more about the support systems that you have used throughout your career. What support systems have allowed you to thrive throughout your career?

Bailon Houghton: I have to say I’m really, really grateful and I’m so lucky to have an amazing family. For me, my family is really that. I’ve always been given wings to soar because I know I have a strong foundation…having a foundation of people who don’t expect me to be amazing all the time. They don’t have expectations of me that I have to live up to. I think sometimes that kind of pressure can be really exhausting and really difficult and really scary and can cause anxiety and depression when you’re like, oh my God, all these people are depending on me, all these people are waiting for this something about me. I’m so grateful to have surrounded myself with people who expect me to be healthy mentally, physically, and happy.

These are the kind of people we need to surround ourselves with. Being mentally happy means I have a creative outlet…that I can pursue my dreams…so for me, I like to work. Working for me is an outlet. I have a creative job… I think the key is to have people who support your dreams, support your goals, and ultimately want to see you happy and healthy. And they are with you through good times and bad. And let them lift you up no matter what.

In the same way: Absolutely. I like this. The last question I had was…we are still struggling with the pandemic…we are about to enter a recession. Do you have any advice for women entrepreneurs of color who are trying to juggle this space of uncertainty we find ourselves in?

Bailon Houghton: I think when you look at your own life and your own… whatever you are passionate about, what is the need? What do people need right now? And I think that’s when people’s businesses really flourished. You see a recession approaching. What kind of affordable things can we offer people they Actually need? With a recession approaching and causing panic, what kind of things can we offer people that now give them a pocket of peace? As creatives, entrepreneurs, and business people, you can actually find ways to use these difficult times in a positive way to help people think about what you would like during this time.

With the Adobe Acrobat scheduler that I created, I feel like I can get very anxious when I think about all the things I need to do. To be honest, I had no idea that my home renovations were going to be so expensive and there would be so much delay. And it was really hard for me. The only way to make it better was to create this spreadsheet that really let me see and know, okay, so these things are happening this month. Alright, those are the things I should expect. And that gave me something to look forward to. Even in a recession and even in a pandemic, and even with all these things going on, you have to give yourself something to look forward to. If we are in a recession, as business people, let’s start thinking about how we can reduce these costs and make them profitable for ourselves and also for our consumers. Tapping into people’s needs during difficult times is certainly key.

This interview has been lightly edited for clarity and brevity.

What we know about Juan Soto’s contract talks and potential Nationals trade options


Juan Soto rejected a 15-year, $440 million offer, sources say Athleticism‘s Ken Rosenthal, and the team now plans to accept trade offers for him leading up to the August 2 deadline. The proposal, the Nationals’ third in recent months, included no deferred money, a departure from standard team practice. Soto is represented by Scott Boras who generally prefers his clients to establish their values ​​in the market.

Here’s what we know about how the negotiations got to this point and what to expect next.

Which teams could trade for Soto now?

AJ Preller is always ready to get weird, and his Padres still have enough scouting capital to be a player in a Soto trade. Such a move would be bold, perhaps bordering on madness, but Preller is not one to shy away from the splash.

The Mets play in the NL East, but they also have the sport’s wealthiest owner in Steve Cohen, who could pay the tax named after him to give Soto an extension. They might also have the ability to take over a bad contract. Cohen’s team has enough high-end prospects like Francisco Álvarez to make it happen.

The Dodgers have the financial muscle to get involved. The tender will require financial flexibility, given that the industry believes any deal with Soto will require contracts like Patrick Corbin’s.

Just about any team in or near a contention window — and with the proper resources — should be in play. We’re looking at you Giants, Cardinals, Braves and Red Sox. And, of course, the Yankees have shown that if they want a player enough, they’ll move mountains of cash to make things happen. (See: Gerrit Cole).

What trade would compare to a deal for Soto?

Miguel Cabrera is the owner of 3,068 hits, 505 homers and an E-ZPass for Cooperstown. But before all that, the living Tigers legend was at the center of a blockbuster trade, perhaps the only deal comparable to the one involving Juan Soto. By the age of 24, Cabrera had won a World Series in his first big league experience in 2003, then earned All-Star honors in each of his first four full seasons with the Florida Marlins. He was coming off a season in which he hit .320/.401/.565 with 34 homers. But in the winter of 2007, with the team’s finances in shambles and a new stadium contract looking far-fetched, the Marlins decided they couldn’t give Cabrera the kind of extension that would be needed for the To keep. The Tigers acquired Cabrera and Dontrelle Willis for Cameron Maybin, Andrew Miller, Eulogio de la Cruz, Mike Rabelo, Burke Badenhop and Dallas Trahern. The Nationals should probably try to do better for Soto.

What were the Nationals’ previous offers?

The Nationals offered Soto a 13-year, $350 million deal last year, and multiple sources said the organization made a second, larger offer this spring, though exact finances are unknown.

How good is Juan Soto?

In AthleticismTo start the season, there was virtually no debate among baseball pundits as to who the three best players in MLB are: Mike Trout, Shohei Ohtani and Juan Soto. “I honestly think people don’t understand how good Juan Soto is,” a pitching coach said.

Soto, batting .247 with 19 home runs and an .895 OPS, is below his usual levels but got hot in July. He has remarkable plate discipline and at 23, so the best is probably yet to come. It’s a staggering thought for a player who has a career 160+ OPS in his first five major league seasons. He is a skillful hitter who has, in some waysfollowed in the footsteps of immortals like Ted Williams.

What is Soto’s current contract?

The Nationals and Soto accepted a one-year, $17.1 million offer in May to avoid arbitration. He is under the control of the club for the rest of this season, then two more.

Who is the highest paid MLB player?

The Nationals’ offer exceeded in total dollars the 12-year, $426.5 million contract Mike Trout signed with the Angels in March 2019. Soto would have received an average salary of $29.33 million, the 20th highest in baseball history, had he accepted the Nationals. ‘ most recent offer.

This season, Mets ace Max Scherzer is the highest-paid player, earning $43.3 million on a three-year, $130 million contract.

(Photo: Geoff Burke/USA Today Sports)

TDR’s Psychedelic Developments for the Week of July 11


Welcome to TDR’s review of the top 5 psychedelic developments for the week of July 11th. In addition to presenting a summary of events, we provide market commentary to summarize the week for publicly traded companies.

5. The 988 national crisis hotline is ready for deployment

The long-awaited three-digit helpline known as 988 will be rolled out nationwide on Saturday, a victory for mental health advocates who see the simplified number as the first step on the road to in place of crisis care.

The implementation of 988, which will direct callers to the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline, is the first in the federal government’s three-step process to improve mental health care. Steps include the crisis call center number, which will take calls and dispatch assistance; mobile crisis response, which will send teams to the crisis; and crisis stabilization services, or facilities to receive and serve those in crisis on a short-term basis.

4. Numinus Wellness Inc. Reports Third Quarter 2022 Results

Numinus Wellness Inc. (TSE: NUMI) (OTCMKTS: NUMIF) announced its results for the fiscal quarter for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2022. The results for the third quarter of 2022 do not reflect the contributions from the acquisition of Novamind, which is completed after the end of the quarter on June 10, 2022. Highlights include:

  • Revenue increased 32% year over year to $0.74 million for the quarter
  • Clinic network revenue increased 59.5% compared to the same quarter last year and 7.5% compared to the previous quarter
  • Achieved a gross margin of 24.4% and gross profit of $180,845 during the third quarter of 2022
  • Completion of acquisition of Novamind, positioning Numinus as a leading integrated mental healthcare company providing psychedelic-assisted therapies
  • A 5.9% sequential increase in clinical appointments at Numinus-managed clinics, compared to Q2 2022


TOR: The acquisition of Novamind by Numinus closed on June 10, 2022, so the next quarterly financial statements of Numinus will include substantially all of Novamind’s operating results, less the first ten days of June. The combined entity generated $12 million in pro forma annual revenue, based on the last four quarters of operation.


ETF ARK Genomic Revolution strengthens its position in Atai Life Sciences – New share and record weighting This week


🕊️RIP Ann Shulgin, pioneer of psychedelic therapy🕊️

SOURCE: Ann Shulgin, who with her late husband Alexander Shulgin pioneered the use of psychedelic drugs in psychotherapy and co-authored two seminal books on the subject, has died aged 91. (Photo credit: Associated Press)


3. Psychedelic stocks are declining due to widespread weakness in biopharma

The biggest psychedelic stocks were mostly down, led by modest weakness in biopharma stocks overall. The Horizon Psychedelic Stock Index ETF (PSYK) sank ↓3.96% and underperforming direct counterpart Nasdaq Junior Biotechnology Index (2.67%) and the Nasdaq Biotechnology Ishares ETFs (2.69%). The NASDAQ 100 1.08% and S&P500 0.88% also tumbled as crushing June Consumer Price Index numbers (9.1%, the highest in nearly 40 years) keep risky assets at bay.

Here’s how the healthcare (biotech) sector fared:

Notable winners:

In the news…

Clinilabs Drug Development Organization announced that enrollment has begun in a Phase 1/2a clinical trial of CYB003 (Cybin), the first novel psilocybin analog to be evaluated in Phase 1/2a development for the treatment of major depressive disorder.

Cybin Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary Cybin IRL Limitedcompleted the acquisition of a phase 1 study of N,N-dimethyltryptamine (DMT) from Entheon Biomedical Corp. This DMT study, the largest to date, is expected to accelerate the clinical development pathway of CYB004, Cybin’s proprietary deuterated DMT molecule for the potential treatment of anxiety disorders, by approximately nine months.

Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) may soon find itself in federal court over its refusal to grant a doctor access to psilocybin to treat his terminally ill patients under Right to try laws.

Enveric Biosciences revealed progress in drug discovery and development targeting mental health indications and intellectual property (IP) advancements made during the first half of 2022.

Joe Rogan and Danica Patrick promoted a Netflix documentary based on psychedelics. The American podcast host frequently broaches the subject on his Spotify show. So, maybe he was happy to see it shine on a larger level via a video feature on the streaming giant.

PLANS launches Psychedelic Fundamentals, an online education program from a leading psychedelic organization.

More than 100 healthcare professionals challenge the denial of access to psilocybin. The federal government had signaled earlier this year that it would deny the requests, said Nicholas Pope, a lawyer representing TheraPsilan advocacy group that manages the training program in which health professionals are enrolled.

New Mexico: Doctors and researchers are urging lawmakers to allow the use of psychedelic mushrooms in mental health therapies aimed at overcoming depression, anxiety, psychological trauma and alcoholism.

Optimi Health finalized a supply agreement with Bloom Psychedelic Therapy and Research Centera Calgary-based mental health service provider, including psychedelic-assisted therapies using ketamine treatments.

Oregon: The difficulty for companies to obtain liability insurance quickly becomes an existential threat to Oregon’s psilocybin program. Even training programs that don’t violate federal law seem unable to provide basic coverage, an OHCC requirement for running a trade school.

PharmaTher Holdings announced that the United States Patent and Trademark Office has provided Notice of Allowance for Patent Application No. 15/574,346, entitled “Compositions and Methods for the Treatment of Movement Disorders”, which includes claims aiming to cover ketamine in the potential treatment of Parkinson’s disease and movement disorders.

PsiloTec Health Solutionsfunctioning as Zylorion Healthannounced the filing of the Company’s third provisional patent application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

Representative Dan Crenshawwhose legislative record until late has been largely hostile to drug policy reform issues, pushed an amendment on psychedelic research that was approved by the House of Representatives.

Revitalizing health and wellness reported on strategic initiatives accomplished in June, including record visits and a large catchment area for Veterans receiving War Veterans Allowances to have access to Revitalist service lines across the United States.

Well-being of silos announced that his team coordinated presentations from eight speakers advocating for the use of psilocybin as part of Ballot Measure 109 in Lane County, Oregon at Tuesday’s public meeting of the Board of Commissioners .

2. The Netflix series “How to change your mind” starts airing on July 12

Academy Award-winning filmmaker Alex Gibney and New York Times bestselling author Michael Pollan present this four-part documentary series, each focusing on a different mind-altering substance: LSD, psilocybin, MDMA and mescaline.

With Pollan as our guide, the series travels to the frontiers of new psychedelic developments – and returns to an almost forgotten historical context – to explore the potential of these substances to heal and change minds as well as culture. How to change your mind is directed by Emmy-nominated filmmaker Alison Ellwood and two-time Oscar-nominated and Emmy-winning filmmaker Lucy Walker.

1. House approves marijuana and psychedelics amendments as part of must-pass defense bill

The U.S. House of Representatives on Wednesday approved a bipartisan pair of psychedelic research amendments, along with another measure requiring a military study of marijuana-related discrimination in the armed forces.

The day after nine amendments to the drug policy National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) were made for review by the House Rules Committee, the chamber voted in favor of an initial set of consolidated measures, including those that contain language requiring research into the therapeutic potential of substances like psilocybin, MDMA and ibogaine in addition to cannabis proposal. Approval came on a voice vote.

House debate and votes on the remaining marijuana amendments cleared for floor action will be a multi-day process, but the three that have cleared the chamber so far as part of a bloc group are particularly unique.

On the Move: CohnReznick Names Leader in Cannabis and Consumer Products Consulting

Benoit Richmond

Benyomin Richmond has been named a partner in the Personal Wealth Advisors Group at EisnerAmper, New York.

Arkadly Green was hired as a tax partner in the commercial real estate practice in CohnReznick, New York.

Jeremy Osborn has been appointed to the newly created position of Global Head of Environmental, Social and Governance Issues at the Association of International Certified Professional Accountants. (Read the full story.)

UHY, New York, announced the results of its new inaugural survey of nonprofit leaders.

Brian Zucker, partner at RRBB Accountants and Advisors, was named social chair of the New York State Society of CPAs’ Private Equity and Venture Capital Committee, and planned the committee’s first annual golf outing to Bella Vista Country Club in Marlboro, New Jersey, on June 28.

KPMG, New York, has hired as tax partners: Rachel Braukman in Tampa, Florida; David Mack in New York; Kory Schestag in Grand Rapids, Michigan; and Chris Yeaton in Stamford, Connecticut; as Ignition Tax General Manager: Chris Rain in Atlanta; as Chief Tax Officers: Michael Roussin and Michael Steward in Albany, New York; and Alan Williamson in Austin, Texas.

Grassi, New York, released the results of its 2022 benchmarking survey of the construction, architecture and engineering industries, available here.

Perc Pineda, Ph.D., returns to the Plastics Industry Association

WASHINGTON DC –The Plastics Industry Association (PLASTICS) is pleased to announce that Dr Perc Pineda has returned to fill the role of Chief Economist, effective immediately.

A member of the senior PLASTICS team, Pineda will be integral to the association’s ability to continue to generate original, scientific, and data-driven research for and on behalf of PLASTICS members.

As PLASTICS’ leading expert in economics, statistics and industrial research, Pineda will provide regular updates on the impact of national and global economies to PLASTICS members and the public. Pineda will produce various publications, including the popular annual publication of PLASTICS Size and impact report, analyzing the plastics industry’s contributions to the US economy. Pineda will also be the voice of PLASTICS in audiences, thought leadership and conferences, addressing industry issues relating to economics.

“We are thrilled to have Perc back on the PLASTICS team,” said Matt Seaholm, President and CEO of the Plastics Industry Association. “He brings significant expertise that is unmatched in our industry. Perc’s invaluable ability to identify economic trends and forecast the state of the market is highly valued and regularly anticipated by our members.

Prior to returning to PLASTICS, Pineda served as Senior Economist for the Credit Union National Association, where he tracked macroeconomic trends, conducted economic research, wrote articles for industry publications, and interacted with the media. . Pineda’s professional experience also includes teaching macroeconomics at St. Francis College in New York, and microeconomics, finance and the economics of regulation and law at the City University of New York. Prior to his academic endeavors, Pineda served as an analyst for the International Monetary Fund. He holds both a Ph.D. and a Master of Philosophy in Economics from The New School (formerly The New School for Social Research), a Master of Economics from American University, and a Master of International Management from the University of Maryland.

“The value added of the plastics industry – its contribution to the economy – is a major force in all manufacturing sectors,” Pineda said upon his return. “I welcome the opportunity to provide, once again, economic, industrial and commercial information to the hundreds of PLASTICS member companies throughout the supply chain and to the industry as a whole.”

Since 1937, PLASTICS, the only organization that supports the entire plastics supply chain, has worked to make its members and the industry more globally competitive while advancing recycling and sustainability. To learn more about PLASTICS educational initiatives, industry-leading news and events, networking opportunities and policy advocacy, and the largest plastics trade show in the Americas, NPE: The Plastics Exhibition, visit plasticsindustry.org or go to It’s PLASTIC.

Industry Voices: Sustainable, Resilient, Fair: How Western Hemisphere Trade Policy Matters


Beth Hughes is Vice President of Trade and Customs Policy for the American Apparel & Footwear Association, where she oversees the AAFA Trade Policy Committee and the AAFA Customs Group. | Photo courtesy of AAFA

Beth Hughes, AFOA Vice President, Trade and Customs Policy | Thursday, July 14, 2022

The United States hosted the Summit of the Americas for the first time in four years from June 6-10 in Los Angeles with the central theme “Building a Sustainable, Resilient, and Equitable Future.” For the apparel and footwear industries, these words resonate strongly.

AAFA galvanizes the industry to rely on strong supply chain and sourcing commitments, including the highest ethical and responsible standards. And the resilience of our industry is constantly being tested, most recently by the pandemic. Our industry sets worker protection, worker safety and worker welfare in the region and globally to the highest standards.

As the Summit agenda was defined, it became clear that a key ingredient was missing: trade. Without trade, how can we achieve these goals? Trade is the tool that will encourage the shift of supply chains from Asia to the Western Hemisphere, create well-paying garment jobs in Central America to address the root causes of migration, and expand the textile and clothing trade between the United States and Central America.

In some cases, U.S. trade deals in the region lack the necessary incentives to encourage expansion of supply and production in the Western Hemisphere. For example, the lack of a sufficient variety of fibres, yarns and fabrics in the United States and Central America means that the Central America-Dominican Republic Free Trade Agreement (CAFTA-DR) n does not reach its potential.

A recent economic study, Close Knit: Migration and Apparel Production in Central America, conducted by Raymond Robertson at the Mosbacher Institute for Trade, Economics and Public Policy at Texas A&M University, found that the United States can tackle the root causes instability in Central America. creating jobs, reducing poverty and contributing to economic growth through international trade. Mr. Robertson estimates that at least one hundred thousand additional jobs will be created in the region if there is access to more yarns and fibers to increase garment production.

To help kick-start growth and investment in the region, specific fibres, yarns and fabrics may be designated as being in short supply now in the current trade agreement text. Such a bold move would not only protect existing US trade and investment in the region, but also set a clear demand signal to attract new textile investment in the United States and Central America.

Another policy that already exists in CAFTA-DR as well as other US trade preference programs like Haiti HOPE/HELP is stacking. The cumulation provision already allows certain materials from Mexico to be used in woven garments produced in the DR-CFTA countries to receive the duty-free benefit. By linking all U.S. trade agreements, trade and investment framework agreements, and trade preference programs, more robust cumulation would create a virtuous network between U.S. trading partners without allowing textile and apparel products using from Asia to benefit from the advantages of the CAFTA- agreement DR.

The Summit was a great day of unity for the industry. On June 7, three key industry commitments were announced:

• Gap Inc. plans to increase its sourcing in Central America by approximately $50 million per year for a total growth commitment of $150 million by 2025 as part of its strategy to increase the resilience of the supply chain by moving more production to the Western Hemisphere.

• SanMar will increase its purchases of products manufactured in northern Central America by $500 million by 2025. The increased capacity required for this growth will lead to the creation of an additional 4,000 full-time jobs at Elcatex, a manufacturer clothing company based in Honduras partly owned by San Mar.

• Unifi is making significant investments in the footprint capacity and innovation of its El Salvador operation and has committed to invest $15 million over the next five years to increase capacity, improve efficiency and reduce waste. energy consumption. The investment includes innovative new texturing technology that will increase the company’s polyester yarn production in El Salvador by 40% and support continued training and job growth in the region.

On June 8, President Biden announced “the Partnership of the Americas for Economic Prosperity, a historic new agreement to spur economic recovery and growth in our hemisphere and serve our workers.” This new partnership is an opportunity for the U.S. apparel industry to offer several policy solutions that correlate with the policy goals of the Biden administration, the U.S. Congress, the domestic apparel industry, and our partners across the region, including bringing supply chains closer together, curbing migration, creating meaningful jobs and providing a demand signal to generate long-term sustainable investment.

By tapping into policies like scarcity and stacking, our trade agreements can work better as tools to increase investment, trade and jobs in the Americas. American apparel companies are eager to work on the many announcements from the Summit of the Americas that lead to a sustainable, resilient and equitable future.

Beth Hughes is Vice President of Trade and Customs Policy for the American Apparel & Footwear Association, where she oversees the AAFA Trade Policy Committee and the AAFA Customs Group. She is also the main spokesperson for the Coalition for Economic Partnership in the Americas (CEPA), which was launched in November 2021.

POB School District Celebrates Class of 2022


The graduating graduates of Plainview-Old Bethpage John F. Kennedy High School marked the end of one journey and the beginning of another on June 26, as the Class of 2022 celebrated their commencement ceremony.

Speakers reflected on the past four years and offered advice for the many more to come before young adults reach the final stages of their high school careers and receive their diplomas.

Salutatorian Justine Choi advised her peers not to lose sight of the small tasks ahead of them, lest they become overwhelmed by the big picture. “Wherever we end up after high school, whether it’s college, trade school, a gap year, the military, or a job, it’s important to keep in mind the importance of taking small steps. “, she said. “Because change is the result of many cumulative actions, and because in the long term, it will allow us to achieve our most important goals.”

Valedictorian Olivia Schmidt emphasized the importance of loved ones and the people closest to you in achieving your goals. “The past few years have been anything but simple or easy, and I believe a lot of our stamina is rooted in our community, our love and support for each other,” she said before thanking his family members, teachers and advisers for all. their help along the way. “If I’ve learned anything, it’s that nothing is more important than relationships in your life.”

Principal James Murray reflected on the major events of the past few years, both memorable and tragic, and expressed his pride in the leadership shown by the high school community, most recently following the latest shooting in a school in Uvalde, Texas. “You started our school year as young teenagers, and now you lead as young adults, able and willing to use your voice for change,” he said.

Superintendent of Schools Dr. Mary O’Meara asked graduating students to be open to change, should the need arise. “Where you are at any given time doesn’t have to determine where you will be in the future,” she said. “There will be many times in your life where you will be faced with questions like ‘is this really where I want to be? or “Is this really the person I want to be?” When contemplative questions come to you, take the time to contemplate. Don’t let the hustle and bustle of life, the certainty of a previous decision, or fear of the mountain ahead keep you from thinking and considering your options.

YC-backed startup Bobidi raises $5.8 million to create a global bug bounty platform for AI models

Company building global bug bounty platform to help companies validate AI models 4-10x more efficiently

LOS GATOS, CA., July 14, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Bobidian AI model testing platform, today announced that it has raised $5.8M in start-up financing Y Combinator, We Ventures, Hyundai Motors Group ZER01NE, Scrum Companies, Experimenting with new products (NPE), Meta, Lotte Ventures, Atlas Pac Capital, and angel investors. Bobidi will use the proceeds to primarily hire talent who will lead the global bug bounty community, create customer experiences, and develop various core machine learning technologies.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) has exploded across industries, transforming the way businesses connect with their customers. However, in the rush to build, test, and distribute AI, companies often lack the resources and time to fully validate their models to ensure there is no potential bias or harm. This leads to a significant loss in consumer confidence and, in turn, damages a company’s brand. Moreover, by the time biases or flaws are discovered in the model, the damage is already irrevocable.

Founded in June 2021 by Jeong Suh Choi and Soo Hyun Bae who left their jobs at Facebook and Niantic, Bobidi is building a global bug bounty platform that helps companies validate AI models 4x to 10x more efficiently. The company’s solution allows customers to connect AI models to the global bug bounty community through an API in a secure manner. The Bobidi community can also test models and find biases (i.e. the edge cases that models miss), thanks to a transparent process that reduces the time needed for validation from months to weeks or even A few days. The platform is also more efficient because the datasets collected through the bug bounty are the new data the model needs.

“Companies that use AI technologies need large amounts of data to train and improve their AI models. However, it was previously almost impossible to guarantee that an AI model would perform well in the real world before. to deploy it due to the threat of unknown unknowns. Training and test datasets may not fully capture the complexity of the real-world problem,” said Michael Yan, Head of Technical Investments at Scrum Ventures. “Thanks to Bobidi’s extensive network of testers around the world, companies now have a way to quickly test and validate their AI models by leveraging the power of a global community.”

Bobidi believes that the best people to find flaws in the AI ​​model are those that the AI ​​model targets. Participants in the global Bobidi community also benefit from using the Bobidi platform to earn rewards. In many countries, participants are able to make $10 at $20 per hour – which is significantly higher than local wages. In addition to rewards, participants will enjoy tricking AI models (i.e. creatively finding edge cases), teaming up with others, developing their own backgrounds, and building their own identity in the community.

“The era of big data is coming to an end, and we are about to enter the new era of quality data,” Choi says. “In the new era, people are tasked with finding the best set of data to help the model and Bobidi’s unique approach of leveraging the global community is already well received by the market.”

Sunita ParasuramanHead of New Product Experimentation Investments at Meta, said, “We are thrilled to support the talented founders of Bobidi, who are helping companies better validate AI models with an innovative solution driven by people around the world. entire.”

Choi explained, “The word Bobidi is part of the Cinderella spell, ‘Bibbidi Bobbidi Boo’ which transformed anything ordinary into something extraordinary, like a pumpkin in a carriage. Like the spell, we hope to transform as per magic everything around people into a valuable data point for AI companies to create something great for the world.”

About Bobidi
Bobidi is an AI model testing platform for AI companies to securely validate models before deploying them. They leverage their global community of people to test models and find biases, making the whole process 10x more efficient.

To learn more, please visit www.bobidi.com.


Biden Wrong: Wyoming gas station owners say they don’t have control over prices as president said

***For all things Wyoming, sign up for our daily newsletter***

By Coy Knobel, Cowboy State Daily

Gasoline retailers don’t have the kind of authority over the price of their product that President Joe Biden recently hinted at, according to a Wyoming gas station owner and others in the industry.

Biden, in what he called a “simple message” to companies selling gasoline to consumers, asked them in a recent Tweet to “Reduce the price you charge at the pump to reflect the cost you pay for the product. And do it now.

But a Wyoming gas station owner and other industry insiders contacted by Cowboy State Daily said lowering gas prices isn’t as simple for retailers as the president seems to believe.

The retailer’s profit on a gallon of gasoline is much closer to 10 cents than $2, as many mistakenly believe.

And everything from global supply and demand to local weather, taxes, credit card fees, regulations, road conditions and more go into determining the price of a gallon of gasoline. , they said.

Many service stations are owned by independent small business owners. Some belong to chains or groups of stores that have come together. Very few are operated by oil companies or refiners, so before they can sell fuel to consumers, the service station must first purchase the fuel itself.

The wholesale price they pay is a factor in the price they ultimately set for people at the pump, according to Mike Bailey, a Riverton councilman who owns and operates eight Pit Stop Travel Center gas stations and convenience stores. .

Bailey, who also owns a bulk fuel distribution company and is chairman of the Wyoming Petroleum Marketers board, said fuel prices are primarily affected by crude oil market conditions and supply and wholesale demand.

“The gas stations you see that are major branded with Conoco, Sinclair, Shell, Phillips, Exxon or others, are most likely contract dealers and they have to buy the fuel they sell from that major brand supplier. “, he wrote. in an email. “It limits their ability to ‘go around’.

“Independent service stations have the ability to purchase fuel on the ‘open market’ from any available supply,” he continued. “It can be a positive or negative thing, depending on market conditions. A multitude of factors contribute to these price changes.

These factors include such matters as the operational status of pipelines and refineries, the individual location of a gas station, and other factors.

“If an area has weather conditions that limit the fuel supply to that area, it causes a shortage that will drive the price up,” Bailey said. “If there is too much fuel in one area, the price will drop to entice buyers to come from further afield to get that cheaper fuel. If a refinery or pipeline suffers a breakdown or incident that prevents it from having fuel, the market will react by raising prices.

“Some regions also have different fuel regulations which can cause supply issues,” he continued. “Some regions are required by the United States (Environmental Protection Agency) or state regulators to use only certain specialty fuels that require a different refining process, which can cause further market disruption. Most gas price changes that you see at the retail level are caused by this change in station fuel cost.”

Taxes also make up a big chunk of what consumers pay for fuel, he said.

“The federal government has a tax of (18.4 cents) on gasoline and (24.4 cents) on diesel. Each state also has its own fuel taxes (Wyoming, for example, has 24 cents per gallon on gasoline and diesel, as opposed to California which has 56.6 cents per gallon on gasoline and 65, 9 on diesel),” Bailey wrote.

There’s no “average” fuel retailer, so all of the costs that go into a gallon of gas vary from station to station, said Jeff Lenard, vice president of strategic initiatives at the industry for the National Association of Convenience Stores, a global trade association for convenience stores. and fuel retailers.

He said contrary to public perception — and perhaps the president’s — pricing flexibility and profit margins for gas station owners are limited.

“An astonishing 45% of drivers believe retailers make at least $2 profit per gallon, according to a NACS consumer survey,” Lenard wrote in a document he sent to Cowboy State Daily. “The average markup on a gallon of gasoline is about 35 cents. After expenses, a retailer makes about a third of that in profit, before taxes… Retail is part of “distribution and marketing” and accounts for 5% of the price. »

He said distribution costs, credit card fees, store operating expenses, inventory fluctuation and other expenses were cutting into retailers’ profits.

“These retail-based expenses…will be higher for some and lower for others…And, of course, net margins still need to be taxed before they become profits,” Lenard wrote. “Ten to 15 cents a gallon isn’t quite $2 a gallon and a path to millions of dollars a year in profits.”

Besides the tweet suggesting that US gasoline retailers could drive down gasoline prices, President Biden has repeatedly called gasoline prices and inflation in general, “Putin’s price hike.” , referring to Russian President Vladimir Putin and his invasion of Ukraine.

Biden also recently sent oil company executives a letter saying their companies share responsibility for the high prices and that they could do more to bring them down.

Critics say it’s the Biden administration’s policies that are holding back domestic oil supply and driving up prices.

A notable critic of the president’s tweet to gas station owners is billionaire Jeff Bezos, CEO of Amazon and owner of The Washington Post.

“Ow. Inflation is far too big an issue for the White House to continue making statements like this,” Bezos tweeted in response to Biden’s message. direct, or from a profound misunderstanding of the basic dynamics of the market.”

The average price for unleaded gasoline in Wyoming on Wednesday was $4.77, down 10 cents from a week ago and up $1.38 from a year ago.

“Gas station operating costs continue to climb,” Bailey wrote. “Labour, utilities, freight, and nearly every other cost of running a store have also increased dramatically. We are all feeling the effects of the pandemic, inflation and very bad energy policies. »

***For all things Wyoming, sign up for our daily newsletter***

UK TRA proposes removal of anti-dumping measures on HFP rebar from China


In its initial findings, the UK Trade Remedies Authority (TRA) proposed today (13 July 2022) that the existing anti-dumping measures on imports of high fatigue strength concrete reinforcing bars ( HFP Rebar) from China be repealed.

The TRA, as set out in the Statement of Essential Facts (SEF), has concluded that maintaining the measures, which have been in place since 2016, would not be in the UK’s economic interest, as there is currently strong demand affordable imported products. HFP Rebar from the construction sector in the UK in particular.

Findings of the investigation

All TRA transition reviews involve an economic interest test to consider the economic impacts — both beneficial and detrimental — of imposing a trade remedy measure.

In this case, the TRA found that the economic impact of continuing anti-dumping measures on HFP rebar from China would be severe, particularly for the UK construction industry, which is worth over £108 billion. sterling per year for the British economy.

HFP rebar, also known as reinforcing steel and reinforcing steel, is typically used in the construction industry, which employs approximately 1.4 to 2.2 million employed, to reinforce concrete and masonry structures in order to reinforce and maintain the concrete in tension.

The industry has rebounded since the COVID-19 pandemic and the TRA has seen a strong likelihood that there will be continued strong demand for HFP rebar. However, in 2020-21, 27% of total rebar imports came from Belarus, Russia and Ukraine. These imports are expected to drop significantly due to the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the resulting sanctions. Thus, strong demand and an anticipated shortage of supply means that maintaining the measure would increase the prices paid on the domestic market.

Our judgment is that this impact on the UK economy would outweigh the potential harm to the sole UK producer. In addition, a steel safeguard measure extended by the UK government last month applies to HFP rebar. This safeguard will limit a certain level of imports from China and provide some protection for this UK producer.

Therefore, although the TRA has found that dumping of HFP rebar is likely to recur if the measures are repealed and injury to UK production occurs, it is not in the economic interest of the United Kingdom that the measures be maintained.

TRA chief executive Oliver Griffiths said:

We have a duty to weigh the impact of dumping on UK producers against the wider effects on the UK economy of the imposition of tariffs. In this case, our assessment is that strong domestic demand and international supply shortages mean that continued tariffs on HFP rebar from China would drive up prices of key components of the economy. British, such as construction. Our judgment is that the impact on the UK economy of higher prices would far outweigh the impact on the sole UK rebar producer of the removal of tariffs on Chinese imports.

Following today’s release, there will be a 30-day period during which interested parties may comment on the report. Interested parties may submit comments to the TRA through the Trade Remedies Service website.

The TRA will then review and produce a final recommendation, which will be sent to the Secretary of State for International Trade who will make the final decision on whether or not to uphold the TRA’s recommendation. The government can ‘call’ the case at any time during the investigation, to ask the TRA to undertake a more in-depth or different analysis of the case.

Notes to editors:

  • Find out more about how an economic interest test takes place in the UK.

  • The UK HFP rebar industry includes one verified producer, which employs around 700 staff and contributes around £41 million per year to the UK economy.

  • In contrast, the TRA identified 36 domestic importers of HFP rebar. Just eight of them employed around 1,780 staff and contributed around £180million to the UK economy.

  • In addition, the main UK market for HFP rebar is construction. Construction is an important sector of the UK economy with around 1.4 to 2.2 million employees and contributes around £108 billion a year to the UK economy.

  • Between 2017 and 2021, Russia, Ukraine and Belarus accounted for 20% to 40% of UK HFP rebar imports. It is likely that these imports will completely cease due to the Russian invasion of Ukraine and the resulting sanctions. This means that there is a significant risk of a shortage of HFP rebar supply for the construction industry.

  • Anti-dumping duties allow a country or union to take action against goods sold at less than their normal value, which is defined as the price of “like goods” sold in the exporter’s domestic market.

  • Trade remedy investigations were carried out by the European Commission on behalf of the UK until the UK left the EU. Forty-four EU trade remedy measures of interest to UK producers were transposed into UK law when the UK left the EU and the TRA is currently reviewing each of them to determine whether they are suitable for the needs of the UK. UK.

  • The European Commission imposed anti-dumping duties on imports of HFP rebar from China in July 2016. This is the transitional measure that was the subject of the TRA’s transitional review. The Commission let the EU measure expire on July 29, 2021 without review.

  • The Trade Remedies Authority (TRA) is the independent UK body, established in June 2021, as the Department for International Trade’s first non-departmental public body, which investigates the need for trade remedy measures to counter import practices unfair and unforeseen surges of imports.

  • Learn more about TRA’s mission in its business plan.

CMPD uses several programs to help young people find a career; stay out of trouble


CHARLOTTE, NC (WBTV) – The Charlotte Mecklenburg Police Department uses several programs it operates to connect and assist troubled youth and help them stay out of the criminal justice system.

As part of the program, CMPD has partnered with Lowe’s Tuesday to expose the city’s youth to good career opportunities.

The aim is to inspire young people and show them different opportunities after graduating from high school.

At CPCC Harper on Tuesday, they focused on careers in the skilled trades, one of many lessons to help them improve their lives and stay out of trouble.

“Our goal is to train the next generation of skilled tradesmen and women,” said Betsy Conway, Community Relations Manager at Lowe’s.

Lowe’s and several CMPD partners strive to inspire them about a variety of career opportunities available to them.

Students spent hours attending workshops, learning how to use tools, and watching hands-on demonstrations with heavy equipment.

“What we’re doing today is investing in their future, we’re showing them a new career path, we’re showing them the opportunities that are in the skilled trades and those are very lucrative careers,” Conway said. .

This is part of the CMPD Youth Engagement Unit.

Officer Bruce Edwards of the CMPD Community Engagement Division said: “[they] spend 6 weeks with us and be able to immerse themselves not only in a craft, but also give them the opportunity to solve some life problems that they may have, some behavioral problems.

Another key part of the program, helping students learn to resolve conflicts,

“It’s just about opening the doors to their campuses to make sure these students have an alternative rather than sitting at home and getting into trouble,” Constable Edwards said.

The CMPD said programs like this disrupt the narrative and provide new opportunities for students when they find themselves in difficult situations.

Officer Edwards added, “We want to create a pipeline that gives students the opportunity to see themselves in a professional field or go to college.”

It’s the third week of six, so youth in these programs have more life skills to learn this summer with CMPD and partner groups.

Students interested in trades can partner with the “ROC” to begin learning these skills while in high school.

Copyright 2022 WBTV. All rights reserved.

Hometown Hero CBD invests in the future of hemp and adds 200 new ones

AUSTIN, Texas, July 12 10, 2022 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — As part of its ongoing efforts to ensure consumer and market access to safe and effective hemp-derived cannabinoid products, Hometown Hero CBD today announced that it has offered 200 retail customers Hemp Industries Association (HIA) membership contracts.

“HIA is a true advocate for our industry helping to advance all facets of the hemp ecosystem,” said Lukas Gilkey, CEO and Founder of Hometown Hero CBD. “As a member ourselves, we are excited to further support HIA by adding new members who will empower and inspire more voices, as we collectively work to keep hemp legal in the United States and establish a fair and science-based framework. for a bright and prosperous future.”

Founded in 1994, HIA is a non-profit trade association for hemp farms and businesses. Its mission is to serve all areas of the American hemp industry by advancing the hemp economy and educating the market for the benefit of its members, the public, and the planet.

“For nearly 30 years, HIA has been made up of forward-looking members who believe in exploring the full potential of this remarkable plant, who are committed to ethical and sustainable business practices, and who don’t hesitate to fight to secure justice for hemp,” said Jody McGinness, Executive Director of HIA. “Hometown Hero CBD embodies these leadership qualities through its unparalleled state and national advocacy, support for veterans, educating retailers and consumers, and vigorously pushing back against misconceptions and misinformation about hemp-derived cannabinoids. By making this extraordinary investment in HIA, they are proving the seriousness of their commitment to the hemp industry while enabling hundreds of small businesses to join the fight for a fair, safe and prosperous hemp industry.

Among other benefits, new business members will receive consumer education and advocacy information and materials, advocacy alerts and state regulatory updates, as well as the ability to connect to a national consumer network. companies and hemp farms. New members are also granted democratic rights that allow them to play an active role in leading HIA and helping shape the national hemp industry.

“We continue to work with the HIA to maintain an open and safe market for hemp, including supporting the HIA’s Defend Hemp campaign as states seek to implement bans on cannabinoids, flowers and other products,” said Cynthia Cabrera, new chief strategy officer at Hometown Heroes CBD. “We have always supported our customers through outreach and education, and this gift of unconditional memberships is another way to give back to our partners and encourage them to be more involved in their future.”

About Hometown Hero CBD
Hometown Hero CBD manufactures and distributes hemp-derived Delta-9 THC, Delta-8 THC and CBDA + CBGA lifestyle products. Founded in 2015 by Lukas Gilkey and Lewis Hamer, the company donates a portion of all proceeds to various charities and organizations that support veterans. For more information, visit HometownHeroCBD.com or follow the brand on Facebook, Twitter and Instagram @HometownHeroATX.

About the EIS
The Hemp Industries Association (HIA) is a member-driven, mission-driven, nonprofit trade group representing hemp companies, farms, supporters, and researchers in the United States and around the world. Founded in 1994, HIA advocates for the fair treatment of hemp in the marketplace by promoting the adoption of industry best practices, scientific accuracy, sustainability, regenerative agriculture, and consumer education. More information can be found by visiting www.thehia.org.

Media Contact:

Georges Medici
[email protected]

Staff shortages disrupt airlines as summer travel season takes off


Don’t expect the flight cancellations and delays that plagued the 4th of July weekend to end anytime soon.

Ravi Sarathy, a professor of international business and strategy at Northeastern University, says cancellations, delays and escalating flight costs are likely to get worse before they get better. Labor shortages and bad weather will continue to create turmoil in the industry, he says.

“Until they fix the staffing shortages, it’s probably not going to get better,” Sarathy says.

Northeastern Professor of International Business and Strategy Ravi Sarathy poses for a portrait. Photo by Alyssa Stone/Northeastern University

There were more than 2,000 domestic flight cancellations over the July 4 weekend. By July 5, nearly 600 more were canceled and about 5,500 were delayed, according to FlightAware, a company that tracks the airline industry. The disruptions continued for the rest of the week, with around 300 cancellations and 5,000 delays each day.

So far this year, the cancellation rate has been around 3%, says FlightAware spokeswoman Kathleen Bangs. By comparison, she says, the cancellation rate in 2019 was less than 2%, but rose to 12% in 2020 during the pandemic.

The high volume of summer flights has placed a huge burden on airlines, which have cut staff, planes and flights during the COVID-19 pandemic. Like many industries, airlines also face inflation issues, including fuel costs which have more than doubled over the past year.

“Many airline staff, from baggage handlers to pilots, have taken buyouts, furloughs and layoffs during the pandemic, as airline load factors hit 20% to 30% and planes halfway. empty ones were losing money,” says Sarathy.

Employment in the airline industry has rebounded since the pandemic, but numbers still lag behind pre-pandemic totals.

In February 2020, passenger airline employment peaked at 458,200 jobs, according to Airlines for America, an airline trade association and lobby group. The low point of the pandemic was in November 2020 at 364,500 jobs. In April this year, the total rose to 445,600, still below pre-pandemic figures.

Bangs says staffing shortages are the reason for recent delays and cancellations. She says the onboarding process for new employees is slow due to background checks and training.

“Travel demand has come back skyrocketing, but it’s like turning around on a battleship,” she says.

Pilots who took a buyout or early retirement during the pandemic would have to start at the bottom of the seniority list if they wanted to return, Bangs says, which may deter returning to work.

“I think they had a harder time attracting people than they thought,” Bangs says.

Airlines have also taken many planes out of service during the pandemic as they cut routes with such low demand. Now, says Sarathy, they are struggling to resupply their fleets. It takes two to three years to get a new passenger plane delivered, and with just two plane makers – Boeing and Airbus – airlines cannot meet current demand. Bringing back decommissioned planes isn’t always cost-effective, he says.

In December 2019, before the pandemic, there were 5,780 passenger planes in service, according to Airlines for America. As of December 2020, the industry had 4,671 aircraft. The industry began to increase the number of planes and services in 2021, ending the year with 5,427 planes. At the end of June this year, there were 5,570 aircraft in service.

Another contributing factor to this perfect storm in the industry is the weather. The erratic summer weather has caused an increase in delays and cancellations, Sarathy says, and these regional weather issues are having a cascading effect across the country.

“I think it should improve in the fall,” Sarathy says, as demand for summer vacations will decline and a possible recession could reduce consumer spending on airfare.

“As we approach fall and schools reopen, people return to work after the holidays, the influx of traffic should slow down, allowing for better route planning and fewer cancellations,” Sarathy says.

Airline ticket prices are already falling for flights in the fall, Bangs points out.

But the weather itself isn’t the problem, says Bangs. There haven’t been more weather events this year, but when there is a delay due to weather, airlines don’t have the staff to adapt and reschedule.

“They just don’t have the manpower to deal with these weather events,” she says.

The strong demand has caused an increase in the price of air tickets. The industry suffered major losses for a few years during the COVID-19 pandemic, Sarathy says, and now airlines are trying to recover.

“Because demand is up, prices are going up,” says Bangs. “Part of that is the cost of fuel; it will always be the case.

Airlines, like so many industries, are being greatly affected by the rising cost of fuel. Jet fuel prices averaged $4.21 in June this year, up 122% from $1.90 in June 2021, according to Airlines for America.

“As airlines add more planes and more flights, I think prices will come down,” Sarathy says.

US airlines are expected to post modest profits in 2022, according to Airlines for America, and the companies will use those profits to pay off the huge debt accumulated in 2020-21 to deal with the pandemic. The organization says the airline industry’s debt – and interest charges – will remain high until at least 2024.

The pre-pandemic pre-tax profit margin for airlines was 9.6% from 2017 to 2019; however, in 2021 the industry was in the red at -2.6%.

For media inquiriesplease contact [email protected].

Why academic administrators should learn the language of business


Which college majors are, on average, the smartest?
Philosophy majors, followed by physics and astronomy, economics, and math majors, score the most standard deviations above the mean on the GRE.

Which college majors make the most money mid-career (who didn’t earn a graduate or professional degree)?
Economics, engineering, and math majors rank highest, followed, yes, by philosophy majors.

Which college majors are experiencing the fastest salary growth?
Philosophy majors, naturally, followed by math, economics, political science and, believe it or not, art history majors.

As observed by Matthew Yglesias, the widely read business and political blogger and journalist with a BA in philosophy from Harvard, a philosophy degree signals intelligence, which is why big tech companies like Google often hire technology majors. philosophy for managing algorithm developers, computer graphics and visualization. specialists, coders and others with technological skills.

It turns out that the study of epistemology, ethics and metaphysics is not only valuable on its own, but as a proxy for other attributes, especially logic and reason-based thinking. rules.

Instinct, hunches, and intuition are usually poor guides for decision making. In today’s challenging economic environment, it is essential that academic administrators at all levels gain a solid understanding of data-driven decision-making and academic program evaluation and management.

A good place to start is with Robert Gray Atkins Start, stop or growan eminently digestible guide to understanding university program finances, course and departmental economics, changing market demand, and strategies for deciding which programs to launch, sustain, end, or expand.

This book also outlines the process that campus leaders must follow if they hope to strengthen their relationship with faculty and improve the financial health of their institution by optimizing costs, increasing retention, and pursuing growth strategies by launching new major news and entering new markets.

Let me note, externally, that the Atkins book is partly a sales pitch for Gray Associates, a higher education data analytics, software, and strategy consulting firm. Generally, I hesitate to refer to literature that can be dismissed as self-serving or self-serving, but in this case allow me to make an exception. The information provided by this book is far too valuable to be dismissed as bloat, sales, or mere marketing pablum.

Atkins begins by discussing a concept that deserves far more attention than it typically receives: the trade-offs, inevitable compromises, trade-offs, sacrifices, and opportunity costs that academic decision-making entails.

Economics is, after all, a matter of trade-offs, since every choice involves a cost, whether in terms of forgone options or alienated stakeholders, and the economics of higher education is no exception.

The book reminds us that the road to financial health or the sustainability of an institution is strewn with pitfalls.

  • Between emphasizing career-focused education or more traditional liberal arts and science education.
  • Between investing in existing programs or launching new ones.
  • Between directing resources to academic programs, faculty research or support services and scholarships.

Precisely because trade-offs are painful, ethically and politically, directors must handle decisions with skill, fairness, diplomacy and respect.

Along with the concept of trade-off, Atkins emphasizes the notion of margin, the difference between the revenue generated by a program or course and the staff, laboratory, and support costs it incurs. Not-for-profit colleges and universities, of course, do not generate profits. But these institutions must still generate sufficient revenue – a margin – to pay the cross-subsidies and overheads that allow the institution to operate.

Calculating each program’s margin is not an easy task, and much of Atkins’ book explains, in easily accessible language, how to do it. As Atkins explains, markups should generally be at least three times the cost of teaching.

Contrary to what you might think, some programs with lower cost teachers and high enrollment classes, such as English and History, tend to have lower than average markups, while some programs at higher cost, such as IT and nursing, produce above-average margins. . In fact, nursing has margins 40% higher than average, despite high costs and enrollment limits imposed by accreditors and clinical providers.

So what should administrators do? The President or Chancellor, Provost, Deans, Department Chairs and Program Directors shall:

▪ Cultivate a common framework of understanding.
Without a common set of accepted facts and a shared framework and language for interpreting the data, building consensus is likely impossible. Even then, however, it will be difficult to reach an agreement as priorities clash and interests collide.

▪ Evaluate every program, whether currently in existence or proposed, rigorously and systematically.
Such an assessment involves:

  • Assess student demand
  • Measure student enrollment and success, disaggregated by gender, race, ethnicity, and Pell Grant status
  • Calculation of the cost per credit hour completed
  • Measure service overhead
  • Examine market trends and identify skills that should be incorporated into particular programs
  • Estimation of likely employment and earnings outcomes, including job vacancies per graduate
  • Identification of competitors on campus and online

▪ Stay focused on the mission.
As William F. Massy, ​​Professor Emeritus of Education and Business Administration and former Vice President and Vice Provost at Stanford, says, a successful strategy for making a university more financially sound must be mission-focused, intelligent in the market and aware of margins. . It must “use market revenues to invest” in its values ​​and its historic mission. Anything less will rightly alienate faculty, alumni and students.

▪ Seek efficiency.
Efficiency is not a four letter word. It is one of the means – along with grants, contracts, patents, partnerships, philanthropy and ancillary revenue – that institutions use to generate the surplus needed to invest in college priorities – existing academic programs and futures, student services, research and community partnerships – as well as in facility operations, maintenance, regulatory compliance, financial aid administration, student mental health and a host of other expenses.

A key to maximizing efficiency is to optimize course offerings, scheduling, staffing, and delivery modalities. In some cases, this will certainly produce a setback: in

  • Reduce the number of course exits
  • Enforcement of registration minimums
  • Reduce the number of under-subscribed sections
  • Eliminate duplicate courses
  • Master the staggering of programs
  • Increased class size caps
  • Offer less popular courses over a cycle
  • Require senior faculty to teach fewer senior and advanced classes and offer more service classes

But in other cases, efficiency can actually increase enrollment and speed up student graduation. Offering more required course sections or pathways at times that students find convenient or online can be a win-win, synchronously or asynchronously, can increase enrollment in departments and eliminate graduation bottlenecks. of a diploma.

▪ Focus on retention.
The simplest and most direct way to improve an institution’s finances is to retain more students. A single failed class that leads to a student dropping out or transferring typically costs a college tens of thousands of dollars in lost revenue. It is much cheaper to keep a student than to find and enroll a replacement.

▪ Be strategic.
To be strategic, directors must be attentive, determined, proactive, decisive, forward-looking and goal-oriented. It involves an awareness of threats and opportunities and a commitment to making decisions based on evidence and informed intuitions. It also means aligning recommendations with the institution’s mission, financial health, and long-term viability.

The techniques described by Atkins can, of course, be used for better or for worse. They are tools, after all, and any instrument, in the wrong hands, can be used for evil: for example, luring undergraduate students to institutions without any guarantee of four years of financial aid or luring students master’s degree in programs that result in high achievement. debt and poor job prospects.

The astute legal education analyst who writes under the pseudonym Unemployed Northeastern described some of the rather nefarious strategies some law schools have adopted to maximize revenue, rankings, and reputation.

At the beginning of the 20e century, elite law schools did their best to discredit and destroy what Lawrence Friedman called “the ethnic bar” – the night schools and correspondence schools that taught blacks, women, and recently immigrant lawyers – while implementing admission tests (which originally included an obligation to translate Greek and Latin texts) deliberately designed to ward off “intruders”.

Elite institutions then pioneered an academic rather than practical or professional curriculum, hired professors straight out of law school rather than the practicing bar, and taught law students “how to think like a lawyer”, rather than actually practicing law. .

More recently, as Unemployed Northeastern explained to me, accredited law schools have responded to a sharp drop in enrollment in JD programs during recent recessions by implementing a slew of Master of Laws degrees – the MLS, the MJur and LLM, among others – of questionable quality. or uncertain value.

Now, to make law school applications easier, a growing number of law schools no longer require the LSAT, and the American Bar Association is considering dropping its requirement that law schools use any standardized test when taking the LSAT. assessment of student applications.

So make sure your institution is striving for financial health and sustainability, it follows the advice of Robert Gray Atkins and William F. Massy: Stay mission conscious and values ​​centered. Anything less is deeply unethical.

Steven Mintz is a professor of history at the University of Texas at Austin.

Living Foods: Bringing Harmful Chemical-Free Foods to the Consumer’s Plate

Akash K Sajith, 30, was shocked when both his parents were diagnosed with cancer, especially since they had followed a healthy lifestyle – doing yoga daily, eating organic food, doing regular walks and avoid tobacco and alcohol. This unfortunate event gave Sajith and his co-founders, Shikha Lakhanpal and Niranjan KS, the impetus to probe the link between diet, health and climate change. Digging deep, they discovered that Indians consume about 70,000 metric tons of pesticides each year, including those banned in other countries because they cause cancer.

Living Food was therefore launched in 2018 to assume better control of our food systems, starting with a hydroponic farm in Sajith’s apartment that grew nutrient-rich greens without chemicals and offered farm-to-home subscriptions. table. “Today, Living Food provides fresh, high-quality food directly to its customers, serving 100,000 households in Bangalore alone,” says Sajith, Co-Founder and CEO.

According to him, foodborne diseases are a growing concern in India, costing $15 billion a year at present and the number of cases is expected to reach 177 million a year by 2030. The government is taking steps to promote good quality food in the country. and launched initiatives such as ‘Eat Right India’ with the aim of transforming the food ecosystem. The government also emphasized chemical-free farming in the last budget.

“Living Food is an effort to fill the gaps in the ecosystem and deliver incredibly fresh, world-class food directly to Indian consumers,” says Sajith. “The fresh food supply chain is at the heart of Living Food’s operation, with fresh vegetables, fruits and freshly baked bread being delivered within hours of harvest or production. By working directly with farmers and producers, Living Food benefits from a very short turnaround time. For example, the company delivers Ice Apple or Nongu, a most delicate and tender fruit, within an hour of harvest, and was one of the first D2C brands to launch this popular seasonal fruit,” it adds. -he.

The company delivers fruits and vegetables, freshly baked bread, artisan dips, spreads, fresh cheese and other products in 24 categories, guaranteeing strict quality control. Its customers know exactly where food products come from and when they were harvested or produced, an aspect in which Living Food has made a pioneering contribution. “The company currently makes 99% of its deliveries within 24 hours, and 80% of orders are fulfilled in just six hours,” says Sajith.

To achieve this, Living Food has built its own supply chain and relies on robust technology. End-to-end real-time order tracking optimizes logistics resources and keeps the customer informed of the status of goods, from picking to delivery. They use temperature-controlled trucks and cold packs for transportation, which helps preserve the quality of items like fruit without using preservatives. Most importantly, the company has exclusive partnerships with some of the best organic farms in the country that practice the best and most environmentally friendly farming methods, such as hydroponics, aquaponics and permaculture.

In January this year, Living Food raised $7.5 million in a Series A funding round led by Amasia, a thesis-driven global venture capital firm that invests in sustainability through a change in behaviour. Today, Living Food ships 1,50,000 units every month, which equates to more than three products shipped every minute, and has grown 600% in the past six months alone. Currently at 1,000 SKUs, the company launches over 100 SKUs every month. Their team size has grown to over 400, ten times more than a year ago. “The company is the market leader in the fresh food segment in Bengaluru by a wide margin and is one of the fastest growing food technology companies in India today, all poised to reach $20 million. in ARR over the next 12 months,” Sajit says.

After recently completing the beta launch of its cloud kitchen to overwhelming customer response, Living Food will open two cloud kitchens weekly in 50 locations across three cities over the next year.


Charleston, SC – The National Golf Course Owners Association is pleased to announce the addition of new employees, as well as internal moves and promotions.

Membership: Rachel Carter joins the NGCOA as Senior Director of Membership. She has over 20 years of professional experience in country clubs and golf clubs and most recently served as a consultant and membership specialist for RCS Hospitality, a long-time partner of the NGCOA. She has been publicly recognized as an industry expert, and frequently speaks and writes about issues in our industry. Rachel also served as Assistant General Manager, Member Services at the prestigious Monterey Peninsula Country Club in Pebble Beach. She is well placed to support and grow our members.

Corporate Partnerships: After leading the Membership Department for four years, Jay Andersen returns to his roots in the Corporate Partnerships department, promoted to Senior Director of Corporate Partnerships (co-headed with Mike Ketterman). Jay has worked for NGCOA since 2014 and his ability to build industry relationships, as well as grow sponsorship and advertiser engagement over the past eight years, will continue in this new role.

Education: Taylor Wall has been promoted to Senior Director of Education. Taylor has been with NGCOA since 2020, beginning her career as a content manager in the marketing department. His new responsibilities include leading efforts related to NGCOA’s Golf Business assets (Golf Business Magazine, Golf Business LIVE, Golf Business WEEKLY, etc.) as well as building the educational program and developing the educational program at NGCOA events. . The assistant is newly hired content coordinator Harry Murrell. Harry brings his talent for writing and audio/video creation and editing. Right before joining us, he was a golf assistant at the Quail Hollow Club in Charlotte, North Carolina.

Marketing: With Taylor’s transition from Content Management to the Marketing department, Will Mooney replaces him as Marketing Coordinator, Head of Email Marketing and Social Media. Will is a recent graduate of High Point University, where he majored in sports management, and recently worked as an athletic communications assistant for Wake Forest University.

“The changes to our team here at NGCOA Headquarters are very exciting,” said NGCOA Chief Executive Officer Jay Karen. “Rachel joins the senior leadership team at a critical time when we have big changes in store for the organization. Members and our affiliates will love working with her. Will and Harry started running, and I can’t wait to see what they add to our production. Rounding out our leadership team with Jay and Taylor covers all of our bases with people who have done a great job.

About the National Association of Golf Course Owners

The NGCOA is the primary authority on golf course ownership and management. The association represents and promotes the interests of golf courses as the primary businesses and economic assets of the game of golf. The non-profit organization is the only professional association dedicated exclusively to golf course owners and operators. Through advocacy, education and information resources, purchasing programs and networking opportunities, the NGCOA helps golf course owners and operators run more successful businesses. For more information or to join, visit ngcoa.org or call 800-933-4262.

Media Contact: Renée Flowers, Senior Director of Marketing and Communications, NGCOA, [email protected]

1 player is on MLB Trade Rumors list of Top 50 Trade Candidates


MLB Trade Rumors is about to see its summer traffic spike much like on the freeway when school resumes. Despite all the technological advances we’ve made as humans, we really need to speed up this teleportation. As part of their summer routine, MLBTR produced a list of the top 50 candidates at the trade deadline. Although the New York Mets are buyers, they have one player on the roster.

Dominic Smith is ranked 20th on the list. While that doesn’t necessarily make him the 20th most likely to be traded or the 20th best player in the 50, it is still remarkable. There seems to be a growing belief that he might indeed be treated this year after all.

Smith is doing much better since returning from Syracuse. Was the demotion a lesson in humility? Did the coaches there teach him any secrets he may have forgotten?

Smith remains an imperfect fit for the Mets due to the one position he plays well. Pete Alonso isn’t leaving anytime soon. This makes Smith more than consumable. It’s even easier to trade him due to the disappointing year he’s had.

It’s not impossible to imagine the Mets packing Smith with minor leaguers as part of a deal to improve their current roster. Would any of us be surprised if instead the Mets traded him to a contender in exchange for a minor league piece either? Both are possibilities.

As far as he’s played since promotion, he’s only hit .216 on the year and is yet to hit a home run in 132 trips to the plate. It’s kind of shocking for him to lose all that power. Even in his first two seasons, when he hit .198 and then .224, there were home runs. Smith is hitting just .319 entering action on Saturday. Any team interested in negotiating for him would have a project to work on.

Interestingly enough, just behind Smith on the list is Noah Syndergaard. The Los Angeles Angels will not make the playoffs. Syndergaard, who signed a one-year contract with the Halos in the offseason, could very well become one of the most talked about starting pitching candidates in the coming weeks.

Smith, on the other hand, could end up in Triple-A if the Mets make an addition to the trade deadline for the offense.

Next. The Mets’ starting lineup the day after the trade deadline. dark

APPS) SHAREHOLDER CLASS ACTION ALERT: Bernstein Liebhard LLP reminds investors of the deadline to file a motion as lead plaintiff in a securities class action lawsuit against Digital Turbine, Inc. (NASDAQ: APPS)

Have you lost money on your investments in Digital Turbine? If yes, please visit Digital Turbine, Inc. Stockholders Class Action or contact Pierre Allocco at (212) 951-2030 Where [email protected] to discuss your rights.

NEW YORK, July 8, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Bernstein Liebhard LLP, a Nationally Recognized Investor Rights Law Firm, Reminds Investors of the Deadline to File a Motion as Lead Plaintiff in a Securities Class Action which was filed on behalf of investors who purchased or acquired the securities of Digital Turbine, Inc. (“Digital Turbine” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: APPS) between August 9, 2021 and May 17, 2022, inclusive (the “Class Period”). The lawsuit was filed in United States District Court for the Western District of Texas and alleges violations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Digital Turbine is a software company that provides products to help third parties monetize through the use of mobile advertising. The Company completed the acquisitions of AdColony Holdings AS (“AdColony”) and Fyber NV (“Fyber”) on April 29 and May 25, 2021respectively.

Plaintiff alleges that Defendants made materially false and misleading statements throughout the Class Period. Specifically, the defendants failed to disclose to investors that: (1) the company’s recent acquisitions, AdColony and Fyber, act as agents in some of their respective product lines; (2) therefore, revenues from these product lines should be reported net of license fees and revenue share, rather than on a gross basis; (3) the Company’s internal control over financial reporting relating to revenue recognition was deficient; and (4) as a result of the foregoing, the Company’s net revenues were overestimated throughout fiscal 2022.

On May 17, 2022Digital Turbine issued a press release revealing that it “will restate its financial statements for the interim periods ended June 30, 2021, September 30, 2021and December 31, 2021following a review of the presentation of revenues net of license fees and the share of revenues of the businesses recently acquired by the Company. »

At this news, the Company’s shares fell $1.93 close at $25.28 per share on May 18, 2022.

If you wish to act as the main plaintiff, you must apply to the court no later than August 5, 2022. A lead plaintiff is a representative party acting on behalf of the other class members to direct the litigation. Your ability to participate in any recovery does not require you to serve as the primary plaintiff. If you choose to do nothing, you can remain an absent member of the group.

If you have purchased APPS titles and/or wish to discuss your legal rights and options please visit Digital Turbine, Inc. Stockholders Class Action or contact Pierre Allocco at (212) 951-2030 or [email protected].

Since 1993, Bernstein Liebhard LLP has recovered over $3.5 billion for its customers. In addition to representing individual investors, the firm has been retained by some of the nation’s largest public and private pension funds to oversee their assets and bring lawsuits on their behalf. As a result of its success in hundreds of lawsuits and class actions, the firm has been named to the National Law Journal’s “List of Plaintiffs” thirteen times and listed in The Legal 500 for ten consecutive years.

LAWYER ADVERTISING. © 2022 Bernstein Liebhard LLP. The law firm responsible for this advertisement is Bernstein Liebhard LLP, 10 East 40th Street, New York, New York 10016, (212) 779-1414. Past results do not guarantee or predict a similar outcome with respect to any future matter.

Contact information:

Pierre Allocco
Bernstein Liebhard LLP
(212) 951-2030
[email protected]

SOURCE Bernstein Liebhard LLP

PeopleForBikes Announces SHIFT’22 Conference in Bentonville, AR as Part of 2022 Bicycle Leadership Series

BOULDER, COLO. (June 29, 2022) – PeopleForBikes, a national cycling advocacy organization and trade association for the American bicycle industry, is pleased to announce SHIFT’22, taking place October 18-20, 2022 in Bentonville, Arkansas , the self-proclaimed “Mountain Bike Capital of the World.” Surrounded by a week of can’t-miss cycling events, including a UCI World Cup cyclo-cross race, Outerbike Bentonville and the Life Time Big Sugar gravel race, PeopleForBikes brings the bike industry together in the northwest Arkansas for SHIFT’22, a dynamic peer-to-peer gathering to share and discuss the bold ideas and challenges that unite the bike industry to make cycling more and better nationwide.

“As the mountain biking capital of the world, Bentonville, Arkansas is the best place to host a bike industry conference like SHIFT’22,” said Kalene Griffith, President of Visit Bentonville. “The culture of our welcoming community is built on creativity, and we invite everyone to embrace the exciting advancements and cutting-edge work happening on and off our trails and bike paths.”

PeopleForBikes, with more than 300 supplier members and 1.4 million grassroots supporters, hosts the SHIFT’22 conference to collaborate, lead and realize the collective bicycle industry vision for better bicycling across America. For three days, attendees will network, attend educational sessions, and ride world-class mountain and gravel trails, exploring lush forests and scenic roads in northwest Arkansas. “No matter what you do in the world of cycling, your voice is crucial to the future direction and success of our industry,” said Jenn Dice, President and CEO of PeopleForBikes.

“Bentonville is a model for what we know bicycling can look like in cities across the United States, and we can’t wait for the entire industry to experience the magic of Northwest Arkansas – the trails, the people, natural beauty. This conference is designed for anyone in the industry who wants to grow and make a difference in cycling. SHIFT’22 isn’t just another bike conference, it’s creating the bike industry we want see.”

At the event, the seven PeopleForBikes sub-committees and working groups will meet for the first time in three years in person to address the most significant challenges and opportunities facing cycling and the bicycle industry in a immersive workshop setting.

“We are fortunate and grateful to have over 160 of the best and brightest minds in the bike industry on our sub-committees and working groups – expect big announcements and key learnings in Bentonville” , said Ravi Rajcoomar, vice president of the Business Network of PeopleForBikes. “We will have general sessions, immersive in-depth tracks, inspiring discussions and plenty of time to cycle with industry colleagues.”

The conference will focus on leadership and development through three immersive tracks:

● Diversity, Equity and Inclusion: Creating a welcoming culture within the bike industry and community and having the difficult conversations that get us there.

● Sustainability and Climate Initiatives: What it really means for our industry and the steps we need to take to create a greener, healthier future.

● In America: The post-pandemic reinvention of US-based manufacturing and assembly fostering disruptive innovation.

“We designed the conference to address priority issues for the industry and key to our future,” Dice said. “How can we make the bicycle industry an attractive, long-term career choice for our diverse colleagues? How do we nurture, sustain and grow meaningful and effective DEI initiatives? How do we build more sustainable products and explore manufacturing and assembly in the United States? Bikes are a climate solution, but our manufacturing is not – let’s tackle these big challenges together.”

For questions regarding involvement in SHIFT’22 or the rest of PeopleForBikes’ 2022 bike leadership event series, please contact Ravi Rajcoomar, VP of PeopleForBikes Business Network, at [email protected]

About PeopleForBikes

PeopleForBikes makes biking better for everyone by uniting millions of Americans, thousands of businesses and hundreds of communities to make every bike ride safer, more accessible and more fun.

Industry 4.0 heralds a sea change in intellectual property protection for manufacturers – Trade Secrets

Smart manufacturing, often referred to as “industry 4.0”, refers to the merging of digital manufacturing techniques with traditional manufacturing techniques. While many technologies can be identified as playing a role in smart manufacturing, this article will focus on four that are currently gaining attention: cloud adoption, Internet of Things (IoT), machine learning, and artificial intelligence, and additive manufacturing. The successful deployment of smart manufacturing technologies can lead to faster and more efficient production, which is also safer for factory workers. Implementing these technologies also poses intellectual property issues that manufacturers may not be familiar with but which, if handled appropriately, promise great rewards.

Cloud adoption

Cloud computing refers to the distribution of data and applications across multiple locations, allowing users to access data and applications on demand from multiple locations. As in many other industries, manufacturers are adopting cloud-based computing techniques to enable agile manufacturing and provide real-time data to the production floor. For example, capacity load information from multiple production machines, possibly located in multiple different geographic locations, can be shared in a cloud so that it can be accessed by a distribution unit in real time. This makes it possible to efficiently distribute the work on the production machines.

Market Research Future predicts $111.9 billion in cloud computing investment in manufacturing. Manufacturers considering moving their production processes to the cloud should take a moment to assess whether the new process is patentable. Although it may seem counterintuitive that moving an existing manufacturing process to a cloud-based platform would produce patentable subject matter, a brief study of issued patents shows that the changes needed to modify a process so that ‘it runs properly on a cloud-based platform may, indeed, lead to patentable subject matter. Additionally, newly generated software routines to implement the cloud-based process are likely copyrighted, and the protection of these materials should be assessed.

A related issue for manufacturers migrating to cloud-based platforms is the security of their systems and data. Cloud-based systems, due to their inherent interconnection with other systems, are susceptible to attack. In 2020, targeted ransomware has emerged as a pervasive cyber threat to the manufacturing sector. Such attacks are expected to increase as manufacturing companies adopt increasingly digital profiles. Companies adapting smart manufacturing technology need to protect their intellectual property and the resulting data that is generated. Correcting data breaches is also likely to be important; information theft attacks account for about one-third of cyberattacks against manufacturing companies, with one in five companies successfully compromised.

The Internet of Things

The Internet of Things (IoT) refers to the inclusion of sensors, processing capabilities, and communication technologies into physical devices. The IoT has already started to change the way we perceive devices in our homes; smart TVs, smart thermostats and smart appliances are seemingly ubiquitous. This shift in perspective also affects manufacturing, as several companies race to launch a universal operating system for all IoT devices. Beyond the obvious changes to the manufacturing floor itself, manufacturers need to be aware of two fundamental changes that IoT will bring to their business: IoT will make it increasingly difficult to protect trade secrets, and the IoT will radically change the relationship a manufacturer has with the end consumer.

Traditionally, many aspects of a production line were protected as trade secrets. For example, the exact setting used by a machine to turn the raw material into the desired result may be known only to the people responsible for operating that machine. In the IoT world, this machine is interconnected with other machines, and this interconnection makes it a potential target for attack. Successfully compromised machines can drop their settings, preferences, and other secrets that make a production line “special.” Again, cybersecurity and data management will need to be priorities, not afterthoughts, in the factory of the future.

From an external point of view, the IoT radically changes the traditional relationship that a manufacturer has with the end consumer, as it allows the manufacturer to have access to data regarding the use of its end products. While collecting actual consumer usage data is a fantastic benefit for manufacturers, it comes with obligations around both collecting that data and securing the data after it’s collected. Provided the data collected from end users is done in a transparent and privacy-respecting manner, that data represents a business asset that may ultimately prove more valuable than the originating business.

Machine learning and artificial intelligence

The terms “machine learning” and “AI” are generally used to refer to techniques that enable machines to think like human beings. Applications of these techniques in manufacturing can include predictive maintenance, predictive quality and yield, digital twinning, generative design, energy consumption forecasting, and supply chain management. This area of ​​technology may represent the greatest opportunity for manufacturers to develop and maintain trade secrets related to their operations. The identification of specific algorithms and the inputs provided to those algorithms to produce a desired result will differ from manufacturer to manufacturer, and a manufacturer that chooses a constellation of choices that results in superior performance will likely want to keep this from others in the field.

Additive manufacturing

Additive manufacturing, sometimes referred to as “3D printing”, continues to attract interest and venture capital funds despite the recent decline in the consumer market. Additive manufacturing allows the use of lighter and stronger alloys in place of traditional materials. It also allows for a more efficient supply chain where parts are made when and where they are needed, rather than being made in one location and shipped to another.

Although some recent developments point to a future in which large and complex items such as entire vehicles can be printed, most current use cases for this technology are to produce parts or subsystems for use in larger systems. The ability to use additive printing technology to manufacture machine parts requires manufacturers to be aware of the patent law doctrine of repair and rebuild, which distinguishes between authorized repair of a patented item and unauthorized reconstruction of a patented article, the latter constituting patent infringement. . Larger system manufacturers will likely want to consult with a patent attorney to ensure their patent coverage is as strong as possible. Similarly, manufacturers of smaller components may require more extensive indemnification clauses in service contracts to shift the risk of patent infringement to the customer.

Each part manufactured by 3D printing is represented in the form of a data file which is used by the printer to manufacture the desired object. Manufacturers will want to consider the extent to which their data files can be copyrighted, allowing them to control the final manufacture of the object represented by the data file.

Finally, manufacturers may find themselves able to protect their printing operations by using trademark protection. If, for example, a manufacturer has a specific process that allows them to 3D print a certain material, or finds that objects printed using their process have superior characteristics to parts printed using ‘other processes, this manufacturer may wish to develop a brand strategy. around the process, for example, Printed using MagicTM.

Smart manufacturing technology holds great promise for manufacturers while posing intellectual property issues that many traditional manufacturers may be unfamiliar with. Manufacturers who can identify these issues and take advantage of the opportunities they present will have the advantage of moving to Industry 4.0.

The content of this article is intended to provide a general guide on the subject. Specialist advice should be sought regarding your particular situation.

Diamondbacks Outright Cole Tucker – MLB Trade Rumors


The Diamondbacks have announced that the infielder Cole Tucker was squarely at Triple-A Reno. There hasn’t been a public announcement of Tucker’s designation for a posting, but the club has evidently run waivers over him in recent days. Arizona’s 40-man roster now has 39.

The fact that the other 29 teams in the league passed up a chance to catch Tucker for nothing shows how much his stock has fallen in recent years. Selected by the Pirates with the 24th overall pick in the 2014 draft, he was considered one of the top prospects in the Pittsburgh system during his time with the minors. Baseball America ranked him among the top ten pirate farmhands for five consecutive years beginning in 2015.

Tucker was always considered a glove first, but surely the Pirates were hoping for more offense than Tucker was able to provide during his time in the organization. In 154 MLB games between 2019 and 2022, he only hit 0.211/0.259/0.314 for a wRC+ of 53. They eventually lost patience and designated him for assignment in late May.

The Diamondbacks ripped Tucker off waivers, perhaps hoping a return to familiar surroundings could reinvigorate his career. Tucker was born in Phoenix, played high school at Mountain Pointe High there, and was committed to the University of Arizona before being drafted. It wasn’t a perfect comeback, however, as the D-Backs were unwilling to commit to having Tucker on the roster of greats. He was instead opted for the Triple-A team in Reno. In 22 games with the Aces, he has hit .235/0.297/0.296 so far, producing a wRC+ of 50. He will now remain with the Aces but without a spot on Arizona’s 40-man roster.

Celebrate your agricultural mentor with the Syngenta #RootedinAg contest

Syngenta wants to shine the spotlight on these influencers through the #RootedinAg contest. Registration is now open for contest participants to share the story of who inspired them to be #RootedinAg.

Three selected finalists will receive a mini tablet with case and wireless headphones. The big winner also receives a $500 gift card check and a professional photo shoot with their mentor. Additionally, the winner may choose a local civic or charitable organization to receive a $1,000 Don.

“Community is at the heart of who we are in – and outside of – the agriculture industry,” says Pam Carvi, head of communications at Syngenta. “Our communities and mentors shape us and pave the way for our future. They uplift the next generation with the wisdom, courage and lessons learned over a lifetime. The #RootedinAg contest gives us the chance to celebrate our heritage rural – to sing the songs of our heroes – in a way that resonates in our communities and offers insight to those outside of agriculture.”

Here’s how to enter:

  • Go to syngentathrive.com/contest to check your eligibility and complete the #RootedinAg registration form.
  • Write a paragraph or two (about 200 words) about how your mentor inspired your passion for farming. Please submit a photograph that supports the written entry.

The registration deadline is August 15th. A panel of judges selects the finalists and these entries are then posted on the Thrive website where visitors can vote for their favorite. These votes, along with the judges’ scores, determine the overall winner. End of online voting October 14. The overall winner will be announced later this year.

For more information on the 2022 #RootedinAg competition, visit www.syngentathrive.com/contest. Join the conversation online – connect with Syngenta at Syngenta-us.com/social.

No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited. Must be 18 (or the age of majority in their state of residence) or older and residing on the mainland United States be eligible. Employees of Syngenta, its affiliates and agents are not eligible to win. Only one entry per person.

About Syngenta
Syngenta Crop Protection and Syngenta Seeds are part of the Syngenta Group, one of the world’s leading agricultural companies. Our ambition is to help feed the world safely while taking care of the planet. Our goal is to improve the sustainability, quality and safety of agriculture through world-class science and innovative cultivation solutions. Our technologies enable millions of farmers around the world to make better use of limited agricultural resources.

The content of this press release is provided for informational purposes only. This press release is not and should not be construed as an offer to sell or issue or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities or other real estate interests.

To find out more visit www.syngenta.com and www.goodgrowthplan.com. Follow us on Twitter at www.twitter.com/Syngenta, www.twitter.com/SyngentaUS and on LinkedIn at www.linkedin.com/company/syngenta.

Web Resources:
#RootedinAg Contest
Learn more, grow more
Syngenta Newsroom
United States

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This document may contain forward-looking statements, which may be identified by terms such as “expect”, “would”, “will”, “potential”, “plans”, “outlook”, “estimate”, “target “, “on track” and similar expressions. These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from these statements. For Syngenta, these risks and uncertainties include risks relating to legal proceedings, regulatory approvals, new product development, increased competition, customer credit risk, general economic and market conditions, compliance and remediation, intellectual property rights, implementation of organizational changes, impairment of intangible assets, consumer perceptions of genetically modified crops and organisms or crop protection chemicals, variations weather, currency exchange rate and/or commodity price fluctuations, sole source supply arrangements, political uncertainty, natural disasters and data security breaches or other information technology disruptions . Syngenta undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changed assumptions or other factors.

©2022 Syngenta. 410 Swing Road S, Greensboro, North Carolina 27409. Thrive® and the Syngenta logo are trademarks of Syngenta Group Company. All other trademarks are the property of their respective third party owners.


Chip sales remain strong, but analysts warn of impending freeze

Global semiconductor sales rose by double digits in May, but analysts do not believe the boom in chip sales will continue.

The Semiconductor Industry Association trade group reported on Tuesday that global chip sales in May rose 18% to $51.8 billion from a year ago, with sales “increasing sharply” in most markets. regions and product categories. Month over month, SIA said sales were up 1.8% from April.

Analysts noted that these May sales were well above month-over-month seasonal measures, but said they were not indicative of what to expect in the sector in the coming months. For one thing, May’s sales increase alone can be misleading given that it’s expressed in dollar revenue, not units sold.

While sales were up 18% from a year ago, Bernstein analyst Stacy Rasgon pointed out that the increase was due to higher prices and the number of units sold had in declined fact – “We note that the industry as a whole [average selling prices] increased 21% year-on-year; total units dropped -1%,” he wrote.

Positive results and negative feedback continue a trend in the semiconductor industry that has continued all year – sales continue to hit record highs as pandemic-related semiconductor shortage occurs, but analysts continue to warn of falling demand and the cliff it could cause. Investors feel like they’ve seen this movie before, when chipmakers announced record sales in 2018 only to see those sales plummet because customers bought two or three chips before prices could rise. As a result, chip companies found themselves with inventory that took several months to clear after the crisis subsided.

This fear of oversupply weighed heavily on chip stocks in 2022, with the PHLX Semiconductor Index SOX,
down 37%, against a 20% drop in the S&P 500 SPX index,
and a 28% drop in the tech-heavy Nasdaq COMP composite index,

Micron Technology Inc. MU,
last week added momentum to the belief that the COVID-inspired chip boom is coming to an end, even as executives admitted in earnings that they don’t really know when that will happen. Ahead of a flurry of chip revenue later this month and August – including Advanced Micro Devices Inc. AMD,
and Nvidia Corp. NVDA,
two of the hottest stocks in recent years – analysts expect more ominous forecasts.

Opinion: The chip boom is probably over, as Micron says it’s in a “recession”

Even with relatively strong first-half results, UBS analyst Timothy Arcuri expects demand to decline in the second half of 2022 unless smartphone demand in China picks up. The analyst said his forecast for the sector was unchanged from the end of June, with slower-than-expected annual growth of 14.8%.

“Vendors and OEMs have seen increasing weakness since mid-May for consumer applications (smartphones, TVs, PCs),” Arcuri said. “While we continue to expect the domestic replacement cycle in China to re-accelerate at some point in 2H22, vendors are not yet seeing an inflection in smartphone OEM volume in China.”

Evercore analyst CJ Muse said he stood by his forecast for 17% growth to $650 billion, up from 2021, when annual semiconductor sales topped for the first time half a trillion dollars to a record $555.9 billion. While Muse expects a significant slowdown in semiconductor sales, it predicts a “soft landing” for the industry in 2023.

“Our forecast reflects an imbalance between supply and demand that persists until CY23, as well as a structurally stronger underlying demand and [average selling price] tailwinds,” Muse said.

SIA also used the monthly sales report to issue an open statement to Congress dragging its feet on funds to encourage critical silicon wafer manufacturing on US soil.

“Continued strong demand for semiconductors will necessitate more research, design and manufacturing of chips in the years to come,” SIA chief executive John Neuffer said in a statement. “We urge leaders in Washington to quickly enact bipartisan innovation and competitiveness legislation that ensures much of this chip production and innovation happens on American soil. The clock is ticking.

See also: Wall Street’s favorite stock sector has 43% upside potential as we enter second half of 2022

Last week, Senate Republican leader Mitch McConnell threatened to derail a $52 billion bill in funds to expand US semiconductor manufacturing if Democrats revive their policy agenda. climate and social stalled. The uncertainty over the bill, which many chipmakers had been relying on, was enough for Intel Corp. INTC,
to postpone its groundbreaking ceremony for a $20 billion fab in Ohio last month.

Turkey, Italy to deepen cooperation in defense industry: Turkish President


Turkey and Italy are committed to deepening their cooperation in the defense industry, the Turkish president said on Tuesday.

Strengthening bilateral defense cooperation serves mutual interests and the two countries agree on this, Recep Tayyip Erdogan told a press conference in the capital Ankara alongside Italian Prime Minister Mario Draghi.

The Turkish President said that Ankara and Rome are ready to sign an agreement on the SAMP/T air defense system project as soon as possible.

“We discussed the issue again at our meeting today, and our Defense Ministers treated it in the same way. We want to sign the SAMP/T as soon as possible. no problem in our agreement. We also have an agreement with (French President Emmanuel) Macron.”

Ahead of the press conference, Turkey and Italy signed nine cooperation agreements in several fields, including defence, trade, diplomacy and development.

The two leaders also discussed Turkey-EU relations, Erdogan said.

“I would like to say that I thanked Draghi for Italy’s support in improving our relations with the union.

“Developments in our region have demonstrated concretely once again that Turkey is important in many areas for the EU,” he added.

The Russian-Ukrainian war was also on the agenda of the meeting between Erdogan and Draghi.

“We discussed the resumption of the negotiation process between Russia and Ukraine and the UN plan to export Ukrainian grain via the Black Sea,” said the Turkish leader.

Irregular migrants are a threat to Italy

On Greece’s pushback of irregular migrants, Erdogan said Athens posed a threat to Italy rather than the EU with its efforts to force migrants away from its borders.

“All these irregular migrations are now trying to take refuge in Italy. We are also doing our best to save these people in the seas. But Italy is also facing the same problem,” he said.

Human rights groups and mainstream media have frequently reported unlawful pushbacks and other human rights abuses by Greek authorities.

Turkey and human rights groups have repeatedly condemned Greece’s illegal practice, saying it violates humanitarian values ​​and international law by endangering the lives of vulnerable migrants, including women and children.

Italy seeks cooperation with Turkey to meet challenges

The Italian Prime Minister, for his part, said: “We are facing great challenges, starting with the war in Ukraine, and we want to work together to overcome them.”

Turkey and Italy are united in condemning Russia’s war against Ukraine and expressing support for Kyiv, he said.

“At the same time, we are on the front line to seek a negotiated solution that could end hostilities and guarantee a stable and lasting peace,” he added.

Draghi thanked Türkiye for his mediating role in unblocking grain exports from Ukraine.

“We must release these (exports) as soon as possible to avoid a humanitarian and social catastrophe in the world’s poorest countries,” he said.

The Prime Minister also said that UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres, at the Group of Seven (G7) summit last month in Germany, explained a plan the UN is working on which “includes a role central” for Turkey.

Regarding the Libyan crisis, Draghi said stabilization in the North African country is crucial and a priority for Italy and Turkey.

“We agreed that we must do everything possible to bring stability to Libya. To this end, we have decided to work closely together,” he said.

On the issue of migration, Draghi said its management should be “humane and efficient”.

“But we cannot be open without limits. We are probably the country that has been the most open so far. But we also have limits, and now we have come to this.

Turkish President and Italian Prime Minister attend a concert

Later that evening, Erdogan and Draghi attended a special concert organized by the Presidential Symphony Orchestra (CSO) on behalf of the Turkey-Italy Intergovernmental Summit.

In memory of the concert, Erdogan presented Draghi with the notes of the Mecidiye March composed by Italian musician Giuseppe Donizetti, also known as Donizetti Pasha in the Ottoman Empire, for Sultan Abdülmecid and used as the national anthem of the Ottoman Empire between 1839-1861. .

The Anadolu Agency website contains only part of the news offered to subscribers of the AA News Broadcast System (HAS), and in summary form. Please contact us for subscription options.

Big Rapids High School alumni all-class reunion scheduled for August 6 with drinks, food and dancing


BIG RAPIDS — The annual all-class reunion of Big Rapids High School alumni will be held from 5 p.m. to 11 p.m., August 6, in the 100 block of S. Michigan Avenue in downtown Big Rapids.

A few changes will be in store for this year’s event, reunion committee chair Deb Knopf told the Pioneer.

Tents will be set up at the south end of Michigan Avenue in front of Star Shooters and The Yellow Window and Brown Sack Deli.

The event will include a cash bar and food for purchase at Shooter’s and The Yellow Window. No pre-registration or payment is required for dinner. Vendors will accept payment on site.

“Shooters will be off the menu for their food, drinks will be from the bar, with both garage doors open at the front of the building,” Knopf said. “The yellow window will offer Mac and Cheese with brisket. They will also have a food truck with tacos and a few other items.

The cash bar will open at 5 p.m. for social time. At 5:30 p.m., the 2022 Distinguished Alumni Award will be presented to Emily Cramer Hancock, class of 1971, who will speak.

The presentation will be followed by drinks, music, dancing and socializing from 6-11 p.m.

“We will have music coming from the speakers outside Shooters, and dancing is allowed for anyone who wishes to dance,” Knopf said.

The event is free, however, classes can reserve a dedicated table and chairs for the event for $40. It is not mandatory but strongly encouraged if you want to have a dedicated space to eat and chat with each other. Payment is accepted on the brhsalumni.com website.

Sponsorships are also available at different levels, including individual sponsorships at $25, $30, $50 or $100 and corporate sponsorships at $250.

Current reunion sponsors include Currie’s Amoco, Big Rapids Public Schools, Denny and Deb Knopf, Carl A. Schuberg, Inc., Rex Schuberg and The Schuberg Agency.

Proceeds from the event will fund scholarships for high school students attending Ferris State University or a trade school in Michigan, Knopf said.

For more information and updates, or to become a sponsor, visit brhsalumni.com or follow the Big Rapids High School Alumni Reunion Facebook page.

Fireworks costs have increased by about 35% after the outbreak of use since the pandemic

CEDAR RAPIDS, Iowa (KCRG) — Fireworks costs have risen about 35%, according to the American Pyrotechnics Association.

The trade group attributes the rising costs to higher prices for supplies, shipping, insurance and labor. Data shows Americans used 428.8 million pounds of fireworks in 2021, a 57% increase since the pandemic began.

Sheila Greenlee, who is a manager at Cornellier Fireworks in Marion, said it’s becoming more common to see multiple families buying fireworks for their own party. She said these customers create a boost in sales because they also sometimes use these fireworks before the 4th of July.

“After seeing what this product does, they end up using it before [the fourth]“, said Greenlee.

She also said the prices for fireworks at her stand were a few dollars higher. Greenlee said the increase came from higher shipping prices from China.

John Redman, who bought fireworks, said he hadn’t paid much attention to the higher prices. He said his main goal was to get fireworks to celebrate the holidays.

“There is a limit,” Redman said. “But, yeah, as long as I keep it under a limit that I have for myself, I’m fine.”

The increase in fireworks use comes as US Consumer Product Safety Commission said they have seen an increase in fireworks-related injuries. Over a 15-year period, injuries from fireworks have increased by 25%.

Copyright 2022 KCRG. All rights reserved.

Commerce Surveillance System Market: Emerging Industry Trends

Trade Monitoring System Market

The report provides a detailed study of the global Trade Surveillance System market covering a number of important aspects such as current market scenario, estimates, major investment pockets, recent trends, development of the dynamics and dynamic forces of the industry from 2020 to 2030 to identify underlying opportunities. The report emphasizes the prospects that could materialize in the near future and give a significant boost to the overall market growth.

Download Sample Report (Get Full Information PDF – Pages) @ https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/request-sample/11678

The report also covers the drivers that play an important role in the growth of the market.

At the same time, restraining factors that are expected to hinder or restrain the growth of the industry are also presented by our expert analysts to provide key market players with a detailed scenario of future threats in advance.

The report offers comprehensive and in-depth insights into each of the major end-user domains along with annual forecasts till 2030. An in-depth study of the market size and its detailed segmentation helps in determining the prevailing opportunities of the system market trade monitoring. Major countries in each region are mapped based on their market revenue waves. Major market players of the industry are profiled and their adopted directions and strategies are analyzed meticulously which predicts the competitive prospects of the Trade Surveillance System market market.

Get In-Depth Analysis of the Impact of COVID-19 on the Trade Monitoring System Market @ https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/purchase-enquiry/11678

Regions covered in the market report include North America (United States, Canada, and Mexico), South America (Brazil, Argentina, and Colombia), Europe (Germany, France, United Kingdom, Russia and Italy), Asia-Pacific (China, Japan, Korea, India and Southeast Asia), Middle East and Africa (Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Egypt, Nigeria and South Africa). The report presents a detailed scenario of the market in each province.

Some leading companies in the global market of Commerce Surveillance System Market are examined in the report along with the citation of innovative product launches by them, their ventures and collaborative efforts, several mergers and acquisitions, and many more .

The report offers an in-depth analysis of the major market players who are currently operating in the Commerce Surveillance System Market market.

ACA Group
Acquired Exchange
IBM Corporation
IPC Systems Inc.

Moreover, Porter’s Five Forces Analytical Diagram shows market affirmation by evaluating several parameters including threat of alternatives, strength of vendors, and choice of buyers operating in the industry.

By deployment model

On the site

By business size

Large companies

Per end user

Institutional brokers
Retail brokers
Market centers and regulators

Access the full summary @ https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/trade-surveillance-system-market-A11313

Key Benefits:

The market report offers an overall analysis of the value chain, changing market trends, major segments, Porter’s Five Forces study, business performance of key market players, and competitive landscape in a a number of regions of the world.

Porter’s Five Forces analysis focuses on the detailed breakdown of the report highlighting the growing segments which helps the industrialists come up with useful tactics and approaches to capitalize on the profitable sections.

Major investment pockets and current market setups are highlighted in the research.

The Trade Surveillance System market report covers major states in each province and also highlights their revenue contribution.

Last but not least; the market report also distributes a demonstration of active industry leaders.

Customization request @ https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com/request-for-customization/11678

Report Highlights:

Detailed and comprehensive assessment of the Trade Monitoring System Market

Accumulated revenue of each market segment from 2020 to 2030.

Drivers, constraints and opportunities in the industry.

Approaches adopted by major market players.
Provinces that would create multiple opportunities for industry leaders.

Scope and Current Trends of the Trade Monitoring System Market


David Correa
5933 NE Win Sivers Drive
#205, Portland, OR 97220
United States
USA/Canada (toll free):
+1-800-792-5285, +1-503-894-6022, +1-503-446-1141
UK: +44-845-528-1300
Hong Kong: +852-301-84916
India (Pune): +91-20-66346060
Fax: +1(855)550-5975
[email protected]
The Web: https://www.alliedmarketresearch.com

Follow us on LinkedIn and Twitter

About Us:

Allied Market Research (AMR) is a full-service market research and business consulting wing of Allied Analytics LLP based in Portland, Oregon. Allied Market Research provides global corporations as well as small and medium enterprises with unrivaled quality of “market research reports” and “Business Intelligence solutions”. AMR has a focused vision to provide business insights and advice to help its clients make strategic business decisions and achieve sustainable growth in their respective market area.

We maintain professional relationships with various companies which helps us to extract market data which helps us to generate accurate research data tables and confirm the utmost accuracy of our market predictions. All data presented in the reports we publish are drawn from primary interviews with senior managers of large companies in the relevant field. Our secondary data sourcing methodology includes extensive online and offline research and discussions with knowledgeable industry professionals and analysts.

This press release was published on openPR.

Some Texas schools may describe slavery as “involuntary relocation”


AUSTIN, Texas (AP) — Texas Public Schools would describe the enslavement of sophomores as “involuntary displacement” under new social studies standards proposed to the state Board of Education.

A group of nine educators took the idea to the State Board of Education as part of Texas’ efforts to develop a new social studies curriculum, according to the Texas Tribune. The once-a-decade process updates what children are learning in the state’s nearly 8,900 public schools.

The board plans to change the curriculum a year after Texas passed a law to eliminate subjects from schools that make students “feel uncomfortable.”

Board member Aicha Davis, a Democrat who represents Dallas and Fort Worth, raised concerns at a June 15 meeting that the term was not a fair representation of human trafficking. slaves. The council sent the draft back for review, urging the group of educators to “carefully consider the language used to describe the events.”

“I can’t say what their intention was, but it won’t be acceptable,” Davis told the Texas Tribune on Thursday.

Part of the proposed draft standards obtained by The Texas Tribune states that students should “compare travel to America, including voluntary Irish immigration and involuntary resettlement of Africans in colonial times.”

Texas’ public education system has become heavily politicized in recent years, with lawmakers passing laws dictating how race and slavery should be taught in schools and conservative groups pouring large sums of money into schools. school board races.

Texas drew attention to a similar situation in 2015, when a student noticed wording in a textbook that referred to slaves brought to America as “laborers.” The book’s publisher has apologized and promised to increase the number of textbook reviews it uses.

Copyright 2022 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

Despite potential, Midwest farms struggle to market fish | Illinois News

By CASEY SMITH, Associated Press/Report for America

INDIANAPOLIS (AP) — When drastic increases in food costs spurred by the COVID-19 pandemic left Andrew Caplinger struggling to find fresh catfish for his restaurants, he decided to try an “experimental” solution — cultivate his own.

In the coming months, Indianapolis restaurant chain Caplinger’s Fresh Catch Seafood will begin sourcing the second most popular menu item from fish ponds on its 28-acre farm in southern Indiana. The goal is to produce up to half of the 800 to 1,000 pounds of catfish fillets served weekly in restaurants.

“I’ve never done anything like this – I’ve sold dead fish all my life,” he said. “It’s difficult, and it can be risky. But assuming things go well and these fish grow as they should, we won’t have to consider raising our store prices again for some time.

It’s a move that could increase the local appetite for fish, Caplinger said. But even with increasing consumption of fish and seafood in the United States, the number of aquaculture farms in the Midwest is declining, and many fish producers say they are struggling to get their product to consumers in the region.

political cartoons

Midwestern states make up one-fifth of the country’s land but contain about one-third of all US farms, according to the US Department of Agriculture.

Although experts say the region could be a major aquaculture producer, the number of aquaculture farms in the Midwest has fallen to about 271 from 336 a decade ago.

That could be because the region has historically relied on wild-caught seafood, said Amy Shambach, aquaculture marketing associate with Illinois-Indiana Sea Grant. Seafood produced in the Midwest must also compete with cheaper imported seafood.

“Our input costs are a bit higher than in other places, and (that) is contributing to some of the slow growth,” Shambach said.

Stagnant fish farming in the Midwest aquaculture industry has national implications, Shambach said. With global seafood consumption expected to rise by 100-170 billion pounds by 2030, the growing seafood trade deficit means more fish will need to be farmed, opening the door for farmers around the world. Midwest to meet demand.

Joseph Morris, former director of the North Central Regional Aquaculture Center at Iowa State University, said growing the industry was a challenge, noting issues with marketing, fish processing and labor costs. students.

“The big hurdle to overcome – how can they produce a product, economically, to meet consumer needs while remaining in business?” he said. “How do you reach the growing market of people who want to eat fish?”

Mike Searcy, owner of a trout farm in Seymour, Indiana, said the state of Hoosier — one of only two in the Midwest to report an increase in farms over the past decade — does not have no central processing facility to gut and fillet harvested fish. He sends most of his fish to Kentucky for processing and distribution.

“We have demand from our local customers, but the biggest hurdle is the lack of processing, bridging that gap between farmer and restaurateur. It’s holding us back,” said Searcy, who plans to have a processing facility on his own farm. . “When we’re competing with foreign markets and much cheaper labor, they can net groceries much cheaper than I can.”

Shambach said the lack of processing available in Indiana only allows a handful of Indiana aquaculture farms to produce for food companies. Instead, most fish raised in the state are sold alive to Asian food markets in Indianapolis, Chicago, New York and Toronto.

Still, Morris said, fish farmers are competing to grow their businesses and increase their profits – which could succeed if producers could better market their fish.

“A new generation of people are eating more fish and asking more often, ‘Where does my food come from?’ That’s where the Midwest comes in,” Morris said.

One solution for farmers could be recirculating aquaculture systems, which allow fish and shrimp to be raised in tank-based systems. The method gives growers control of water quality – often preventing fish disease and the need for antibiotics – and allows various species to be farmed year-round in landlocked areas.

The method is costly, however, excluding many small and medium farmers. Searcy, whose farm runs entirely on technology, warned that the operation is also entirely dependent on electricity. Environmental activists argue that recirculating aquaculture systems require abundant water resources and they express concerns about waste disposal.

Tyler Isaac, aquaculture program manager for the Monterey Bay Aquarium’s Seafood Watch, said that with sustainably sourced fish feed and proper precautions, recirculating systems could lead to more fish farms in the Midwest.

“It’s always a trade-off game, but I think at the end of the day recirculation systems are a really good step forward,” Isaac said, adding that renewable energy sources would also make these operations more environmentally friendly. “The development of an aquaculture industry in a place like the Midwest is a good thing. It just has to be done with proper safeguards.

Morris said other emerging technologies — such as AquaBounty’s genetically modified Atlantic salmon grown in Indiana, which grow faster and are less susceptible to disease — could also be “very attractive to growers,” although it could be “several years” before similar genetically modified fish become mainstream.

“In terms of aquaculture in the Midwest as a whole, growth has to be tied to the exploitation of food fish. That’s where your market is – a consumer base,” Morris said. “There are only a limited number of ponds to stock in the Midwest, a limited number of anglers. But there are consumers who want to eat more and more fish in the Midwest. We have to focus on that.

Casey Smith is a member of the Associated Press/Report for America Statehouse News Initiative. Report for America is a nonprofit national service program that places reporters in local newsrooms to report on underreported issues. Follow Smith on Twitter.

Copyright 2022 The Associated press. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed.

Minnesota Republicans Legalize THC Edibles, Some May Be By Accident

Placeholder while loading article actions

A Minnesota law went into effect Friday legalizing edibles containing small amounts of THC, the component of cannabis that provides a high, apparently surprising some Republicans, at least one of whom said he unknowingly voted for the provision.

Law allows sale of edibles and beverages containing up to 5 milligrams of hemp derivatives THC per serving. Most edibles in states where recreational cannabis is fully legal contain 10 milligrams per serving.

The bill’s author, State Rep. Heather Edelson (D), said in a statement that “Minnesotans 21 and older will now be able to get the products they want in a safe and regulated way.”

She added that the legislation was drafted in consultation with the state boards of agriculture and pharmacy.

The law, which passed the Republican-controlled state Senate in May, was signed into law by Gov. Tim Walz (D) last month. But some Republicans told the Star Tribune after the law came into effect, they were caught off guard.

Big food brands seek to crack down on marijuana-infused copycats

State Sen. Jim Abeler, a Republican from a Minneapolis suburb, told the newspaper he didn’t realize the bill broadly legalizes products containing THC. He said he believed he only licensed delta-8 THC, which produces milder effects, although he also legalized the sale of delta-9 THC, which induces stronger feelings more often associated with a high from cannabis products. Abeler did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

State Senator Michelle Benson, a Republican from Ham Lake, about 25 miles north of Minneapolis, “dodged repeated questions about whether she herself understood the law would legalize THC edibles,” the report reported. log. She told the Star Tribune that she wishes the state pharmacy board had realized the law’s full impact sooner. Neither Benson nor the head of the pharmacy board immediately responded to requests for comment.

Edelson resisted the idea that Republicans didn’t understand the scope of the bill, saying the author of the Senate version of the bill was Republican State Sen. Mark Koran, who co-chairs the panel. work on medical cannabis with Edelson. “I have no doubt he understood and read the intent and what we wanted to do with this legislation,” she said in an email.

“There were no last-minute tactics to get this legislation passed,” she added.

As for Abeler, Edelson said committee leaders face an “enormous burden,” working long hours to meet deadlines for omnibus bills. “A lot of complex policy information is provided and reviewed, so the exact details of a hundreds of pages bill can be difficult for him to remember,” she said.

According tips Released last week by the Minnesota Board of Pharmacy, the law “does not specify particular tetrahydrocannabinols,” or THC.

The council said that while multiple types of THC can be included in a product, it cannot contain more than 5 milligrams per serving or 50 milligrams per package. “For example, a product cannot contain 5 mg of delta-9 THC and 5 mg of delta-8 THC,” advised the council.

The bill only approved THC from hemp, not marijuana, although both come from the cannabis plant. Variations in terminology depend on the concentration of THC.

“THC derived from hemp is the same as THC derived from marijuana,” Michael Bronstein, president of the American Trade Association for Cannabis and Hemp, said in an email.

“Minnesota law completely reverses the concept of licensing, taxation and regulation of marijuana by legalizing all types of intoxicating hemp-derived THC products, which in some cases are exactly the same as marijuana products, rivaling and perhaps exceeding the availability of these products in any country. state of adult use,” Bronstein said.

Edelson, the author of the bill, said some THC-containing products were already being sold legally through a loophole created by previous laws.

“Our goal was to close a legal loophole around the sale of products, ban the manufacture of products aimed at young people, and create a model that would allow limited amounts of THC in a legal way,” she said. “It was clear from our work on this legislation that adults in Minnesota were already buying and consuming these products; our goal was to add more protections for consumers.

The Marijuana Policy Project, an organization that defenders for Cannabis Legalization, argues that legalizing and regulating cannabis products can help keep them out of the reach of minors.

“Sellers of regulated products like tobacco and alcohol can be fined or lose their license if they sell to minors. Prohibition [of cannabis] ensures that marijuana dealers are not subject to any of these regulations,” the organization states. “Drug dealers don’t ask for ID.”

According MJBizDailyan industry information site.

US Solar Trade Association Expands Board of Directors at Pivotal Time for Solar Industry

WASHINGTON, DC – Four companies, CEP Renewables, Kiewit Energy Group, Monarch Private Capital and Moss & Associates, are joining the board of directors of the Solar Energy Industries Association (SEIA). In addition, the association named Laura Stern, co-CEO of Nautilus Solar Energy, vice-president of its executive committee.

SEIA’s Board of Directors now consists of more than 50 companies from across the solar value chain, including installers, developers, manufacturers, financiers and service providers. SEIA is the national trade association for the solar and storage industries in the United States.

“These leading companies join the SEIA Board of Directors at a critical time for our industry, and I am confident they will help us chart a solid course, even in the face of recent challenges,” said SEIA President and CEO Abigail Ross Hopper. “SEIA’s effectiveness is rooted in the strength and courage of our members, and we are thrilled to welcome new voices to the Board. SEIA’s board of directors is now the largest in its history, and this numerical strength will only help accelerate the growth of solar power and storage in the United States.

Executive Committee Vice-Chair Laura Stern has served on the Board since 2014 and previously served as Treasurer. Elections for a new treasurer are underway.

“I am honored to take on this new role as Vice Chairman of the Executive Committee and excited to have the opportunity to influence the continued growth of the industry,” said Stern. “I welcome new board members who bring additional expertise and look forward to working with them to achieve SEIA’s goals.”

CEP Renewables develops, designs and constructs large-scale solar projects in North America. CEP focuses on ambitious projects, such as the repurposing of brownfields and landfills to house renewable energy.

“As CEO of CEP Renewables, I am proud to join the accomplished roster of SEIA board members,” said Gary Cicero, CEO of CEP Renewables. “SEIA’s mission aligns perfectly with CEP Renewables’ goal of increasing access to solar power across the United States while providing well-paying jobs for hard-working people in our community. I am honored to work with SEIA to increase renewable energy development across North America and create long-term solutions to combat the growing impacts of climate change.

Kiewit is a large construction and engineering organization with roots dating back to 1884. The employee-owned organization has more than 40 years of experience developing renewable energy projects, including completing more than 50 North American solar projects over the past 15 years, ranging from 2 megawatts (MW) to over 1 gigawatt (GW).

“Kiewit is committed to advancing major renewable energy projects in North America,” said Mike Gammill, vice president of solar energy, Kiewit Energy Group. “The advancement of these important projects requires a constant and reliable supply of materials and construction crews. We are excited to be part of the critical work of SEIA at this time. Thousands of jobs and the future of solar energy are at stake.”

Monarch Private Capital is an environmental, social and governance (ESG) investment fund manager, providing investors with opportunities in renewable energy, low-income housing and other socially beneficial activities. Monarch was founded in 2005 and is based in Atlanta, GA.

“Monarch Private Capital is honored to join SEIA’s Board of Directors as part of its mission to create clean energy by investing in renewable energy projects,” said Robin Delmer, partner, co-founder and co-CEO of Monarch Private Capital. “We look forward to collaborating with SEIA and encouraging capital investment in environmental, social and governance tax credits, which accelerate direct investment in new renewable energy generation facilities and advance the transition. of our country towards a more sustainable future. »

Moss & Associates is a national construction management company. Moss Solar focuses on the engineering, procurement and construction of large-scale solar projects, with over 10GW of project experience since its inception in 2004.

“I am honored and delighted to join the SEIA Board of Directors,” said Alfredo Espinosa, vice president of solar preconstruction, Moss. “As an organization, we have an ambitious vision for the solar and storage industry, which requires strong policies developed within a framework that considers the entire industry perspective.”

After months of unrest caused by a Commerce Department investigation into solar imports from Southeast Asia, in early June President Biden suspended additional solar tariffs for two years and rolled out the Defense Production Act to boost domestic manufacturing, providing essential certainty to the U.S. solar market. SEIA advocates additional policies to help solar power reach 30% of U.S. electricity generation by 2030, including long-term extension of solar investment tax credit and incentives to domestic manufacture.

Learn more about SEIA’s political vision.

Press release courtesy of SEIA.



Do you appreciate the originality of CleanTechnica and the coverage of clean technology news? Consider becoming a CleanTechnica Member, Supporter, Technician, or Ambassador – or a patron on Patreon.


Have a tip for CleanTechnica, want to advertise or suggest a guest for our CleanTech Talk podcast? Contact us here.


Incfile launches small business grants for startup founders and student entrepreneurs


Getting started is one of the most difficult times for a small business owner. This is also the time when many entrepreneurs have access to fewer resources. Thus, small business grants can be particularly helpful for new and potential startup founders. This week, two new start-up scholarship opportunities have been launched, including one specifically for young creators. Check out these and other grant opportunities below.

Incfile New Business Startup Grant

The Incfile business filing service offers grants to support new businesses. The Fresh Start Business grant is open to those just starting out as well as seasoned entrepreneurs starting new businesses. The winner of the contest will receive $2,500 to use towards start-up expenses as well as free training services from Incfile. Applicants must be at least 21 years old and reside in the United States. The process includes an online application, a short video and a sample business plan. The first deadline for 2022 is June 30, but there are also additional rounds ending on September 30 and December 31.

Incfile Young Entrepreneur Scholarship

Additionally, Incfile is also launching a scholarship program for student entrepreneurs. The Young Entrepreneur Scholarship will award $2,500 to a high school, undergraduate, graduate, or business school student in the United States. To qualify, students must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher and an interest in starting a business. Interested students will need to submit an online application, a short video and a sample business plan. Then the money goes towards continuing education towards your business goals. The deadlines for 2022 are June 30, September 30 and December 31.

Caress Dreams Fund

The Caress Dreams Fund is an ongoing grantmaking program that supports businesses owned by women of color. Run through the iFundWomen of Color platform, the program includes a $1 million investment from Caress. In addition to the $5,000 grants, the program also includes a business accelerator, coaching, creative services, and educational resources. IFundWomen of Color holds several rounds each year. Applications for the fall session are open until July 8.

Nashville and Davidson County Small Business Loan and Grant Program

Nashville and Davidson County, Tennessee, recently unveiled an $18 million grant and loan program for small businesses. Pathway Lending will administer the funds, which are available through the American Rescue Plan Act federal grants. To be eligible, businesses must have a physical address in Davidson County, annual revenue between $10,000 and $1,000,000, and no more than 50 full-time employees, among other criteria. Applications are available now and the application deadline is July 31.

San Antonio Small Business Grant Program

San Antonio, Texas recently approved a new small business grant program funded by the American Rescue Plan Act. Under the new program, small businesses can apply for between $15,000 and $35,000. Overall, the city council has allocated $17 million for the program. To be eligible, businesses must be able to demonstrate a loss of at least 20% of their gross revenue between 2019 and 2021. Full details, including application deadline and full criteria, are yet to be announced. been determined. But the city hopes to distribute all the funds by the end of the year.

NJ Small Business Fund

The New Jersey Economic Development Authority originally launched the NJ Small Business Fund in February. The program continues to offer grants that cover up to $50,000 or 50% of eligible improvement project costs. To be eligible, businesses must be small businesses or women-owned or minority-owned businesses in New Jersey that own or operate a physical location. Companies must also be solvent and not in default with state aid programs. The program is still open and will accept applications on a rolling basis until all funds have been distributed.

Receive the latest headlines from Small Business Trends. Follow us on Google News.

Image: Depositphotos

More in: Small Business Grants

Sparklers, illegal fireworks in Chicago, officials recall ahead of Independence Day weekend – NBC Chicago

As Independence Day weekend kicks off across the country, Chicago officials are reminding the legality of fireworks and sparklers amid planned citywide celebrations.

Fireworks are banned statewide in Illinois, but in Chicago specifically, sparklers and bottle rockets are also banned because they are “dangerous”, according to Chicago Fire Commissioner Annette. Nance-Holt.

“The injuries we see every year range from minor burns to catastrophic and life-changing injuries including loss of fingers, eye damage and even death,” Nance-Holt said. “The Chicago Fire Department will have resources available this weekend. In fact, we’ve added additional resources and are ready to respond to any city emergency.”

Last year, firefighters and paramedics treated 54 people injured by fireworks, she said.

This year, Nance-Holt said the department hopes there will be no calls for injuries or fatalities from the use of fireworks. She encouraged people to enjoy professional fireworks shows throughout the city, such as the one at Navy Pier.

So, are sparklers allowed anywhere else in Illinois? And are certain types of fireworks legal?

The answer varies depending on where you live in the state. In the state’s two largest cities, Chicago and Aurora, the sale, possession, and use of fireworks are illegal.

According to Illinois State Fire Marshalexplosives demonstrations are regulated in two categories:

  • Consumer fireworks, which include items such as fountains, repeaters, and parachutes
  • Pyrotechnic displays, which use professional-grade fireworks such as mortars, cake packets, and floor displays that represent an image.

“Consumer fireworks are permitted ONLY in villages, counties, and municipalities that have passed ordinances permitting such fires, while adhering to the requirements for use, AND using only the types of fireworks approved,” the fire marshal said.

Additionally, according to the Illinois Department of Natural Resources, “consumer fireworks may only be purchased and displayed by adults who have obtained permits from their local jurisdiction,” according to a statement released Thursday by the Illinois Department. ‘IDNR.

“Handheld fireworks, including firecrackers, roman candles, and bottle rockets, are not approved for sale or use in Illinois.”

What fireworks are prohibited in Illinois?

Under Illinois regulations, some popular displays remain off-limits for non-professional use.

Here is a full list:

  • hand held fireworks
  • Bottle rockets
  • flares
  • Roman candles
  • Hunters
  • buzz bombs
  • Ground items other than those identified as consumer-approved fireworks
  • Helicopters
  • missiles
  • Spindle wheels or any other turning device, whether on the ground or mounted above the ground
  • planes
  • sky lanterns
  • Firecrackers (all types)

What fireworks are allowed?

It depends on where you live and whether or not you have obtained a permit for non-occupational exposures. So be sure to check your local guidelines.

Here is a list of fireworks that may be permitted in certain locations in the state:

  • Cones including spark showers, fountains and repeaters (also called cakes)
    • Single-tube fountains must not contain more than 75 grams total of pyrotechnic composition. Conical fountains must not contain more than 50 grams in total of pyrotechnic composition. Multi-tube fountains must not contain more than 500 grams in total of pyrotechnic composition.
  • Mines, comets, tubes, shells, fancy flowers and parachutes
    • These items are fireworks designed to produce low-level aerial effects, which are propelled through the air by a lifting load. Shells will burst at the height of flight to create a display of stars, ratios or other effects or leave a trail of sparks until exhausted. These items contain a maximum of 40 grams of chemical composition and no more than 20 grams of lifting load.

It is important to note that all of these fireworks must be mounted on the ground.

“No consumer portable fireworks will be approved,” says the fire marshal.

Are Sparklers legal in Illinois?

Illinois does not directly regulate “novelty effects” under its fireworks guidelines, but the state does give municipalities the right to prohibit the sale or use of these products on property. public.

So in Chicago, for example, sparklers are illegal.

Here’s what’s included under “novelty effects”:

• pellets for snakes or glow worms
• smoke devices
• Deceptive noisemakers known as party poppers, traps, snappers, matches, cigarette loads and automatic burglar alarms
• sparklers
• toy guns, toy canes, toy guns or other devices in which paper or plastic caps containing 16 mg or less of the explosive compound are used, provided they are
constructed so that the hand cannot come into contact with the cap when it is in place for the explosion
• Paper toy guns or plastic caps containing less than 13 mg of explosive mixture

What do you need if you want to showcase a display on your property?

Adults who wish to set off a fireworks display on their own property, using only those classified as “consumer fireworks”, may only do so in locations where it is locally permitted. If you live in one of these places and want to have a display, here’s what you’ll need to do:

1. Obtain approval from local authorities
2. Obtain a permit issued by the appropriate local government unit
3. Attend approved training with the local fire department
4. Follow rules for use in an approved area after a site inspection

How much can you be fined? And how do you report illegal fireworks use?

According to the IDNR, the fines could be heavy.

“Anyone who owns, uses, transfers or purchases demonstration fireworks without an individual explosives license or a valid IDNR storage certificate is violating Illinois law and could face penalties,” the IDNR said in a statement. Thursday.

“A violation of Illinois explosives law can be a Class 3 felony, with a maximum penalty of five years in prison and a $10,000 fine. In addition, the IDNR can impose administrative fines for violations involving fireworks and other explosives.”

Additionally, some cities have their own fines in place.

In Aurora, violators can be fined up to $1,000, with repeat offenders facing even greater penalties. And in Lynwood — which borders Indiana, where fireworks are legal — fines have increased from $50 to $750, depending on the city.

Reports of illegal fireworks should be reported to the city or county in which you live.

In 2020, about 15,600 people across the country were treated in hospital emergency departments for fireworks injuries, compared to about 10,000 fireworks injuries treated in emergency rooms in 2019, according to the Consumer Product Safety Commission.

Where can you see fireworks shows across Chicago and the suburbs?

Here’s where and when you can see fireworks throughout the Chicago area and suburbs, including the famous fireworks display at Navy Pier.

Lawmakers fear growing power of cartel-like blocs amid high inflation

Powerful industrial blocs or cartels are increasingly attracting the attention – and in some cases the ire – of lawmakers who blame them in part for rising inflation.

With pulverized supply chains pushing inflation to 40-year highs, market forces of all kinds are under scrutiny from lawmakers and regulators. A recurring theme is the power wielded by a few large corporations in many different industries.

Democrats tend to be the party most focused on market concentration in a handful of industries, but Republicans are also increasingly sounding the alarm as inflation becomes the number one issue for voters.

As an example of the growing interest, the Ocean Shipping Reform Act passed Congress earlier this month with bipartisan support. The new law tightens regulations on major container shipping companies, allowing the Federal Maritime Commission to crack down on late fees charged by ocean carriers when they cannot unload their cargo on time.

“South Dakota producers expect shipping carriers to operate under fair and transparent rules,” Sen. John Thune (RS.D.) said in a statement introducing the bill. “Unfortunately, that’s not always the case, and producers across America are paying the price.”

Thune argued that the bill would help combat “unreasonable practices by shipping carriers, holding them accountable for their bad faith efforts that starve American producers, including those in South Dakota, who feed the world.”

The World Shipping Council trade association, which represents foreign shipping giants like Maersk and Hapag-Lloyd, blasted the bill, saying it was “appalled by the continued mischaracterization of the industry by U.S. government officials. “, adding that congestion at ports will continue “until the import congestion is resolved.

Republicans in the wake of the pandemic have also sought to regulate the nation’s meatpacking industry blocs, most of which are controlled by just four companies – Tyson Foods, Cargill, JBS USA and National Beef Packing Company. . The packaging industry sits in the middle of the beef industry supply chain, much like the shipping industry sits in the middle of many consumer goods pipelines.

During a House hearing on the meatpacking industry in April, Rep. Randy Feenstra (R-Iowa) took direct aim at market concentration as a driver of inflation while questioning the CEO of Cargill, David MacLennan.

“To me, here is this fundamental problem. You have the big four packers controlling a large capacity, up to maybe 80-85%. You are able to determine how many animals are harvested and how much meat is offered. Market share allows you to control the price of contracts,” he said.

Democrats have shown growing sensitivity to what they see as a lack of competition and a dearth of market participants in the face of rising inflation. In May, the senses. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), Cory Booker (DN.J.), Jon Tester (D-Mont.) and Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.) introduced legislation that would impose an indefinite moratorium on mergers. and acquisitions in the food and agriculture sector.

“The agriculture and food industries are highly concentrated, with only a few dominant players controlling the majority of the market,” Warren said in a statement. “It’s time to stop mergers that hurt workers and allow corporate prices to rise that lead to higher costs for American families – this bill would help us do just that.”

Economists warn that the relationship between inflation and market concentration is a bit of a mystery.

“Concentration is a market outcome and is of great interest – how many companies control how much of the market,” said Chad Syverson, an economist at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, “but it’s not “Competitiveness is not the best measure. An industry is. It is caused by competition and causes competition.

“You can have a very competitive market that’s also very concentrated,” he added.

Stephen R. Koontz, a professor of agricultural economics at Colorado State University, gave similar testimony before the Senate Agriculture Committee on the power of cartels in the meat industry in April.

“Spreading the fixed costs associated with the feeding operation over as many animals as possible given the capacity creates substantial cost savings,” he said. “These savings not only benefit the food and packaging industries, but also consumers in terms of increased volume of products offered and lower prices.”

“Without scale savings, beef prices to consumers would be significantly higher,” he added.

Food prices rose more than 10% on the year, according to the Labor Department, with the index for meat, fish, poultry and eggs rising more than 14%.

The power of OPEC is also under the microscope in the age of $5-a-gallon gas. President Biden is expected to visit Saudi Arabia, the core member of the group, later this month.

Although Biden said he would not directly ask Crown Prince Mohammad bin Salman to increase oil production in an effort to bring down the world price of oil, he indicated he believed OPEC should start to pump more oil.

Dealing with uncertainty through trade finance

Trade finance needs are increasing, driven by recent supply chain disruptions and a tightening of bank financing.

The scale of the disruption to global trade over the past two years – including the impact of Covid-19 and geopolitical tensions – means that there is significant demand for this funding mechanism, which bridges the gap between the delivery of products and payment. According to the most recent estimate from the Asian Development Bank, the global trade finance gap has widened to USD 1.7 trillion in 2020.

Small and medium-sized enterprises need help the most, as some banks, the main traditional providers of trade finance, have reduced the availability of finance in the wake of the pandemic.

The impact of trade disruption can disproportionately affect the world’s poorest people, given the vital role trade plays in reducing poverty by creating jobs and driving economic growth.

Institutional investors looking for diversified assets can help by investing in trade finance. In return, they can access the complexity premium that the asset class offers.

How does trade finance work?

Trade finance is similar to a line of credit from a third-party financier that helps businesses finance the purchase and sale of goods. For example, it allows suppliers to receive money immediately, although their buyers don’t have to pay until some time in the future. Trade finance can be divided into four main categories:

  • Financing payable – accompanies a buyer by facilitating payments to its suppliers when issuing invoices.
  • Funding receivable – provides money to a single supplier before he receives bill payments from multiple customers.
  • Working capital – grant loans to a supplier reimbursed by receivables from several customers.
  • Documentary credits – common instruments used by companies to finance specific trade flows and payments under commercial contracts, including letters of credit, bills of exchange and commercial loans.

Why is trade finance a potentially attractive option for institutional investors?

In an environment of heightened geopolitical tensions, volatile bond yields and rising inflation, trade finance can provide the flexibility and potential returns needed to help investors weather the uncertain global outlook.

Its short-term maturity profile—typically, transactions have a life cycle of between 60 and 120 days—and its potentially low correlation to other asset classes can help investors manage an interest rate environment. rising interest. Investing in trade finance can help investors manage downside risk as it tends to exhibit low volatility, as was the case during the recent turmoil that rocked public markets.

The asset class can also help investors achieve their long-term sustainability goals. Since international trade is an engine for inclusive economic growth and poverty reduction, trade finance can be an important tool to achieve the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals.

At the same time, structural changes are paving the way for institutional investors to enter the market. Banks are looking for partners to meet their customers’ needs as they struggle to meet growing demand due to regulatory capital requirements. Meanwhile, fintech companies have brought innovation to the field, reducing unit costs and making small volumes of funding economical.

How can trade finance fit into a repo portfolio?

As pension fund investors look beyond the main asset classes to diversify return streams in a low-yield environment, trade finance can offer an attractive diversification option:

  • The asset class can serve as an alternative to traditional credit assets such as asset-backed securities (ABS) and short-dated investment grade bonds due to potentially increased yield aided by a complexity premium.
  • Similarly, trade finance can replace holdings of government bonds because it offers the possibility of stable returns and low sensitivity to rate changes.
  • Finally, trade finance can also serve as a strategic cash position. Its semi-liquid structure gives investors the flexibility to move or reallocate portfolios. This ensures that trade finance can provide a potential funding source for private market capital calls.

Although it is a relatively new and complex asset class, with the right partner it is possible to take advantage of the potential benefits offered by trade finance.

To find out how Allianz Global Investors’ trade finance offering can benefit institutional investment portfolios, Click here

This position is funded by Allianz Global Investors


Investing involves risk. The value of an investment and the income from it can go down as well as up and investors may not get back the full amount invested. Past performance does not predict future returns. This is a marketing communication issued by Allianz Global Investors GmbH, www.allianzgi.com, an investment company with limited liability, incorporated in Germany, whose registered office is at Bockenheimer Landstrasse 42-44, 60323 Frankfurt/M, registered with of the local court Frankfurt/M under HRB 9340, authorized by Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (www.bafin.de). The Investor Rights Summary is available in English, French, German, Italian and Spanish at https://regulatory.allianzgi.com/en/investors-rights Allianz Global Investors GmbH has established a UK branch, Allianz Global Investors GmbH, UK Branch, 199 Bishopsgate, London, EC2M 3TY, www.allianzglobalinvestors.co.uk, deemed authorized and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. Details of the Temporary Authorizations scheme, which allows EEA-based firms to operate in the UK for a limited period while seeking full authorisation, can be found on the Financial Conduct Authority’s website (www. fca.org.uk). Details of the extent of our regulation by the Financial Conduct Authority are available on request. 2209161

How Gen Z can plan now for a possible recession


Ozel from sefa / iStock.com

Millennials rolled off the starting block and into adulthood just as the Great Recession was heating up. The oldest of them were still in their mid-twenties. With all the warning signs pointing to an impending recession today, it looks like their younger Gen Z siblings are headed for a similar fate.

Check Out: 8 Remote Tasks That Pay At Least $20 An Hour
Uber Lost and Found Index 2022: The weirdest (and most common) things people leave behind

Today’s teens and twenties can’t do much about GDP, inflation, the stock market, employment rates, or whatever else makes a recession so miserable, but that doesn’t does not mean that they are helpless.

Life insurance offer: The only term life insurance that never requires a medical exam – from 18 to 60. Get your fast, free quote now.

GOBankingRates asked financial experts from different fields what Gen Zers can do to strengthen their financial defenses in the face of the recession that so many analysts are predicting. They gave the following advice.

Don’t enter a debt-ridden recession

Young people want compound interest to work in their favor by investing, not in favor of the bank by borrowing irresponsibly, especially if economic trouble is brewing.

“Avoid debt,” says Meredith Lepore, personal finance expert at Credello. “It’s a fairly simple concept, but one that can be very difficult to implement. Avoid debt by living within your means and saving for big purchases.

If you have outstanding debts, Lepore recommends paying off those with the highest interest rates first.

“The reason is that the more debt you have, the more interest you will accrue,” she said. “That means paying off high-interest debt first will save you money in the long run.”

Life insurance offer: Instant coverage after approval. Get a quote in seconds and apply online in minutes. No medical examination – 18-60 years old.

Pursue education based on cost versus prestige

Some Gen Zers have already entered the workforce, but many more leave high school with the intention of pursuing their education first. If a recession is truly imminent, the last thing they want is to stumble out of college with student debt. Higher education is best achieved at the lowest possible cost.

“That could mean pursuing trade school or technical college instead of getting a bachelor’s degree,” said Melanie Hanson, managing editor of EDI Refinance. “That should definitely mean targeting a college for its low tuition, and maybe starting at a community college for even cheaper tuition. Unless you’re looking for extremely prestigious schools like the Ivy League or a handful of others, just having the degree is the thing that matters most.

Beware of advice from online influencers

Gen Z is the first generation in history to have grown up with social media, so it’s only natural that they confuse influencers with experts. With interest rates rising and the crypto and equity markets in the tank, it’s more important than ever to view influencer-based financial advice with a skeptical eye.

Life insurance offer: Pricing starts at just $10/mo. No medical examination – 18-60 years old. Get your quote in seconds and your coverage in minutes, if approved.

“Social media creators on apps like TikTok and Instagram often promote day trading and stock picking and try to convince viewers that it’s easy,” said Mark Henry, Founder and CEO of Alloy Wealth Management. “If it sounds too good to be true, it probably is. Even trained professionals can’t really predict and time the markets. It’s important to do your own research instead of just listening to financial influencers and talking to an advisor who can help you create a long-term investment plan.

Pursue multiple streams of income

If the pandemic has taught America anything, it’s that multiple sources of income offer more security in times of crisis than an emergency savings fund — although it’s still better to have both.

One of the best ways for Gen Z to protect themselves against the economic onslaught of a recession is to insure against job loss and unexpected expenses by bringing in cash from multiple sources.

“The parallel turmoil has become a crucial element in the fight against rising inflation and exorbitant rents,” said Brian Dechesare, founder of Breaking Into Wall Street. “An often overlooked benefit of having a side hustle is that it allows people to save and invest more of their overall income.

“In an uncertain world, saving for the future may seem futile, but it actually becomes even more important. In addition to allowing us to increase our savings, a side hustle can also allow people to put money into investments, which can be a fantastic tactic for building future wealth security.

Reshape your budget “muscle”

Right now, a recession is still only a possibility – but given enough time, an economic downturn is inevitable. The best thing Gen Zers can do right now before things get worse is to make a habit of tracking their spending. It’s a skill that will definitely come in handy when a recession sets in.

“You’ll want to build your budget tracking ‘muscle’,” said Julia Pham, CFP and Wealth Advisor at Halbert Hargrove. “Following a budget is like developing any other new habit. It’s not easy at first. There will be days when you just don’t feel like doing it. Break tasks into goals smaller ones and set aside time on your calendar to achieve this.

“Remember, when tracking your budget, pay special attention to your monthly needs or essential expenses — such as housing, transportation, utilities, medical bills, debt repayments, and food. – in relation to your desires, such as entertainment and travel.”

More from GOBankingRates

About the Author

Andrew Lisa has been writing professionally since 2001. An award-winning writer, Andrew was previously one of the youngest nationally distributed columnists for the nation’s largest newspaper syndicate, the Gannett News Service. He worked as a business editor for amNewYork, the most widely distributed newspaper in Manhattan, and worked as an editor for TheStreet.com, a financial publication at the heart of New York’s Wall Street investment community. .

As utility bills rise, TB resources can help seniors / Public News Service

Starting Friday, Connecticut residents may start to see a big spike in energy costs just as summer looms and inflation hits people hard, but resources are available, especially for seniors. who feel the effects.

Connecticut’s standard electric service generation rate is expected to increase considerably in July according to the energy supplier, with the biggest spike at more than 12 cents per kilowatt hour.

John Erlingheuser, director of advocacy and community outreach at AARP Connecticut, said this is a particular challenge for people on fixed incomes.

“Older residents with many health conditions need electricity to stay cool in the summer,” Erlingheuser pointed out. “Many times they will find themselves in a situation where they will have to either reduce their medicine consumption, or reduce their electricity consumption, or reduce their food consumption, in order to make ends meet.”

Erlingheuser noted that Connecticut residents pay the highest electricity prices in the lower 48 states. A resource available for those who need help paying their utility bills is Operation Fuel. Before applying, a household must gather proof of the last four weeks of income for all household members, the name of their fuel supplier or utility bill, and payment history.

Erlingheuser added that two important programs have a June 30 deadline: the Connecticut Energy Assistance Program and the COVID-19 payment plan.

He pointed out that the payment plan can help catch up on past due balances and outstanding bills.

“You don’t need money up front to participate in this program, and it could be spread over 24 months,” Erlingheuser observed. “They waive all fees and interest in calculating your monthly payments. So these are important programs, and we encourage people to access them while they still exist.”

You can contact your utility providers to learn more about specific payment plans.

Connecticut customers who have health issues also qualify for protections against utility cuts due to lack of payment. They can ask their doctor to certify that they have a serious illness or a life-threatening condition on the public service Internet portal.

Disclosure: AARP Connecticut contributes to our fund for reporting on policy and budget priorities, health issues, hunger/food/nutrition, and seniors’ issues. If you would like to help support news in the public interest, click here.

get more stories like this via email

Mortgage applications are stable even if refis increase

A drop in mortgage rates led to a slight increase in refinance requests last week, returning to a 30% share of the total, according to the latest Mortgage Bankers Association (MBA) for the week ending June 24.

Overall, mortgage applications were up 0.7% on a seasonally adjusted basis from the previous week, although they were 49.4% lower than the same week in 2021.

“Mortgage rates continue to experience significant fluctuations. After rising 65 basis points over the past three weeks, the 30-year fixed rate fell 14 basis points last week,” said Joel Kan, associate vice president of economic and industry forecasts for the group. of Commerce, in a press release. “The fall in mortgage rates led to a slight increase in refinancing, driven by a slight increase in conventional loans.”

Refis were up 1.9% from the previous week and down 74.5% year over year. Meanwhile, the seasonally adjusted shopping index was relatively flat, rising just 0.12% from the previous week, but down 4.7% from the same week a year ago.

“Buying activity has weakened in recent months due to rapidly rising mortgage rates, high house prices and growing economic uncertainty,” Kan said. “Purchase requests were essentially flat last week, but were supported by a 6% increase in government loans.”

Kan noted that the average purchase loan amount, after hitting a record high of $460,000 in March 2022, fell to $413,500 last week.

Tuesday, another clue, Black KnightOptimal Blue OBMMI had rates for a 30-year fixed rate mortgage at around 5.93%.

Refis accounted for 30.3% of total requests last week, down from 29.7% the previous week, according to the survey. The share of variable rate mortgages (ARMs) in applications fell from 10.6% to 10.1%, still demonstrating continued popularity among borrowers. The average interest rate for a 5/1 ARM fell to 4.64% from 4.78% the previous week, according to the MBA.

The FHA share of total claims remained unchanged at 12%. During this time, the Virginia share rose from 10.7% to 11.2%. The USDA the share of total claims rose to 0.6% from 0.5% the previous week.

The trade group estimates that the average 30-year fixed-rate mortgage for conforming loans ($647,200 or less) fell to 5.84% from 5.98% the previous week. For jumbo mortgages (greater than $647,200), it went from 5.49% to 5.42%.

Can the cannabis industry climb towards increased institutional investment and capital market listings? | Clark Hill PLC


This morning, Rep. Troy A. Carter, Sr. (D-LA) and Rep. Guy Reschenthaler (R-PA) introduced a bipartisan bill called Marijuana Business Capital Loans and Investments Act (CLIMB) which, if adopted and enacted, could provide a significant boost to the struggling cannabis industry. Cannabis stocks, which rose significantly after the 2020 election and peaked in February 2021, have recently been trading at or near historic lows as the industry grapples with growing pains, a lack of access to institutional capital, difficulties in obtaining banking and other standard business services, stubbornly high taxes due to 280E and state and local cannabis taxes, and runaway inflation. The cannabis industry could use some encouraging news, and that could come in the form of the CLIMB Act.

What is the CLIMB law?

The CLIMB Act aims “to provide access to community development, small business, minority development, and any other source of public or private financial capital for the investment and financing of legitimate cannabis-related businesses” , and the first substantive part of the bill prohibits federal agencies from taking action against a list of industry service providers, including financial service providers. The purpose of this provision is to encourage service providers, in particular financial services companies, insurance companies, law and accounting firms and consultancy firms, to welcome clients from the . In the press release accompanying the bill, Saphira Galoob, executive director of the National Cannabis Roundtable, said, “The CLIMB Act is critical because it provides legal U.S. state-owned enterprises with traditional funding mechanisms and of support for this emerging industry, from which other national industries are currently benefiting. . The more funding sources available to cannabis businesses, the better, especially for entrepreneurs, small businesses, and minority-owned businesses that might otherwise struggle to access capital.

In the second substantive section, the CLIMB Act provides a safe harbor for national securities exchanges such as the New York Stock Exchange and Nasdaq and other securities market participants to list state-legal cannabis operators. which cannot currently be listed in the United States. This would be an important development for the industry. Since cannabis companies cannot list on US stock exchanges, they generally list on the Canadian Securities Exchange and only trade on OTC markets in the US, if at all, which significantly limits institutional support and contributes to increased volatility. The CLIMB Act, if passed, would provide access to U.S. stock exchanges for eligible companies, significantly increase liquidity for institutional investors providing market support and reduce volatility, and likely provide momentum to the entire industry, even to the most small operators. The smaller operators are all looking to either expand with investment capital to become larger operators or sell themselves to larger established operators. With cannabis stocks trading at or near historic lows, stronger players have been able to turn to debt for their capital needs while smaller players have struggled. Supporting equity capital markets in such a meaningful way will inevitably provide a significant boost to the entire sector, including small businesses that have struggled of late.

Will the CLIMB Act work to provide access to capital and open up US capital markets to cannabis companies that touch plants?

Crafting legislation to provide access to capital for growing cannabis businesses and to open U.S. capital markets to the growing cannabis industry is a challenge. There is no single law (other than the Controlled Substances Act itself) or ruling that simply prohibits institutional funding sources, service providers, and stock exchanges, as well as other participants to the Wall Street market, to finance, to provide services or to list American cannabis. companies that, if overthrown, would give Wall Street confidence that it could wholeheartedly support the cannabis industry. Indeed, many law firms and accounting firms have already begun supporting the cannabis industry, and a small but nascent (pun intended) community of financial institutions has invested in the industry. Bulge Bracket investment banks, large commercial banks, stock exchanges like the New York Stock Exchange and Nasdaq, and many other market players on Wall Street have chosen not to open the broader U.S. capital markets, especially the public stock exchanges, to the cannabis industry (other than companies with entirely legal activities, such as Canadian companies like Canopy Growth Corp. (Nasdaq CGC) and Tilray (Nasdaq TLRY)), because they fear to be held liable for a long list of potential violations for financing or trading in the securities of cannabis companies, including complicity in violations of the controlled substances law and money laundering.

The CLIMB Act has two operational provisions. The first prohibits the federal government from taking action against service providers to the cannabis industry, which includes financial services providers (including banks, underwriters and securities trading), insurers and others. consultants and service providers, to provide services to state legal cannabis companies. . The second provision is an amendment to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to create a safe harbor for national securities exchanges and Wall Street market participants, which states that it will not be illegal for exchanges or market participants to list or trade government securities. legal cannabis companies. These two provisions should reassure all capital market participants that it is safe to provide funding to state-legal cannabis companies and to safely underwrite, list and trade the companies’ securities. of US cannabis on US national stock exchanges. .

What will happen if CLIMB is successful?

If adopted, CLIMB should remove many of the barriers that prevent the development of more functional capital markets for the U.S. cannabis industry, and many industry players are likely to see renewed interest from investors. While CLIMB does not by itself turn an underperforming business into an investment opportunity, many sidelined players should start to feel comfortable playing the game. Several companies will be looking to break into the NYSE or the Nasdaq, which should then be possible if these companies also meet the quantitative and qualitative criteria for listing on the stock exchanges, because a listing in the United States should considerably strengthen their visibility and their universe of potential investors, as well as their trading price, and the most viable candidates will see investor interest even before moving to a US exchange.


The CLIMB Act is a welcome piece of legislation that, if passed, would provide a significant boost to the legal cannabis industry and encourage significant additional investment. We will follow it closely.

The views and opinions expressed in the article represent the views of the authors and not necessarily the official views of Clark Hill PLC. Nothing in this article constitutes professional legal advice or is intended to substitute for professional legal advice.

CHANNELLOCK® announces the winner of the Trade-Up Trade School 2021


Channellock, Inc. is proud to announce its fourth annual Trade-Up Trade School, Southern Hills Career and Technical Center competition winner.

MEADVILLE, Pa., June 28, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — CHANNELLOCK® is proud to announce its fourth annual winner of the Trade-Up Trade School competition, Southern Hills Career and Technical Center, for its commitment to supporting the skilled trades sector.

The CHANNELLOCK® Trade School Trade-Up Competition aims to help fill the nation’s skills gap by funding initiatives and tools that will positively impact future US traders. Each year, the competition recognizes a trade school program that demonstrates hard work, innovation and a passion to do the job well with a $5,000 cash prizes, a full assortment of CHANNELLOCK® tools and a classroom makeover. Plumbing, HVAC, Welding, Automotive and Electrical students are encouraged to participate.

“The CHANNELLOCK® Business School Exchange Competition not only helps fill the country’s growing skills gap, but also motivates students to give back to their community and take pride in their future profession,” says Ryan DeArmentVice President of Sales and Marketing for Channellock, Inc. “We are very pleased to announce that Southern Hills Career and Technical Center, a SkillsUSA affiliate school, is our 2021 winner.”

Kevin Kratzer, superintendent of the Southern Hills Career and Technical Center, says the school’s welding program teaches students skills they can apply in any career. Many of its welding students already have jobs lined up after graduation.

“The most important things we teach our students outside of welding are essential soft skills, like showing up on time, putting your cell phone away when it’s time to work, and thinking on your feet,” says Kratzer. . “Winning this competition was a fantastic opportunity to give our welding program some well-deserved recognition and resources.”

Learn more about the CHANNELLOCK® Trade School Trade-Up Contest and how to enter by visiting channellock.com/tradeup.

About Channellock, Inc.

Channellock, Inc. is a world leader in the manufacture of high quality pliers and assorted hand tools, including the iconic American-made CHANNELLOCK.® Tongue and groove pliers, which can be found at quality retailers around the world. Founded by George B. DeArment in 1886, the Meadville, Pennsylvaniais now in its fifth generation of family ownership and operation. Learn more about CHANNELLOCK® at www.channellock.comand follow us on instagram and Facebook to stay connected.

SOURCE Channellock, Inc.

Fast-Changing Consumer Goods Packaging Market Size, Scope and Forecast

New Jersey, United States – This Fast-moving consumer goods packaging market the research examines the status and future prospects of the Fast Moving Consumer Goods Packaging Market from the perspective of competitors, regions, products and end-use applications/industry. The global Fast Moving Consumer Goods Packaging market is segmented by product and application/end industry in this analysis, which also analyzes the various players in global and key regions.

The analysis of the Fast Moving Consumer Goods Packaging market is included in this report in its entirety. Extensive secondary research, primary interviews, and in-house expert reviews have been incorporated into the Fast Moving Consumer Goods Packaging report market estimations. These market estimations have been considered by researching the effects of different social, political, and economic aspects, as well as current market dynamics, on the growth of the Fast Moving Consumer Goods Packaging Market.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=16649

Key Players Mentioned in the Fast Moving Consumer Goods Packaging Market Research Report:

Amcor, Ball, Crown Holdings, Tetra Pak, Berry Plastics, Sonoco, UFLEX, Toyo Seikan Group, All American Containers, Huhtamak, Ardagh Group, Consol Glass, Bomarko, WestRock Company.

Porter’s Five Forces Analysis, which explains the five forces: the bargaining power of the customer, the bargaining power of the distributor, the threat of substitute products, and the degree of competition in the consumer goods packaging market. rapidly changing consumption, is included in the report along with the market overview, which includes market dynamics. It describes the various players that make up the market ecosystem, including system integrators, intermediaries, and end users. The competitive environment of the Fast Moving Consumer Goods Packaging market is another major topic of the report. For better decision-making, the research also provides in-depth details of the COVID-19 scenario and its influence on the market.

Fast-moving consumer goods packaging market segmentation:

Fast-evolving consumer goods packaging market, by product

• Flexible plastic
• Rigid plastic
• Paper and cardboard
• Other

Fast-evolving consumer goods packaging market, by application

• Food and drinks
• Cosmetics
• Pharmaceutical
• Others

Inquire for a discount on this Premium Report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=16649

Scope of the Fast-Changing Consumer Goods Packaging Market Report

UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the top five players in the Fast-Moving Consumer Goods Packaging Market?

2. How will the fast moving consumer goods packaging market develop over the next five years?

3. Which product and which application will capture the lion’s share of the fast moving consumer goods packaging market?

4. What are the drivers and restraints of Fast-Moving Consumer Goods Packaging Market?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Consumer Goods Fast Packaging market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/fast-moving-consumer-goods-packaging-market/

Visualize the rapidly changing consumer goods packaging market using verified market intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the rapidly changing consumer goods packaging market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and the gas. Etc.

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

Sam Hall Named Vice President of CGA’s Damage Prevention Institute : CEG

Sam Room

Common Ground Alliance (CGA)the national nonprofit trade association dedicated to protecting underground power lines, people who dig near them, and their communities, announced that Sam Hall will join the organization as Vice President of the Damage Prevention Institute (DPI ).

The newly created DPI will take the industry to the next level by using data and statistics to generate powerful insights and efficiencies that will reduce the rate of damage to buried infrastructure. In April, the CGA announced that the Gold Shovel Association would become a new branch of the CGA, the Damage Prevention Institute.

Hall brings more than two decades of industry experience and a strong regulatory background to his new role as Vice President, where he will lead the CIO’s development of stakeholder actions to improve the effectiveness of the prevention system. damage. In this role, Hall will also collaborate with industry leaders and key CGA committees to create a peer-reviewed credentialing process.

Prior to joining CGA, Hall served for more than 15 years as a senior program manager for the US Department of Transportation, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), actively engaging with damage prevention, from local to international.

Hall further brings years of experience in data management and analysis in the private sector, as well as local and federal governments, including developing and implementing metrics and evaluation mechanisms to grant programs, public outreach programs, emergency management systems, and damages from state excavations. prevention and enforcement programs.

“We are delighted to welcome Sam to the CGA team where he will bring his expertise and industry experience to the Damage Prevention Institute,” said Sarah Magruder Lyle, President and CEO of Common Ground Alliance.

“Sam’s experience at PHMSA, decades of data management and strong relationships with key stakeholders will give him the tools to successfully lead the DPI and the development of its key elements, such as the review process. by peers.”

“I look forward to working with the Common Ground Alliance in a new way and taking on this new role in supporting the development of the Institute for Damage Prevention,” Hall said. “This is a unique opportunity to lead the industry towards its next major reduction in damage to buried infrastructure and to make our country a safer place to live and work. I am delighted to expand the commitment stakeholders and strengthen data collection to create a clearer picture of the inefficiencies in the system and how we can address them.”

For more information about CGA and the DPI, visit www.CommonGroundAlliance.com and www.DamagePreventionInstitute.com.

Analysis: Food export bans from India to Argentina risk fueling inflation


MUMBAI/BUENOS AIRES/LONDON, June 27 (Reuters) – It took just 24 hours last month for Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government in India – the world’s second largest wheat producer – to shelve plans to “feed the world”.

In April, Modi said publicly that the world’s most populous democracy was ready to fill some of the void left by Ukraine in world grain markets by increasing its wheat exports, after five consecutive record harvests. India traditionally exports only a modest amount of wheat, saving most of its crop for domestic consumption.

On May 12, India’s Ministry of Commerce and Industry announced that it was preparing to send delegations to nine countries to export a record 10 million tonnes of wheat this fiscal year, a sharp increase from compared to the previous season.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


But a barrage of alarming data changed all that.

First there was a downward revision to India’s wheat crop in early May as a sudden heat wave sent yields plummeting. Then, data from May 12 showed that inflation in the country of 1.4 billion hit a nearly eight-year high due to rising food and fuel prices, driven by the war in Ukraine. Read more

Alarmed by rising inflation, which helped topple the previous Congress party government in 2014, Modi’s office on May 13 asked the Commerce Ministry to immediately put a “brake on” wheat exports, according to a government official, who asked not to be identified due to the sensitivity of the issue. Read more

“These (inflation data) prompted the government to issue a midnight order” imposing a ban on wheat exports, a second source said.

News of the ban by India, which is the only major wheat exporter at this time of year, sent Chicago wheat futures up 6% after markets reopened on Monday.

Neither Modi’s office nor the Commerce Ministry responded to a request for comment.

India is one of at least 19 countries that have introduced food export restrictions since war in Ukraine drove up prices, hampering international trade flows of several agricultural products and sparking violent protests in some developing countries. Read more

(For an interactive graphic, click here: https://tmsnrt.rs/3wZqRBV)

From Delhi to Kuala Lumpur, from Buenos Aires to Belgrade, governments have imposed restrictions, at a time when the economic damage caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, combined with factors such as extreme weather conditions and bottlenecks strangulation of the supply chain, had already pushed hunger across the world to unprecedented levels.

The United Nations World Food Program (WFP) said in April that the number of people facing acute food insecurity – when their inability to consume adequate food puts their lives or livelihoods at risk – had already more than doubled. since 2019 to reach 276 million in the 81 countries in which it operates, before the start of the conflict in Ukraine.

The war – which has disrupted exports from Russia and Ukraine, two agricultural powers – is expected to boost that number by at least 33 million, mostly in sub-Saharan Africa, according to its forecast.

Under World Trade Organization rules, members can impose export bans or restrictions on foodstuffs or other products if they are temporary and necessary to address “critical shortages”.

Indian Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal told Reuters last month that he had been in contact with the WTO and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to explain that India should prioritize its own food security. , stabilize domestic prices and protect against hoarding. Read more

But export restrictions risk aggravating the rise in global food prices: producing a domino effect as a deepening crisis prompts other countries to take similar measures, said Michele Ruta, economist Chief in the Macroeconomics, Trade and Investment Global Practice of the World Bank Group.

Many economists say the global food crisis is already worse than the last one which peaked in 2008, which was caused by factors such as droughts, global population growth, increased meat consumption in major developing economies and the increased use of crops to produce biofuels. .

Shortages at this time sparked protests around the world, particularly in Africa where food accounts for a relatively high proportion of household budgets.

Simon Evenett, professor of international trade and economic development at the University of St. Gallen, said assurances given in 2008 by international organizations to national governments that there was enough food to go around the world had somewhat cut the veils of those who were pushing for the brakes on export.

“This time it’s harder to do because we have a supply problem here in Ukraine and Russia,” Evenett said, adding that the size of summer harvests at major food producers would help determine how things are changing in the second half of 2022.

Ukraine and Russia together accounted for 28% of global wheat exports, 15% of corn and 75% of sunflower oil in the 2020/21 season, according to data from the US Department of Agriculture.

World food prices have stabilized at high levels over the past two months as harvests approach. However, there are already worrying signs with drought in the United States expected to reduce the size of the winter wheat crop while in France wheat crops have been battered by hail, high winds and torrential rains this month. Read more

Dry weather in Argentina – the world’s sixth-largest wheat exporter – has stalled crop planting and weighed on production forecasts for the 2022/23 season.

Moreover, the mood in international forums such as the G20 is now less collaborative after years of populism and heightened tensions between major geopolitical players, Evenett said.

“This current situation is in many ways much more troubling than in 2008 and look at what risks have arisen to political stability then,” he said. “We will have a very tense six to nine months ahead of us.”


Some countries had already announced restrictions on their exports last year, given the global food shortage. But the dominoes really began to fall after Russia invaded Ukraine on February 24, as world grain and vegetable oil prices soared.

In March, Argentina raised taxes on its soybean oil and meal exports and imposed a lower cap than last year on new wheat exports.

India’s ban on wheat exports came after Indonesia, the world’s top palm oil producer, had already restricted exports of palm oil – an essential ingredient in cooking and baking – from April 28, citing the need to guarantee the country “abundant and affordable supplies”.

India is the world’s largest importer of palm oil and Indonesia is one of its main suppliers. Indonesia lifted its ban on May 20.

Malaysia on May 23 banned the export of chickens from the start of this month after a global feed shortage exacerbated by conflict in Ukraine disrupted poultry production and led to a sharp rise in prices for one of the cheapest sources of protein in the country.

The wave of export restrictions is already affecting nearly a fifth of calories traded globally, nearly double the impact of the last global food crisis in 2008, according to the International Food Policy Research Institute. (IFPRI), a Washington-based think tank that aims to reduce poverty in developing countries.

“These types of measures tend to cause buyers to panic or hoard behavior…which accelerates price spikes,” said IFPRI researcher David Laborde Debucquet.

The European Union – which includes several of the world’s largest food importers by value – is urging its trading partners not to adopt protectionist policies.

“The European Union is maintaining its food exports, and everyone should be doing the same,” European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen said in a speech this month.


Even before the war in Ukraine, the Argentine government, struggling with domestic inflation now above 60%, took steps late last year to stem rising local food prices. It imposed caps on corn and wheat exports, adding to an earlier ban on beef shipments.

After Russia invaded, it took additional action, increasing taxes on shipments of processed soybean oil and meal.

Argentina is the world’s largest exporter of soybean oil and meal, the world’s second largest supplier of corn and a key exporter of wheat.

A source at Argentina’s agriculture ministry, who asked not to be identified as he was not authorized to speak to the media, said the government’s priority was to protect food needed for domestic consumption.

Export limits established at the end of 2021 helped protect millers and domestic consumers from soaring international prices following the conflict in Ukraine, the source said.

But Gustavo Idigoras, head of Argentina’s CIARA-CEC chamber of grain processors and exporters, said that despite export caps and additional taxes, the government had struggled to stem food price inflation in Argentina, which was already high before the Ukrainian conflict.

In the metropolitan area of ​​Buenos Aires, the price of bread has risen 69% in one year, meat by 64% and vegetables by 66%, forcing people to change their diet and seek cheaper offers.

Edith Elizabeth Plou, 39, a shopkeeper in Buenos Aires, had traveled miles from her home to the large central market in the Argentine capital to get cheaper prices for her groceries, which rose sharply last year .

“I work eight hours and the truth is that I often think about finding a second job to cover my expenses,” Plou said.

Join now for FREE unlimited access to Reuters.com


Additional reporting by Sarah McFarlane in London; Editing by Daniel Flynn

Our standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

Middle Notes: Ivey, Agbaji, Rubio, Terry


Jaden Iveyde’s family has a long-standing connection to Detroit, and the Pistons show their appreciation for their new point guard, writes Rod Beard of The Detroit News. The organization presented Ivey with replica jerseys worn by his mother, father and grandfather – made more than three weeks ago ‘just in case’ the Pistons could have selected him – and just like the night of the draft, Ivey was overcome with tears.

“You could kinda see my emotions” he said. “Just my family, what they’ve been through all their life and what they’ve worked for, they’ve helped me get to this point, just to see all the shirts, it just got me emotional.”

Ivey will be part of the team’s project rebuilding foundation, forming a dynamic backcourt with Cade Cunningham, last year’s top pick. The city is already embracing Ivey as he carries on the family’s sporting legacy in Detroit.

“I will say this,” coach Dwane Casey said, “Jaden’s story and story is incredible. It’s like a fairy tale. Even from me, and I’ve been in (the league) a long time. To understand that his grandfather played here, his father went to high school here, his mother played in the WNBA here, successful college coach right now, it’s amazing. And as (general manager) Troy (weaver) said, the good Lord wanted him here.

There is more from the central division:

  • The riders were looking for immediate help in the project, that’s why they took Ochai Agbaji instead of a perspective such as Malaki Branham, according to Jason Lloyd of The Athletic. Cleveland expects to make the playoffs next season, and with other goals such as Ousmane Dieng already off the table, Agbaji was an easy pick at No.14.
  • There were opportunities for riders to negotiate in the latter part of the first round, but they were unwilling to agree to another guaranteed contract, a member of the organization told Lloyd. Cleveland hopes to bring back Ricky Rubio, which would give the team 14 guaranteed deals. Rubio is still recovering from ACL surgery and likely won’t be able to play until January, Lloyd adds.
  • The Bulls had opportunities to trade up and down Thursday night, but were thrilled to have custody of Arizona Dalen Terry with the 18th pick, according to Julia Poe of the Chicago Tribune. “He’s going to bring versatility to both ends of the pitch,” general director Marc Everley said. “Last year, at the beginning of the year, we had a lot of success when we created turnovers defensively and went out and ran. I think he’s someone who’s going to be able to do that for we.

Direct-to-Consumer Disease Risk and Genetic Health Testing Market Outlook 2022 and Growth by Top Key Players – 23andMe, MyHeritage, LabCorp, Myriad Genetics

Direct-to-consumer health and disease risk genetic testing market A study by “Verified Market Reports” provides details on market dynamics affecting the Disease Risk and Direct-to-Consumer Health Genetic Testing market, market scope, market segmentation, and overlays on major players in the market. market, highlighting the favorable competitive landscape and prevailing trends over the years.

This Direct-to-consumer Health Genetic Testing and Disease Risk Market report provides details about recent new developments, trade regulations, import-export analysis, production analysis, optimization of value chain, market share, impact of domestic and localized market players, analyzes opportunities in terms of emerging revenue pockets, changes in market regulations, strategic market growth analysis , market size, category market growth, application and domain niches, product approvals, product launches, geographic expansions, technological innovations in the market. For more insights on the Direct-to-consumer Health and Disease Risk Genetic Testing Market from Data Bridge Market Research, please contact us for an Analysts Briefing,

Get a sample copy (including full TOC, charts and tables) of this report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/download-sample/?rid=84288

The analysis and estimates made through an outstanding report on disease risk and direct-to-consumer health genetic testing help gain insight into product launches, future products, joint ventures, strategy marketing, developments, mergers and acquisitions and their effects on sales, marketing. , promotions, revenue values, import, export and CAGR. With the latest and up-to-date market information mentioned in the report, companies can think about how to improve their marketing, promotion and sales strategies. Business reporting helps determine and optimize each stage of the business process lifecycle, which includes engagement, acquisition, retention, and monetization. The Disease Risk and Direct-to-Consumer Health Genetic Testing Market Research Report

Leading players in the Direct-to-Consumer Disease Risk and Health Genetic Testing Market are:

  • 23andme
  • my legacy
  • LabCorp
  • A myriad of genetics
  • Ancestry.com
  • Quest Diagnosis
  • Gene by gene
  • DNA diagnostic center
  • Guests
  • IntelliGenetics
  • Amber genetics
  • living DNA
  • EasyDNA
  • Pathway genomics
  • Centrillion Technology
  • X-Code
  • Color genomics
  • Anglia DNA Services
  • African descent
  • Canadian DNA Services
  • DNA Family Verification
  • Alpha Biolaboratories
  • test me DNA
  • 23 Mofang
  • Genetic health
  • DNA Services of America
  • Shuwen Health Sciences
  • Cartemygenome
  • Complete genomes

Global Direct-to-consumer Disease Risk and Health Genetic Testing Market Segmentation:

Disease Risk and Direct-to-Consumer Health Genetic Testing Market Segment By Type:

  • Celiac disease
  • Parkinson disease
  • Alzheimer’s disease
  • Other

Direct-to-Consumer Health Genetic Testing and Disease Risk Market Segment By Application:

Regional Market Analysis Disease risk and direct to consumer health genetic testing can be represented as follows:

This part of the report assesses key regional and country-level markets on the basis of market size by type and application, key players, and market forecast.

Based on geography, the global direct-to-consumer health and disease risk genetic testing market has been segmented as follows:

    • North America includes the United States, Canada and Mexico
    • Europe includes Germany, France, UK, Italy, Spain
    • South America includes Colombia, Argentina, Nigeria and Chile
    • Asia Pacific includes Japan, China, Korea, India, Saudi Arabia and Southeast Asia

Get an exclusive discount on this Premium report @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=84288

Scope of the Direct-to-Consumer Disease and Health Risk Genetic Testing Market Report

UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Visualize the Anesthesia Delivery Systems Market using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and results with an integrated presentation function that saves you more than 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and product development. products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the Anesthesia Delivery Systems Market using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

Most Popular Reports

Global Food Mannanase Market Size and Forecast

Global Food Pectinase Market Size and Forecast

Global Food Cellulase Market Size and Forecast

Global Aquatic Food Enzymes Market Size and Forecast

Global massage chair market size and forecast

Global Disease and Health Risk DNA Testing Market Size and Forecast

Global direct-to-consumer disease risk and health genetic testing market size and forecast

Global Direct-to-Consumer Health and Disease Risk DNA Testing Market Size and Forecast

Global Evaporative Cooling Pads Market Size and Forecast

Global Agricultural Evaporative Cooling Pads Market Size and Forecast

About Us: Verified Market Reports

Verified Market Reports is a leading global research and advisory company serving over 5000 global clients. We provide advanced analytical research solutions while delivering information-enriched research studies.

We also provide insight into the strategic and growth analytics and data needed to achieve business goals and critical revenue decisions.

Our 250 analysts and SMEs offer a high level of expertise in data collection and governance using industry techniques to collect and analyze data on over 25,000 high impact and niche markets. Our analysts are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Our research spans a multitude of industries, including energy, technology, manufacturing and construction, chemicals and materials, food and beverage, and more. Having served many Fortune 2000 organizations, we bring a wealth of reliable experience that covers all kinds of research needs.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US toll free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website: – https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/

To get more insights on the market analysis, browse the research report summary @ https://www.verifiedmarketreports.com/product/global-direct-to-consumer-disease-risk-and-health-genetic-test-market-growth-2019-2024/

In 1985, protests and vandalism against Portland abortion clinics were on the rise

This story first appeared in the September 19, 1985 edition of WW.

At 10:16 p.m. on the night of Saturday August 17, a person living near the Lovejoy Surgicenter heard a loud noise and rushed to the window of his house. The neighbor saw flames jumping over the east wall of the clinic and called the fire department. Before the firefighters arrived, another neighbor had extinguished the fire with a small extinguisher. The firefighters mopped up, but they quickly understood the cause of the fire: arson. Someone had tried to burn down Lovejoy, a day surgery clinic and Oregon’s largest abortion provider.

The fire did little physical damage; in a report to the fire department, the clinic cited damage to part of its wall and a shrub, and valued the loss at just $350. And since the incident happened after hours, day hospital operations were not interrupted. “It was a weak attempt,” says Allene Klass, president of Lovejoy.

But the arson introduced a new and troubling element to Portland’s already simmering abortion dispute. “It really woke people up,” insists Klass, who initially covered up the incident but provided details last week to Willamette Week.

The attempted arson – firefighters were still looking for those responsible but would not comment on their progress at press time – is the latest in a string of physical attacks on abortion-related facilities in the metro area. dating back to mid-July.

Since then, the Portland Feminist Women’s Health Center on Southeast Foster Road has seen its phone lines cut (blocking most incoming calls for five hours), its electricity impaired (causing a power outage for 30 minutes), and its windows shattered. Meanwhile, the Planned Parenthood Association, Inc., whose Southeast 50th Avenue office does not perform abortions, had its front doors smashed. All incidents occurred during the closure of these facilities. “The reality is that we are under siege,” says Joan Binninger, director of education at Planned Parenthood. “We may as well deal with it.”

Portland, however, is not the only city that has seen a recent increase in attacks on clinics, day surgery centers and hospitals that perform abortions. During the first five months of 1985, the Washington. The DC-based National Abortion Federation, a pro-choice health care professional group, reported seven cases of bombings, arson attacks and attempted arson attacks on abortion centers in California, in Illinois, Ohio, Texas, Louisiana and the District of Columbia. In 1894, the group recorded a total of 24 attacks or attempted attacks on clinics, a number equal to those recorded in the previous seven years. The rise in violence, which observers attribute to the growing frustration of the pro-life movement over its failure to convince courts and elected officials to roll back abortion rights, has pushed back the fight against abortion in the media. Among a number of recent stories was a cover story in the Sunday New York Times Review about a forest grove. Ore., doctor who performs abortions.

In Portland, recent incidents of vandalism, which have been investigated by police but remain unsolved, have occurred against a backdrop of growing pro-life activism. “Clients are increasingly physically restrained from entering our facility or verbally abused upon entering,” said one of the feminist clinic’s security guards, who did not wish to be named. “The protesters are trying to create an atmosphere of fear and intimidation.”

In Lovejoy, protesters look set to succeed – and they’re threatening to turn Portland’s upscale northwest neighborhood into a battleground. In what police say has become an almost routine Saturday event, Lovejoy Surgicenter supporters and pro-life protesters exchange insults outside the center. Last Saturday, for example, a core group of frequent protesters started the demonstration at dawn, shouting slogans across the street and reading the Bible. Under a Surgicenter window that abuts a sidewalk, a pro-life group sang hymns.

Although protesters say they themselves are victims of harassment, a police officer describes “some of the tactics used” by protesters at weekly rallies as “questionable”. “nine or 10” of its tenants call the police each week to complain about the noise, and although the police are careful to respect free speech rights, arrests are sometimes made. At 9:30 a.m. last Saturday, for example, two patrol cars had arrived and a Klass, who has been active in the pro-choice movement for more than a decade, “the harassment is escalating like I never thought it would. he would.”

In addition to street clashes at Lovejoy and the feminist clinic, some abortion opponents, loosely organized around a group called Advocates for Life, plan to support “street council” efforts against abortion by opening a counseling center one block from Lovejoy Surgicenter. Name of planned center: Lovejoy Problem Pregnancy Center. Andrew Burnett, founder of Advocates for Life and a member of the planned centre’s steering committee, insists the office’s aim will not be ‘specifically to disrupt Lovejoy [Surgicenler].” He says the decision to seek a location near the medical facility – and use a similar name – was “a logical decision”.

Fueling protest

Pro-choice advocates link the recent spate of harassment and vandalism to a July 13 visit to Portland by Chicago-based abortion opponent Joseph Scheidler. Scheidler recently published a book detailing many ways to shut down day surgery centers or clinics that perform abortions, and he travels the country advising local pro-life groups, such as Advocates for Life, on tactics and strategy. Scheidler particularly favors the megaphone, which he calls “a useful pro-life tool.”

Pro-choice activists also believe the national prominence of staunchly pro-choice Bob Packwood – the US senator from Oregon is the target of a nationwide bid by pro-life groups to unseat him – has fueled recent protests. And while they are reluctant to blame pro-life protesters for the recent vandalism, they argue that the increasingly disruptive tactics used by protesters – last month, for example, a man was arrested outside Lovejoy for using a megaphone during a protest – encouraged the vandals.

Portland pro-life activists disavow the violence – and insist they are not taking part in the recent vandalism – but some are showing sympathy for the vandals. Burnett, who says the 8-month-old Advocates for Life has 600 supporters on his mailing list, opposes “destruction of property” and believes vandalism does him more harm than good. But he admits: “I’m not all upset when [an abortion clinic] is set on fire. »

Another prominent anti-abortion group, Oregon Right-to-Life, recently split from the national organization Right-to-Life, which officially “condemns” violence against abortion providers. After six months of internal debate, the board of directors of the state group voted at the end of July simply to “oppose” the acts of violence, but not to condemn those who commit them. According to Vicky Maurseth, president of the outdated body, “This is one of the toughest issues our board has ever faced.”

Although generally contained between them, confrontations between pro-choice and pro-life supporters are beginning to attract non-combatants. People living near the Lovejoy Surgicenter complain of being woken up at dawn on Saturday mornings, and staff at the facility say the din of protesters can get so loud it’s nearly impossible to just take blood pressure of a patient.

City Councilman Mike Lindberg is concerned enough about these side effects that on September 9, a member of his staff asked the city attorney’s office to draft a draft ordinance that would form a quiet zone around medical facilities. of the city, including those who perform abortions. “If we write a prescription, it should be as closely tailored as possible,” notes Steve Lowenstein, Lindberg’s executive assistant. According to the National Abortion Federation, Dallas recently passed a similar ordinance, and San Diego has one under consideration.

Local attorneys agree such a measure would likely be constitutional, but see it running into problems if its language is too broad. “It can be done,” observes Ken Armstrong, a Portland attorney who specializes in civil rights issues,” but it must be written carefully to eliminate objections to free speech.

Even if an ordinance passes the constitutional test, it can do little to limit noise around abortion facilities — or harassment. A feminist clinic official hopes that if an ordinance passes, it will create a buffer zone around the facility, say 50 feet from the entrance, which would allow clients to avoid a face-to-face encounter with opponents. But Burnett, while conceding an order could be drafted within free speech guidelines, says Advocates for Life supporters would oppose it nonetheless. Said Burnett, “We would be breaking the order anyway.”

Deputy Minister to Lead Trade and Investment Mission to Mexico and Peru


Ministry of International Trade and Industry (MITI) Deputy Minister Senator Datuk Lim Ban Hong attends the Dewan Negara session in Parliament, March 31, 2022. – Bernama file pic

Saturday, June 25, 2022 5:40 PM MYT

KUALA LUMPUR, June 25 – Deputy Minister of International Trade and Industry, Datuk Lim Ban Hong, will lead a trade and investment mission to Mexico and Peru from tomorrow until July 5, 2022.

The mission is part of the ongoing efforts of the Ministry of International Trade and Industry (MITI) to expand trade and investment opportunities in the Latin American market.

“The trade and investment mission will focus on broad linkage opportunities as well as exploring new markets for our exports under the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP) trade pact,” according to a statement from MITI today.

He said Ban Hong was to have bilateral meetings with his counterparts from Mexico and Peru to discuss ways to further increase bilateral trade and investment cooperation between Malaysia and the countries.

The focus would be on Malaysia’s capabilities and capabilities in strategic sectors including electrical and electronics (E&E), electric vehicle segment, digital economy and automotive industry.

Mexico is Malaysia’s second largest trading partner in Latin America, which has seen its bilateral trade double over the past decade.

In 2021, Malaysia recorded a substantial increase in total trade with Mexico to reach RM13.89 billion (US$3.35 billion) compared to 2020, thanks to an increase in exports of E&E products and products made of metal.

Total exports in 2021 increased by 37.9% to RM11.59 billion ($2.79 billion), while total imports increased by 35.9% to RM2.3 billion ( $0.56 billion) over the previous year.

In 2021, Peru was Malaysia’s top six trading partners in Latin America.

Despite the decline in global trade caused by the pandemic, Malaysia recorded a commendable 13.5% increase in total trade with Peru compared to 2020, reaching RM1.22 billion ($0.29 billion). . This was largely attributable to increased exports of rubber products, petroleum products and processed foods.

Malaysia’s exports to Peru increased by 21.8% to RM790 million (US$190 million), while imports from Peru held steady at RM430 million (US$100 million). US) compared to 2020. — Bernama

Starting a Career in the Skilled Trades Right Out of High School


High school is over for seven students from Chatham-Kent High School, but they won’t wait until September to continue their studies.

Content of the article

High school is over for seven students from Chatham-Kent High School, but they won’t wait until September to continue their studies.

Advertisement 2

Content of the article

They are immediately launching their careers in the skilled trades after signing agreements for apprenticeship positions with local businesses shortly after the last school bell rang on Thursday afternoon.

Ethan Purdy, 19, started his apprenticeship Friday at The Shop in Chatham after doing co-op at the garage last semester.

“I always knew I wanted to do an apprenticeship when I wanted to get into mechanics,” Purdy said.

Having learned the basics in school, he said working in a real car garage was completely different.

“You come across a lot of different things, mostly what you don’t expect,” Purdy said.

Shop owner Travis Peters said Purdy is already the second co-op student he has had since opening about nine months ago.

Peters said Purdy had done well during his internship, so he decided to offer him an apprenticeship.

Purdy said Peters has already taught him a lot.

“It’s awesome.”

Seventeen-year-old Drake Duplessis has spent this semester doing a co-op placement at Dale Electric after working there last summer.

He is already well advanced in his apprenticeship in electricity.

“I’ve racked up nearly 500 hours and learned a lot,” Duplessis said, noting that included how to be safe on the job.

“I found out pretty quickly everything you do, you have to take your time. You can’t rush things,” he said. “There are consequences if you don’t do something. good, especially with electricity.”

Duplessis likes to learn on the job and is not afraid of not having a so-called traditional college or university experience, such as living in residence.

Advertisement 3

Content of the article

“It looks like a waste of money,” he said.

Instead of racking up student loan debt, Duplessis said he could actually “start making money right from the start.”

Seventeen-year-old Nathan Johnson, who is learning at Honey Electric following a co-op placement over the past semester, knows what he wants in terms of life goals and sees the learning journey as a to get them sooner.

“It’s a way to start life early, to get ahead of everyone else,” he said, “whereas if you’re on programs, you might get into a bit of debt and have to play the catch-up game. later in life.”

Johnson is following in his father’s footsteps. He thanks his father for getting him interested in the field by bringing home motors and other devices from his job at Accurcast in Wallaceburg to teach him how they are wired.

“For me, it’s always been a passion for me that I’ve always wanted to turn into a career,” he said.

Johnson also enjoys learning on the job.

“Every day is something new. That’s the beauty of being with Honey Electric – they have such a large customer base,” Johnson said. “One day you might do a simple lighting job; the next day you are working with engines and industrial equipment. »

Dale MacDonald, owner of Honey Electric, said the company had accessed Chatham-Kent High School’s co-op program several times over the years.

He noted that there is growing interest in becoming an electrician, saying the company receives a mix of applicants from post-secondary programs and straight from high school.

Advertisement 4

Content of the article

“What I see sometimes is that people have gone to college and maybe even got two degrees, but they can’t find jobs,” MacDonald said.

He added that these candidates realize that having a skilled trade offers some job security.

“A good electrician will never be out of work,” MacDonald said.

He said Honey Electric also had the means to sponsor their apprenticeships through a trade school.

“It’s an investment in our future employees, so we don’t mind that,” MacDonald said.

John Veenema, body shop manager at Heuvelmans Chevrolet Buick GMC Cadillac, said he put about 10 high school students into the business.

“I’ve been a big proponent of the (co-op program) for years,” he said.

He always used the co-op program because “fixing cars or a lot of things you do with your hands is hands-on learning.”

“It is very important to use the cooperative program. I would love to see more done,” Veenema said.

Chatham-Kent High School teacher Brian Leidl agrees, noting that the high school has many recurring businesses, but also seeks to work with new businesses on co-op programs.

“If they need a skilled tradesperson, what better way to get them out of high school and train them however you want,” he said.

Advertisement 1


Postmedia is committed to maintaining a lively yet civil discussion forum and encourages all readers to share their views on our articles. Comments can take up to an hour to be moderated before appearing on the site. We ask that you keep your comments relevant and respectful. We have enabled email notifications. You will now receive an email if you receive a reply to your comment, if there is an update to a comment thread you follow, or if a user follows you comments. See our Community Guidelines for more information and details on how to adjust your email settings.

Jakubowitz Law Reminds CareDx Shareholders of July 22, 2022 Deadline for Lead Plaintiff

NEW YORK, June 24, 2022 /PRNewswire/ — Jakubowitz Law announces that a securities fraud class action lawsuit has been filed on behalf of shareholders of CareDx, Inc. (NASDAQ: CDNA).

To receive updates on the trial, complete the form:

This lawsuit is on behalf of all persons or entities who have purchased common stock of CareDx between February 24, 2021and May 5, 2022.

Shareholders interested in acting as lead plaintiff representing the group of aggrieved shareholders have up to July 22, 2022 seize the tribunal. Your ability to participate in any collection does not require you to serve as the lead plaintiff.

According to a filed complaint, CareDx, Inc. made materially false and/or misleading statements and/or failed to disclose that: (1) the defendants engaged in a variety of improper and illegal schemes to inflate revenue and demand for testing services, including pushing a surveillance protocol through inaccurate marketing materials, offering outlandish inducements or bribes to doctors and other providers, and inappropriately bundling expensive testing services with d other blood tests as part of the company’s RemoTraC service for remote and home blood sampling; (2) these practices, and others, have subjected CareDx to undisclosed risk of regulatory scrutiny; (3) these practices artificially inflated the Company’s reported testing services revenues throughout the Class Period; and (4) therefore, defendants’ positive statements about the Company’s business, operations and prospects were materially false and misleading and/or lacked reasonable basis at all relevant times.

The Jakubowitz Act is vigorous in its pursuit of justice for shareholders who have been victims of securities fraud. Lawyer advertisement. Prior results do not guarantee similar results.

1140 Avenue of the Americas
9th floor
New York, New York 10036
Such. : (212) 867-4490
Fax : (212) 537-5887

SOURCE Jakubowitz’s Law

Alaska Diary | Yard side with Cook Inlet salmon dinghies, reopening of disputed area

The management of Cook Inlet is again in question after a district court judge overthrows the rule that would have closed federal waters of the inlet in the commercial salmon fishery.

The summary judgement, released Tuesday, sides with plaintiffs from the United Cook Inlet Drift Association, a trade association representing the approximately 500 driftnet license holders in Cook Inlet. UCIDA sued the National Marine Fisheries Service last year after the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, the body that manages fishing in federal waters, decided to approve a rule that would close the federal waters of Cook Inlet to any commercial salmon fishery.

Judge Joshua Kindred agreed to UCIDA’s request to overturn the rule closing the waters, saying the rule the Fisheries Department had established was arbitrary, capricious and based on politics. This is partly because in Cook Inlet, unlike other locations, the closure only applied to commercial salmon fishing, not recreational fishing.

“While the state is certainly a stakeholder and should have a say in rule making, and federal agencies and state governments need to work together to effect management of salmon stocks, it seems here that the state had a paramount interest in the chosen alternative,” the judgment states. “Furthermore, the record clearly establishes that (the chosen rule) was intended as a thinly veiled attempt to secure an absence of federal management, which conflicts with the position of the Ninth Circuit in (the earlier case of UCIDA.)”

This is not the first time that UCIDA has gone to court over this issue. It all started more than a decade ago, when the North Pacific Fisheries Management Council passed an amendment to its management plan that delegated management of the Cook Inlet salmon fishery entirely to the state. UCIDA, which disagreed with some aspects of state management, sued and said the decision was illegal; in 2016, a panel of federal judges agreed.

[Earlier coverage: Commercial fishermen outraged by state proposal to close much of Cook Inlet]

The rule came back before the board in 2017, which took nearly three years to come up with a new analysis and set of potential management options. Fishermen and state and federal government officials worked together in a committee to come up with options. However, during the council discussion, Alaska state officials publicly stated for the first time that they would not accept any form of delegated management. The council instead opted in December 2020 to close the fishing area entirely.

Federal waters are economically important for fishing. Depending on the year, about half the value of the drift fleet’s salmon catch would come from federal waters, which would have been prohibited under the rule.

Erik Huebsch, vice president of UCIDA, said he was not surprised by the decision but was pleased with its thoroughness.

“It was a very thorough decision, and I thought it was important and I was really happy to see it,” he said.

However, what this means for fisheries management is not entirely clear. Huebsch says he doesn’t think it takes them back to square one – after all, affected groups and government officials have been working on management options for nearly three years – but it now has to come back to the council.

Representatives of the Alaska Department of Fish and Game could not be reached for comment on the matter. On Wednesday, Fish and Game announced Thursday the opening of the Upper Cook Inlet drift fishery — including in federal waters — known as the Exclusive Economic Zone, or EEZ.

“Please check with the appropriate federal agency regarding the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) ruling,” the announcement read.

A National Marine Fisheries Service representative said the agency would not comment.

Huebsch said UCIDA doesn’t want to see entirely federal management of the fishery, but the organization has long argued that the state manage the fishery politically, in favor of sport fishing. He said this new decision helps to confirm that UCIDA is right when it comes to fisheries management.

“The court has once again ruled that UCIDA’s position on salmon management here in Cook Inlet is legitimate and what the NPFMC and the State of Alaska have done is illegal,” he said. -he declares. “The court has once again ruled in our favor, and this decision is even stronger than the previous one.”

Although the summary judgment overturns the rule closing the federal waters of Cook Inlet, the judge dismissed part of UCIDA’s claims related to the State Environmental Protection Act. UCIDA argued the rule violated NEPA because the federal government failed to file an environmental impact statement, but the judge said the group failed to establish why it was necessary.

The case was effectively two rolled into one: A second group of fishermen filed their own lawsuit against the Fisheries Department last year on the same subject, but making a different legal argument. The second case argued that the rule was illegal because of the status of members of the North Pacific Fisheries Management Council under the constitution. The judge dismissed the second case, saying the plaintiffs lacked standing to present the argument.

The Upper Cook Inlet salmon season is just beginning and sockeye salmon are starting to arrive in the Kasilof River. As of Thursday, between the northern district net makers and the drifting fleet, only 14,943 salmon had been caught, including 13,418 sockeye. Fish and Game has yet to begin counting sockeye salmon on the Kenai River, but the count on the Kasilof River is rising, with 36,291 sockeye passing sonar on Wednesday, according to Fish and Game.

Contact Elizabeth Earl at [email protected].

TRA publishes findings on UK steel safeguard tariffs


Today, the Trade Remedies Authority (TRA) released findings on steel safeguard measures:

  • A report of findings on the requested review of its 2021 transition review; and
  • Provisional conclusions on a review of tariff rate quotas (TRQs) concerning exceptions for developing countries, which is open for consultation until Wednesday 29 June.

Report of findings

The TRA publishes its report of findings which has been submitted to the Secretary of State for International Trade, setting out its analysis under the direction of the government. The TRA was asked to reconsider its initial review of the transition to the UK Steel Safeguard and the review was ‘called’ by the Secretary of State on 22 March 2022. The report of findings published allows third parties to understand the evidence considered by the secretary. of State, which shed light on the government’s proposals.

Draft Findings on Developing Country Exceptions

The TRA is also publishing its provisional findings in a separate review of steel tariff rate quotas to establish which developing countries should be exempted from these safeguards. Imports from certain developing countries may exceed 3% of total UK imports, which is the threshold for countries to be subject to the measure. Companies that import steel products from Vietnam, India, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, China and Ukraine could be affected.

The TRA’s findings are published in its statement of intended final decision, which you can view on the public record. Companies and others who believe they might be affected by a change in quotas for steel products from developing countries can consult the findings of the TRA public filing. You can also view the list of affected product codes and the list of UK developing countries. Businesses can express interest and comment until Wednesday, June 29. The TRA’s final recommendation will be submitted to the Secretary of State for International Trade for final decision.

Other reviews regarding the steel safeguard measure

The TRA also undertook two other TRQ reviews. Current UK sanctions on imports from Russia and Belarus have prompted the TRA to review existing imports covered by the UK’s steel safeguard trade remedy. Two categories of steel products are concerned. Category 1 (non-alloy hot-rolled plate and strip and other alloys) is used in yellow products, construction, tube making and downstream steel production. Grade 13 (rebar) is used in construction, automotive, engineering, and white goods manufacturing. Russia and Belarus together accounted for around 22% of the UK’s rebar supply.

The TRA is also carrying out a TRQ review regarding updates to HMRC data on a small subset of steel product categories. The TRA review findings report aligns with findings to date.

Background information

  • The Trade Remedies Authority is the UK body that reviews whether trade remedies are needed for imports. Trade remedy investigations were carried out by the European Commission on behalf of the UK until the UK left the EU.
  • Safeguard measures are one of three types of trade remedy measures – along with anti-dumping measures which counter the “dumping” of goods into countries at prices below their normal price in their country of origin and countervailing measures against countervailable subsidies – which are permitted under the Rules of the Trade Organization (WTO).
  • Forty-four EU trade remedy measures of interest to UK producers were transposed into UK law when the UK left the EU and the TRA is due to review each of them to see if they are suitable for the UK’s needs -United.
  • As part of this process, the TRA considered a safeguard measure on certain steel products and issued its recommendation in June 2021. The TRA recommended that the measures be extended to certain steel products but removed for others, when they were not necessary. The TRA was then asked to reconsider this decision. The review was “called” by the Secretary of State for International Trade. The TRA is completing the review under his guidance and we expect the outcome to be announced soon.
  • Tariff Rate Quotas (TRQs) are part of the World Trade Organization (WTO) framework. They specify how much of a product can be imported from a country before its imports are subject to higher tariffs. The UK’s trade remedy system follows WTO rules and is designed to ensure that UK industries are not harmed by unfair trading practices or unexpected increases in imports.
  • The UK has the power to review its tariff rate quotas on imports covered by safeguard measures to ensure that its safeguard measures remain up to date and effective. This is not part of the reconsideration process.
  • The TRA carried out this TRQ review because imports from some developing countries could exceed 3% of total UK imports. Imports from developing countries qualify for exceptions to these TRQs if the imported goods represent less than 3% of total imports of that product and if collectively these low-volume exporters do not represent more than 9% of imports. of this product.
  • WTO members are responsible for managing their own developing country exceptions to TRQs and should review these exceptions regularly to see if countries should be added or removed from the exception.

Neil Magny explains the origins of the nickname “The Haitian Sensation”


Las Vegas — Neil Magny has revealed the origin of his nickname.

Magny is the latest of a dying breed in MMA. He will fight anyone, anywhere, anytime, and it doesn’t matter if you are ranked behind him or not at all. He faces rising prospect Shavkat Rakhmonov at UFC Vegas 57, and he never thought about not fighting.

“I’m here to fight the best guys in the world. I mean, especially with the changing mixed martial arts landscape and the changing combat sports landscape. We don’t just see the best against the best, but we’ve also seen the most marketable against the most marketable,” Magny told Cageside Press during his UFC Vegas 57 media day. “For me, fighting Shavkat is fight one of the top up and coming players, so I’m ready to go out there and test myself against them and show why I deserve to fight a top five opponent and possibly fight for the title.

Magny’s combat nickname is unique. There is only one “The Haitian Sensation,” and he explained his origin on Wednesday.

“Yes, so I decided to go [with] “Haitian Sensation’s nickname.” It was something that had been thrown around for a while. But I decided to use that nickname, especially after going on a mission trip to Haiti,” Magny said. “One of the things I noticed when I was there was that all the missionaries I worked with in Haiti all revolved around young, innocent children. It’s like, ‘oh, yeah, a three-year-old orphan like, sure, I’m going to love giving the world to this kid and supporting him and doing whatever I can for him.’ But as these kids get older, and they start to come out of orphanages, and they start to become young adults, like 16, 17, 18, there’s not a lot of people who are ready to come out and support them. , whether it’s like going through trade school, college, wherever.

“And so for some of these kids, they like, they don’t have a vision for themselves. They don’t have a goal for themselves… It’s like, okay, great, I had someone to take care of me from birth until now, but where does my life go from here? And with the Haitian Sensation moniker, it’s more to inspire these kids to dream big and to do what you want to do. So if you want to be an engineer, a doctor, an athlete, whatever it is, go for it. Pursue whatever you can do. So you can see me, another Haitian athlete, doing its best. There is no doubt in my mind that you go out and do the same for yourself. That’s why I chose this name.

Watch the rest of Neil Magny’s interview from the UFC Vegas 57 media day above. The event takes place this Saturday, June 25 at the Apex in Las Vegas, Nevada.

Consumer Goods Forum launches new Carbon Solutions Center to help industry understand the path to Net Zero

Published 2 hours ago

Proposed by The Consumer Goods Forum

Consumer Goods Forum launches new Carbon Solutions Center to help industry understand the path to Net Zero

PARIS and DUBLIN, June 22, 2022 /CSRwire/ — The Consumer Goods Forum (CGF) today launches its Carbon Solutions Division (the Hub), a new knowledge repository built in collaboration with Accenture. The hub is designed to help CGF members and the broader retail and FMCG sectors navigate the sustainability landscape, find inspiration, and quickly achieve and execute net goals. zero. The announcement was made at the CGF’s annual flagship event, the Global Summit, currently taking place in Dublin, and is part of the CGF’s commitment to its role as an official United Nations body. Race to Zero Acceleratoras announced at COP26 in Glasgow.

The hub includes key information on decarbonization, the Race to Zero campaign, and aggregated resources from across the sustainability ecosystem. It is organized into three sections: 1) an introduction to Net Zero providing the background and rationale for decarbonization; 2) a guide to the Race to Zero campaign and how to participate; and 3) the knowledge repository to learn more.

The Knowledge repository is a collection of over 100 case studies, and other resources, which have been categorized by distinct decarbonization levers identified as priority areas for carbon reduction in consumer goods and retail industries. The collection can be searched and filtered by decarbonization lever, resource type and subtopic. The Hub is intended to be a living repository, and more relevant content will continue to be added, with a form for third party submissions available on the site.

Ignacio Gavilan, Director of Environmental Sustainability, The Consumer Goods Forum, said, “As a CEO-led organization, we have worked hard to help members move to net zero and, more specifically, to join the United Nations Race to Zero campaign. This work began with the creation of our board-led Net Zero task force in 2021 and we have already seen the number of board members engaged in the race to zero more than double. Since becoming an official Race to Zero Accelerator, we have stepped up our work, hosting webinars and working with our Action Coalitions. The launch of the Carbon Solutions Hub is another milestone as we seek to share knowledge and best practices and facilitate our members’ transition to net zero. There’s a lot of great content out there and we want our members to find it. Now, with support from Accenture, they can by visiting a single source.

Oliver Wright, Senior Managing Director, Global Head of Consumer Goods & Services Industry Group, Accenture, said, “The consumer goods industry has proven to be adaptable and resilient, even in times of great disruption and uncertainty. The challenge of managing complex global value chains and raising the bar for sustainability commitments – from tackling Scope 3 emissions to adopting circular practices – is significant.

“Working closely with the Consumer Goods Forum, we have developed the Carbon Solutions Hub to inspire and help business leaders accelerate their journey to net zero by providing practical information and resources, and empowering industries to come together to share their experiences and successes. with the others.

“Armed with knowledge, a continued willingness to work together, and an increased focus on embedding sustainability into all facets of the organization, business leaders will be better positioned to create new levels of value. , cut costs and do the right thing for society and the planet.”

To learn more, visit the Carbon Solutions Hub at www.carbonsolutionshub.com. If you have relevant content to share, send the form.

– Ends –

About the Consumer Goods Forum

The Consumer Goods Forum (“CGF”) is a global, peer-driven industry network that is driven by its members to encourage the global adoption of practices and standards that serve the consumer goods industry worldwide. It brings together CEOs and senior executives from some 400 retailers, manufacturers, service providers and other stakeholders in 70 countries, and it reflects the diversity of the industry in terms of geography, size, product category and format. . Its member companies have a combined turnover of €4.6 trillion and directly employ almost 10 million people, with an additional 90 million jobs estimated across the value chain. It is governed by its Board of Directors, which includes more than 55 CEOs of manufacturers and retailers. For more information, please visit: www.theconsumergoodsforum.com.

About Accenture

Accenture is a global professional services company with industry-leading digital, cloud and security capabilities. Combining unparalleled experience and specialist skills in more than 40 industries, we offer strategy and advisory, technology and operations, and Accenture Song services, all powered by the world’s largest network of advanced technology centers and smart operations. Our 699,000 people deliver on the promise of technology and human ingenuity every day, serving customers in more than 120 countries. We embrace the power of change to create value and shared success for our customers, our people, our shareholders, our partners and our communities. Visit us at accenture.com.

For more information please contact:

Ignacio Gavilan
Director of Environmental Sustainability
The Consumer Goods Forum
[email protected]

lee green
Communications Director
The Consumer Goods Forum
[email protected]

Tara burns
Global Head of Consumer Goods & Services
[email protected]

The Consumer Goods Forum

The Consumer Goods Forum

The Consumer Goods Forum (“CGF”) is a global industry peer-to-peer network that is driven by its members to encourage the global adoption of practices and standards that serve the consumer goods industry worldwide. It brings together CEOs and senior executives from some 400 retailers, manufacturers, service providers and other stakeholders in 70 countries, and it reflects the diversity of the industry in terms of geography, size, product category and format. . Its member companies have a combined turnover of €3.5 trillion and directly employ nearly 10 million people, with an additional 90 million jobs estimated across the value chain. It is governed by its Board of Directors, which includes more than 50 CEOs of manufacturers and retailers. To learn more, please visit: www.theconsumergoodsforum.com.

Join our global community to stay up to date with the latest news on how the consumer goods industry is working together effectively for positive change and to build better lives through better business: Twitter, LinkedIn, Youtube.

lee green
Director, Communications
+33 1 82 00 95 70

Louise Chester
Communications Officer
+33 1 82 00 95 91

More The Consumer Goods Forum

Appcast Wins SIIA CODiE 2022 Award for Best Human Capital or Talent Management Solution

Appcast Earns Prestigious Industry Recognition for Appcast Premium, Its Managed Enterprise Full Service to Optimize All Recruitment Advertising Needs

LEBANON, NH, June 22, 2022 /PRNewswire-PRWeb/ — appcast, the global leader in programmatic recruiting advertising technology and services, today announced that Appcast Premium, a comprehensive, enterprise-managed service to optimize an employer’s entire digital job ad program , was named Best Human Capital or Talent Management Solution of 2022 in the annual SIIA CODiE Awards. The CODiE Awards recognize companies producing the most innovative commercial technology products across the country and around the world.

“To be recognized by the industry experts and peers of the SIIA Codie Awards and the rigor of this review process is truly humbling,” said Chris Forman, founder and CEO of Appcast. “I am extremely proud of the technology and people behind Appcast Premium and the unparalleled support they provide our customers every day, especially given the challenging labor market conditions.”

Appcast Premium combines programmatic technology with a team of recruitment advertising experts, to help companies find qualified people quickly, helping to fill recruitment needs for all open positions. Revolutionizing the way employers source and optimize job postings, Appcast Premium dramatically improves ROI and simplifies vendor management, delivering personalized job posting performance data reports with actionable insights. Appcast Premium can track every candidate through to a hire, ensuring recruiting advertising budgets are consistently optimized, even when labor market conditions make it difficult to source candidates.

“Even in these tumultuous times, vendors of enterprise applications, software, services and products have continued the industry’s long tradition of developing and bringing to market innovative solutions to meet business needs” , said the president of SIIA. Jeff Joseph. “We are proud to recognize the class of winners of this year’s CODiE Award. They truly represent the best of the best in a highly competitive and ever-changing marketplace.”

The Software & Information Industry Association (SIIA), the leading trade association for the software and digital content industries, announced the full list of CODiE winners during an online winners announcement. June 8 in the metaverse.

Recognized as the premier awards program for the software and information industries in over 35 years, the SIIA CODiE Award are produced by the Software and Information Industry Association (SIIA), the leading trade association for the software, education, media and digital content industries. Appcast Premium was honored as one of 46 winners across 45 enterprise technology categories, including seven leadership categories recognizing outstanding companies, individuals and teams.

The SIIA CODiE Awards are the industry’s only peer-reviewed awards program. The first round of review of all applicants is conducted by software and business technology experts with considerable industry expertise, including analysts, media, bloggers, bankers and investors. The scores from the expert judge’s exam determine the finalists. SIIA members then vote on the finalist products, and the scores from both rounds are compiled to select the winners.

Forty-three awards were presented this year for products and services deployed specifically for B2B software, information and media companies, including Best Overall Enterprise Technology Product, awarded to the product with the highest scores from two rounds of judgment.

More price information is available at: siia.net/CODiE.

Details of the winners are listed at https://siia.net/codie/business-technology-winners/

About SIIA CODiE™ Awards
The SIIA CODiE Awards are the only peer-reviewed program showcasing the best products and services in business and education technology. Since 1986, thousands of products, services and solutions have been recognized for their excellence. For more information, visit siia.net/CODiE.

About Appcast
Appcast is the global leader in programmatic recruitment advertising technology and services. With industry-leading technology, unparalleled market data, and a team of industry-leading recruiting specialists, Appcast’s technology and services manage job postings each year on behalf of more than 1,500 clients. Based at Lebanon, NH with offices at Boston, Mass. and New Brunswick, Canada, Appcast is a subsidiary of StepStone, a leading digital recruitment platform that connects companies with the right talent and helps people find the right job. To learn more, visit http://www.appcast.io and follow on Twitter @appcast_io.

Media Contact

Elisabeth BucciantiGabriel Marketing Group (for Appcast), 407-463-8865, [email protected]

Jennifer BaranowskiSIIA, 1.949.448.0545, [email protected]

SOURCE Appcast

Rail walkout kicks off in UK amid fears of summer of pay strikes


Forty thousand UK Network Rail employees and workers from 13 train operators staged walkouts over pay in Britain’s biggest rail strike in 30 years.

Jeff J Mitchell | Getty Images News | Getty Images

LONDON — A day-long rail walkout that is severely disrupting travel across Britain could be just the start of a summer of strikes, Britain’s workers’ unions have warned, as many professions view strikes rather than strikes. wages.

Around 40,000 Network Rail employees and workers from 13 train operators went on strike on Tuesday in the first of a series of planned strikes. It came after talks between operators and UK union RMT failed to reach an agreement on pay, working conditions and possible redundancies.

Just 20% of rail services in England, Scotland and Wales were operating on Tuesday, with further cancellations expected on Thursday and Saturday, causing major disruption for millions of workers and holidaymakers ahead of the peak summer travel season.

London Underground tubes were also operating at limited capacity on Tuesday as staff went on strike.

Unions say railway strikes – the worst in a generation – are backed by staff in other sectors and could prompt them to step up action amid an escalating standoff between government and public sector workers .

It could lead to similar walkouts by teachers, healthcare workers and local government staff, the TUC, Britain’s leading organized labor movement, told CNBC on Tuesday.

“Many public sector workers are waiting to know what their wage offer will be. Unions in education, civil service and other parts of the public sector have already made it clear that if offers are significantly below inflation , they will vote their members for industrial action,” said TUC Deputy General Secretary Paul Nowak.

It comes as the UK suffers its worst cost of living crisis in decades, with wages failing to keep up with rising food and energy prices.

Inflation in the UK hit a 40-year high of 9% in May – a figure the Bank of England has predicted could hit 11% in October. Yet the government has sought to keep public sector wage increases well below this.

“Existential crisis” for public sector workers

Britain’s teachers’ union said the profession was on the brink of an “existential crisis” as workers struggled to make ends meet.

The NASUWT has now said it will elect members for a nationwide industrial action in November if the government fails to meet its demands for a 12% pay rise this year.

“Teachers are suffering, not only from the cost of living crisis, which the whole country is grappling with, but from 12 years of real pay cuts that have left a 20% shortfall in the value of their salaries. “said General Secretary Patrick Roach. in a statement on Sunday.

The nurses are also demanding a 15% pay increase, with a spokesperson for the nurses’ union RCN telling CNBC on Tuesday that pay was a “crucial factor in recruiting and retaining nurses.”

The TUC said any decision to strike would not be taken lightly, but urged the government to do more to support those facing pay freezes and pay cuts in real terms.

“We hope industrial action will not be necessary,” Nowak said. “But we need this Conservative government to recognize the harm it has done by holding down public sector wages for so long. It has pushed the workers to the brink. We have teachers and nurses dependent on food banks – this cannot go on.

Strikes on Britain’s railways have led to major disruption for millions of workers and holidaymakers ahead of the peak summer travel season.

Bryn Colton | Getty Images News | Getty Images

Talks between Network Rail and RMT broke down on Monday after the workers’ union rejected proposals, including a 3% pay rise, in return for changes to workplace practices.

RMT leader Mick Lynch accused the Government of ‘blocking’ wage offers from train operators, calling instead for a 7% to 8% pay rise and warning that industrial action would last ‘as long as ‘it will take’ until workers’ demands are met.

UK Transport Secretary Grant Shapps said the standoff was “fabricated” by unions and workers were striking under “false pretenses”. However, he again on Tuesday rejected calls for the government to intervene in negotiations, saying it was “the employers’ job to meet with the unions”.

Implications for other industries

The strikes come as Britain’s economy struggles to get back on its feet following the coronavirus pandemic and Brexit-related supply issues. New figures released last week showed the country’s economy unexpectedly contracted by 0.3% in April, adding to concerns of a coming recession.

Business leaders said the walkouts could have major implications for other sectors, especially those already hard hit by Covid-19 restrictions.

This week’s rail strikes alone could cost Britain’s leisure, theater and tourism industry more than £1billion ($1.22billion) as more people stay at home them, according to trade body UKHospitality.

Susannah Streeter, senior investment and market analyst at Hargreaves Lansdown, said the rail strikes have turned operational headaches into a “full-fledged migraine” for the hospitality industry.

“Restaurants, bars and hotels were already struggling under the pressure of sky-high energy prices, supply chain disruptions and ongoing labor shortages, and now the massive walkouts are expected to cause further financial hardship,” she said in a note on Tuesday.

“As the transport network shuts down, reservations are set to plummet as lucrative lunchtime clientele stay home, and late-night revelers cancel reservations amid fears they won’t be able to get home at the end of the night,” she added. .

Can PET/MRI correlate tau with cognitive problems in first responders?


Researchers from the Renaissance School of Medicine in Stony Brook and Northwell Health in New York found very high levels of tau protein in several first responders during the World Trade Center terrorist attacks, but most subjects did not had not progressed to Alzheimer’s disease or dementia.

“Preliminary results from this pilot study show that most first responders have relatively high tau levels, but are not compatible with Alzheimer’s disease,” said June Zhou, a medical student at Stony Brook. “However, we have two subjects with very high tau levels [who are] without cognitive impairment. »

Search and rescue operations conducted after the collapse of the two World Trade Center towers on September 11, 2001 exposed emergency responders to extremely damaging emotional, mental and physical conditions, including exposure to toxic substances. Over the next few years, about 23% of this population developed chronic post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), four times more than about 6% of the general population.

PTSD, cognitive impairment

Previous studies involving these emergency workers have shown that the severity of their PTSD symptoms correlates with their degree of cognitive impairment. Other research has found evidence of unique neuropathology among people with cognitive impairment within this same group. Specifically, responders with cognitive impairment showed “reduced cortical thickness, compared to cognitively normal responders, as well as negatively affected brain regions in responders with PTSD,” Zhou told SNMMI participants.

“As responders approach their 40s, they also appear to have a higher incidence of cognitive impairment than the general population as well as in their same age group,” she said.

Since cognitive impairment is quite common in patients with Alzheimer’s disease and dementia, Zhou and his colleagues created a pilot study to use PET/MRI to assess the extent and location of deposition of tau, which have been linked to both conditions, in brain regions. which included the amygdala and the inferior temporal and lateral occipital lobes.

To date, researchers have recruited 14 responders (range, 50-61 years), of whom 11 (78%) have cognitive impairment and five (45%) have PTSD. Subjects are required to take the Montreal Cognitive Assessment Test (MoCA) to assess their cognitive abilities and are excluded from the study if they have conditions, such as a history of psychosis, that would skew cognitive assessments and results .

This was followed by PET/MRI examinations (Biograph mMR, Siemens Healthineers), which began 80 to 100 minutes after injection of the PET radiotracer F-18 flortaucipir (Tauvid, Avid Radiopharmaceuticals), which showed an ability to detect tau pathology. and to help differentiate between people with Alzheimer’s disease and mild cognitive impairment and healthy controls. The PET images were then recorded on MRI rapid acquisition gradient echo (MPRAGE) images prepared in T1 weighting. Standardized uptake values ​​(SUV) in brain regions were partially corrected and normalized using cerebellar gray matter.

Flortaucipir-PET images show tau deposits with substantial frontal and temporal uptake, relative to the cerebellar gray reference region (indicated by crosshairs). Image courtesy of SNMMI, June Zhou, and Stony Brook Renaissance School of Medicine.

Insufficient for diagnosis

While researchers found that nine responders (64%) met the criteria for preclinical Alzheimer’s disease, only three responders (21%) had reached stage I-II Alzheimer’s disease with abnormally high uptake in the entorhinal cortex. More interestingly, Zhou and colleagues noted in their abstract that only one respondent “had stage III compatible patterns [Alzheimer’s]and one had uptake in the temporal cortex consistent with advanced Alzheimer’s disease, although all regions thought to show stage IV tau increases were unaffected.

Considering the results obtained so far, Zhou and colleagues concluded that “tau status alone is not sufficient to diagnose Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias, even in the context of cognitive impairment.”

They added, however, that it is “concerning that these responders have increased tau signaling at ages when Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias are rare. In the responder with the greatest tau load, the distribution of proteins tau did not follow the expected pattern, suggesting a neuropathology that differs from patterns seen in conventional Alzheimer’s disease and related dementias.”

Copyright © 2022 AuntMinnie.com

AMD ends Threadripper Pro 5000 drought for non-Lenovo PCs

A drought of AMD’s latest Threadripper workstation processors is finally coming to an end for PC makers who faced shortages earlier this year, while Hong Kong giant Lenovo enjoyed an exclusive supply of fleas.

AMD announcement On Monday, it will expand the availability of its Ryzen Threadripper Pro 5000 processors to “mainstream” system integrators in July and to DIY builders through retailers later this year. This announcement came nearly two weeks after Dell announcement it would release a workstation with Threadripper Pro 5000 this summer.

The next wave of Threadripper Pro 5000 workstations will mark the end of the window of exclusivity Lenovo has had with high-performance chips since their launch in April.

While Lenovo’s window of exclusivity for Threadripper Pro 5000 parts alone would have been inconvenient for competing PC makers, what made matters worse was that smaller companies – the ones we call system integrators systems – were experiencing a severe shortage of the latest generation Threadripper 3000 processors in the first half of the year. of 2022, as The register reported in April.

This supply imbalance between Lenovo and other companies has hurt competition for AMD workstations, which has reduced options for buyers. This was a big deal in the workstation world, as AMD was widely seen as the go-to choice for high-end desktops, thanks to processors with faster and better capabilities than Intel’s chips. .

Systems integrators receiving Threadripper Pro 5000 in July include U.S.-based Maingear, Puget Systems and Velocity Micro, who told us a few months ago that Threadripper shortages were slowing business and forcing them to recommend systems based on Intel in several cases. .

For anyone who currently owns a workstation with a Threadripper Pro 3000 processor, good news: you will be able to squeeze a Threadripper Pro 5000 chip into a WRX80-based motherboard with a BIOS update.

It’s official: the non-Pro Threadripper range is over

While the expansion of Threadripper Pro 5000 availability is a positive development for workstation sellers and buyers, AMD’s Monday update came with some bad news, although some industry players industry knew it was probably coming: the death of the non-Pro Threadripper CPU.

AMD called it “platform simplification” and said it would now only develop Threadripper Pro processors, meaning we shouldn’t expect to see a vanilla Threadripper 5000 line like we have. made with 2019’s 3000 and earlier generations. The chip designer said it did this to serve what “enthusiasts and the most discerning content creators value the most on the platform.”

Describing the news as a positive development, AMD said Threadripper Pro 5000 will offer users 128 lanes of PCIe Gen 4 connectivity, 8-lane UDIMM and RDIMM support for “more flexible memory configurations”, L3 cache “massive”, plus management and security features that come with all Ryzen Pro processors, which are designed primarily for commercial use.

The future of Threadripper Pro is more expensive

What AMD didn’t say is that the Threadripper Pro processors and accompanying parts are more expensive than the non-Pro versions that were more popular with consumers.

The thing to remember is that AMD introduced the Threadripper Pro brand in 2020 with the Threadripper Pro 3000 chips.

These chips represented a branch of the usual Threadripper processors that AMD had been pushing since 2017, and their capabilities were designed for professionals, from higher capacity error-correcting memory to more than double the PCIe lanes.

The tradeoff for these pro-grade Threadripper Pro chips is that they are more expensive than their non-Pro counterparts. As Tom’s gear Noted Last year, the 64-core Threadripper Pro 3995WX had a recommended price of $5,489, which is $1,499 more than its consumer counterpart, the Threadripper 3990X. The price difference between the 32-core versions was $750.

It’s not just the CPU that’s more expensive. Motherboards are too, which Puget Systems says can really help raise the price of an overall system over non-Pro Threadripper chips.

“Nearly all motherboards for these workstation-class processors are physically larger, in order to accommodate the high number of PCI-Express lanes and memory channels offered by these chips, which means that a tower chassis larger is needed. In months past, fitting a mid-tower for a reasonable price now requires a full tower case and costs thousands of dollars more,” the company said in a statement. May blog post who tried to explain what was going on with Threadripper.

We’ll admit that Threadripper Pro systems are more affordable than workstations using AMD’s server-grade Epyc chips, but those hoping to build a workstation system on a budget might want to check out the latest great processors. high-end audience from AMD and Intel. . ®

FirstFT: Germany reopens coal plants to avoid gas shortage as Russia cuts supply


Hello. This article is an on-site version of our FirstFT newsletter. Sign up for our Asia, Europe/Africa or Americas edition to get it delivered straight to your inbox every weekday morning


The German government said yesterday it would pass emergency laws to reopen mothballed coal-fired power stations for power generation and auction gas supplies to industry to incentivize companies to reduce their consumption.

The move illustrated the depth of concern in Berlin over possible gas shortages in the winter months, as Russian gas export cuts threaten shortages in Europe’s biggest economy.

“It’s bitter, but in this situation it is essential to reduce the use of gas,” said German Economy Minister Robert Habeck, a member of the Greens party. The plan is at odds with Germany’s climate policy, which aims to phase out coal by 2030 because it is far more carbon intensive than gas.

Russia slashed the capacity of the main gas export pipeline to Germany by 60% last week, causing repercussions across the continent as Western officials believe Moscow was arming its gas exports in response to sanctions. the EU following the large-scale invasion of Ukraine.

Italy, which has also seen gas supplies plummet from Russia, is expected to announce emergency measures in the coming days if supplies are not restored.

Habeck said Berlin was working on a new law to temporarily bring back up to 10 gigawatts of idle coal-fired power plants for up to two years; this would increase Germany’s dependence on coal for power generation by up to a third.

“The situation is serious,” Habeck said. “It’s obviously Putin’s strategy to upset us, drive up prices and divide us. . . We will not allow this to happen.

Thanks for reading FirstFT Asia, and we hope you have a great week. Here is the rest of the news from the day. — Sophie

1. US lawmakers ask for more money to counter China in the Indo-Pacific The US House of Representatives will introduce the “Indo-Pacific Engagement Act” to incentivize the White House to funnel more money to the Indo-Pacific region. Lawmakers aim to narrow the gap between the rhetoric that Asia is the priority region and funding levels.

2. Crypto Industry Braces For Fallout After Weekend Crash Bitcoin fell to $17,628 on Saturday before bouncing back. This has contributed to an escalating credit crunch in the digital asset industry that threatens to engulf many of its key players.

3. EU and India to restart trade talks after a decade apart To steer New Delhi away from its historical ties with Russia, the EU will start talks with India at the end of June for agreements on trade, investment protection and other specific regional products. The target timeline is for the deal to be signed by the end of 2023.

4. Japan’s largest discount store, Daiso, beleaguered by falling yen Seiji Yano, the chairman of Daiso Industries, has pledged to defend the chain’s price of ¥100 ($0.75) per item despite an existential threat to the company from global inflation and the falling market. yen. In his very first media interview, he said the store is reviewing its product line to ensure its survival.

  • Go further: The Bank of Japan kept its main policy rate at minus 0.1% last week, putting it at odds with other central banks that have raised interest rates to tame inflation.

5. China launches new aircraft carrier China has launched its most advanced aircraft carrier yet as Beijing races to catch up with US military capabilities and follow through on its threats to retake Taiwan by force if necessary. The vessel, named Fujian after the coastal province opposite Taiwan, had been under construction at Shanghai’s Jiangnan Shipyard since 2018.

The day ahead

World Air Transport Summit The International Air Transport Association continues its summit today in Doha, Qatar, and will release IATA’s annual report.

June 19 The United States observes a federal holiday today to commemorate the end of legal slavery for black Americans.

Economic data Germany is releasing its May Producer Price Index (PPI) figures today, and the UK will release trade figures, the Rightmove monthly house price index as well as data from the UK. ‘Office for National Statistics on Housing Affordability.

India Australian Defense Minister Richard Marles is visiting India, continuing new Prime Minister Anthony Albanese’s emphasis on closer relations with the subcontinent to counter China.

What else we read

Chinese tourists struggle to overcome Covid travel hurdles While the rest of the country remains wary, people in Beijing and Shanghai have emerged from strict lockdowns. Tourists who tentatively begin moving around the country face a patchwork of local quarantine regulations that in some cases require seven-day quarantines before travelers can begin their vacations.

  • Related: Chinese consumers are expected to spend $5.2 billion on camping gear this year as city dwellers take to the wild for getaway adventures.

Why pay raises for your company’s ‘flight risks’ can backfire The bosses are doing their best to give money and promotions to resignation candidates to convince them to stay, but the Great Resignation has complicated this practice of counter-offering.

Ransomware Gangs Target Japan as Feeding Ground The United States and Europe have long been prime targets for ransomware attackers. But now one of Japan’s strongest natural defenses – its language – is rapidly evaporating with the help of AI translation software that helps criminals craft traps that seem more plausible and legitimate.

© Maria Hergueta

How to Escape the Great Innovation Stagnation With soaring inflation and declining research productivity, ideas have become more expensive to find. Spending more on R&D will not solve the productivity problem — the pressing problem is to improve the scientific process. The answer may lie in accelerating remote collaboration.

Men must intervene at home to increase birth rates When we talk about how to deal with declining birth rates, the conversation usually focuses on young women. But a more successful political target might actually be men. With career versus family no longer such a trade-off for women, “having it all” is only possible with increased paternal custody, writes John Burn-Murdoch.


The pandemic has accelerated the trend towards mini motorhomes. While smaller motorhomes lose kitchens and toilets, they are easier to drive, park and maneuver, opening up a whole new world of adventure.

The Mercedes-Benz Metris, parked in front of a background of trees, with its doors open and its extendable roof popping up

© Lyndon French | Patti Waldmeir with the Mercedes-Benz Metris

Thanks for reading and don’t forget you can add FirstFT to myFT. You can also choose to receive a FirstFT push notification every morning on the app. Send your recommendations and comments to [email protected] Register here.

Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Size, Scope and Forecast

New Jersey, United States – The Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market The research report examines the market in detail over the predicted period. The research is divided into sections, each of which includes analysis of market trends and changes. Drivers, limitations, opportunities, and barriers, as well as the impact of numerous aspects on the industry, are all variables of market dynamics.

The report provides participants with essential information as well as specific recommendations for gaining a competitive advantage in the global business world. It studies how different players compete in the global market and shows how they compete differently. Market size for Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market is calculated using a projected period included in the research study. Current market status and trends, along with business growth drivers, industry share, sales volume, interesting BI dashboards, and market forces are all explored.

Get Sample Full PDF Copy of Report: (Including Full TOC, List of Tables & Figures, Chart) @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/download-sample/?rid=129182

Key Players Mentioned in the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Research Report:

Nestle SA, Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV, Procter & Gamble Co, The Coca Cola Co, PepsiCo Inc., Heineken NV, Unilever plc, Kweichow Moutai Co. Ltd., L’Oral SA, Colgate-Palmolive Company.

Our analysts have performed a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the microeconomic and macroeconomic components of the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) market. This study will also help to understand changes in Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) market industrial supply chain, manufacturing processes and costs, sales scenarios and market dynamics.

This analysis highlights significant mergers and acquisitions, business expansions, differences in goods or services, market structure, competitive conditions in the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) market, and market size by participant.

Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Segmentation:

Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market, By Type

• Food and drink
• Personal care and cosmetics
• Household items
• Large distribution
• Agricultural production
• Others

Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market, By Distribution Channel

• Offline
• On line

Inquire for a discount on this Premium Report @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/ask-for-discount/?rid=129182

Scope of the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Report

UNITY Value (million USD/billion)
SECTORS COVERED Types, applications, end users, and more.
REPORT COVER Revenue Forecast, Business Ranking, Competitive Landscape, Growth Factors and Trends
BY REGION North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, Middle East and Africa
CUSTOMIZATION SCOPE Free report customization (equivalent to up to 4 analyst business days) with purchase. Added or changed country, region and segment scope.

Answers to key questions in the report:

1. Who are the Top Five Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Players?

2. How will the consumer packaged goods (CPG) market evolve in the next five years?

3. Which product and application will occupy the lion’s share of the consumer packaged goods (CPG) market?

4. What are the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Drivers and Restraints?

5. Which regional market will show the strongest growth?

6. What will be the CAGR and size of the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) market throughout the forecast period?

For more information or query or customization before buying, visit @ https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/product/consumer-packaged-goods-cpg-market/

Visualize the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Using Verified Market Intelligence:-

Verified Market Intelligence is our BI platform for market narrative storytelling. VMI offers in-depth forecast trends and accurate insights on over 20,000 emerging and niche markets, helping you make critical revenue-impacting decisions for a bright future.

VMI provides a global overview and competitive landscape with respect to region, country and segment, as well as key players in your market. Present your market report and findings with an integrated presentation feature that saves you over 70% of your time and resources for presentations to investors, sales and marketing, R&D and development of products. VMI enables data delivery in Excel and interactive PDF formats with over 15+ key market indicators for your market.

Visualize the Consumer Packaged Goods (CPG) Market Using [email protected] https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/vmintelligence/

About Us: Verified Market Research®

Verified Market Research® is a leading global research and advisory firm that for over 10 years has provided advanced analytical research solutions, personalized advice and in-depth data analysis to individuals and businesses seeking accurate research, reliable and up to date. data and technical advice. We provide insight into strategic and growth analytics, the data needed to achieve business goals, and help make critical revenue decisions.

Our research studies help our clients make superior data-driven decisions, understand market forecasts, capitalize on future opportunities, and maximize efficiency by working as a partner to deliver accurate and valuable insights. The industries we cover span a wide spectrum, including technology, chemicals, manufacturing, energy, food and beverage, automotive, robotics, packaging, construction, mining and gas. Etc.

At Verified Market Research, we help in understanding holistic market indicator factors and most current and future market trends. Our analysts, with their deep expertise in data collection and governance, use industry techniques to gather and review data at all stages. They are trained to combine modern data collection techniques, superior research methodology, subject matter expertise and years of collective experience to produce informative and accurate research.

Having served over 5000 clients, we have provided reliable market research services to over 100 Global Fortune 500 companies such as Amazon, Dell, IBM, Shell, Exxon Mobil, General Electric, Siemens, Microsoft, Sony and Hitachi. We have co-consulted with some of the world’s leading consulting firms such as McKinsey & Company, Boston Consulting Group, Bain and Company for custom research and consulting projects for companies around the world.

Contact us:

Mr. Edwyne Fernandes

Verified Market Research®

USA: +1 (650)-781-4080
UK: +44 (753)-715-0008
APAC: +61 (488)-85-9400
US Toll Free: +1 (800)-782-1768

E-mail: [email protected]

Website:- https://www.verifiedmarketresearch.com/

Gun dealers stoke fears of increasing arms sales

These images have since become mainstream. When Brian Kemp ran for governor of Georgia in 2018, a tongue-in-cheek ad showed him in a room full of guns, pointing a shotgun near a young man interested in dating his daughter. This drew criticism, including from Shannon Watts, founder of Moms Demand Action for Gun Sense in America, who tweeted“This recurring, American-only ‘joke’ is annoying.”

Mr. Kemp responded dismissively with his own tweet“I’m conservative, folks. Move on!”

Groups like the Firearms Policy Coalition have filed dozens of legal challenges over gun limits, and conservative judges, some appointed by former President Donald J. Trump, have won legal victories, including striking down a California law last month that placed a minimum age of 21 on purchases of semi-automatic rifles.

Mr Suplina, of Everytown, challenged the notion that this was an era of expanding gun rights, citing a recent modest compromise on guns in Washington and some victories at the of the state, including laws prohibiting or limiting phantom weapons in Delaware, Hawaii, Illinois, Maryland, Nevada, New York and Rhode Island. At least four states — Delaware, New York, Rhode Island and Washington – imposed new limits on high-capacity magazines that could hold a large amount of ammunition.

“The fight is really intense,” Mr Suplina said. “But for the first time in recent times, the gun safety movement is emerging, meeting them on the battlefield, so to speak, and that includes state houses and also Congress.”

Still, gun supporters are generally feeling optimistic.

“We are only at the beginning of expanding gun rights,” said Mr. Csencsits of Gun Owners of America.

But lest its members get too complacent, Gun Owners of America has a very different message on its website about the state of affairs: Be Afraid.

Germantown firm wins jury trial against Chinese manufacturer


A federal jury on Friday awarded more than $100 million in damages to a Germantown company that accused a Chinese furniture maker of stealing its intellectual property – the design of a lighted multifunctional cup holder.

The jury found Man Wah Holdings LTD. had infringed Raffel Systems LLC’s patent and intentionally misappropriated its “trade dress” for the cup holder, and even put stickers with Raffel’s patent number on the tampered components.

The jury awarded approximately $9.3 million in actual damages for the false branding, patent and trade dress violations. He added $97.5 million in punitive damages for the malicious appropriation of Raffel’s business attire, the overall appearance of the cup holder.

A Germantown company claims that the cup holder/controller on this Chinese lounge chair is a counterfeit version of its own patented product.

The 12-person jury returned the verdicts on Friday afternoon, after about six hours of deliberations following a two-week trial. Raffel or Man Wah officials had no immediate comment on the verdicts.

About two dozen employees of Raffel Systems LLC in Germantown — most of its staff — crowded into a small courtroom gallery at the Milwaukee federal courthouse on Thursday, all wearing company shirts.

They came to hear final arguments in Raffel’s case against Man Wah Holdings LTD, a Chinese furniture giant Raffel accused of illegally copying its lighted cupholder controllers used in theater-style seating manufactured by Man Wah and several other companies.

John Scheller, an attorney at Michael Best & Friedrich in Madison, called Man Wah’s strategy a “deliberate, planned and destructive copying” of Raffel’s intellectual property.

“Without a doubt, they wanted to get rid of us. Most small businesses wouldn’t resist Man Wah, but they underestimated the strength of Raffel’s people.

Man Wah denied infringing on any patents or trade dress associated with Raffel’s cup holders, and portrayed the Wisconsin company as simply trying to capitalize on a short-term mistake into a giant corporate gain. foreign.

“It’s their pot of gold,” said Michael Lindinger of Washington, D.C. “They’re seeking damages from Man Wah’s profits selling furniture.”

Lindinger noted that some Man Wah officials were also present, from China, “because it’s important to them too.”

Simple idea, big deal

According to his website, Mark Raffel owned a furniture store in Milwaukee in the 1980s when he began working on ways to integrate motors and heaters to increase comfort. Today, the company does business globally, providing controls and features for furniture, RVs, theaters and more.

The lawsuit says employee Ken Seidl came up with the idea for a lighted cup holder at the 2005 furniture show in North Carolina. It evolved to include tilt controls, footrests, headrests, massagers, and other functions on theater-style seats and other so-called motion furniture. Raffel obtained several patents.

It quickly became a popular component for dozens of manufacturers. Man Wah was a huge account, but Raffel insisted that the Chinese company’s typical vendor agreement be changed: he couldn’t copy the cup holder.

Raffel employs around 30 people in engineering, design and administration at its Germantown headquarters, but manufactures most products at a Chinese subsidiary.

In late 2017, Man Wah contracted another Chinese company to manufacture the same units, for less than Raffel was charging. Not only were the cupholders “identical”, in design and appearance (but not in reliability), but the counterfeits even had stickers with Raffel’s patent number.

In mid-2018 the counterfeits were failing, Raffel discovered the problem and took legal action.

Man Wah made changes to the holders he had created, to clarify that they were not Raffel forgeries. According to trial testimony, approximately 60,000 of the counterfeits were used in various Man Wah seats sold under multiple brand names in 2018.

Raffel’s attorney said there are still some 14,000 counterfeits in circulation, meaning Raffel faces the possibility of trademark damage for years to come.

Counterfeits damage Raffel’s reputation

During closing argument, Scheller said Man Wah clearly knew about Raffel’s patents before ordering the cheaper counterfeit cup holders. Man Wah also continued to buy cup holders from Raffel, but in decreasing numbers. Scheller said it was a cover-up, intended to make Raffel believe that his own products were in all the furniture Man Wah continued to sell.

Counterfeits quickly proved problematic. Major US retailers who bought from Man Wah reported numerous breakdowns and believed Raffel’s products were faulty, as Man Wah blamed Raffel.

“Our reputation is forever tarnished,” Scheller told the jury.

The nearly two-week trial before U.S. Magistrate Judge Nancy Joseph included recorded and live testimony, some from China via Zoom, and wrestling experts trying to break down the technical and arcane aspects of patent and trademark law. for jurors.

Raffel sought more than $10 million and damages for patent infringement, trade dress infringement, misappropriation, and misbranding. Scheller suggested the jury could award even more punitive damages.

“How do you deter someone like Man Wah?” Scheller asked, suggesting that only a really big reward would get the attention of a really big company. He did not specify a figure.

For Man Wah, Lindinger argued that Raffel never backed up his claims of dominance in the seating control market, tied specific research and development expenditures, particularly the cupholder, or provided evidence as to to the value of the company’s goodwill, which she says has now been damaged. .

Lindinger said Raffel’s total revenue from cupholder sales from 2016 to 2018 was $24.4 million, and yet he was seeking between half and that much damages from Man Wah.

Lindinger also argued the defense that the cup holder had little trade dress to protect because it was primarily functional, and its appearance and design resulted from functionality. “Trade dress” refers to a kind of protection for products that would not qualify under patent or trademark law.

Man Wah argued that no consumer has ever been confused by fake cup holders, because no one buys the furniture just because it contains Raffel components. No one would know Raffel made the brackets unless they take the couches apart, he said.

Scheller argued that he didn’t have to prove the potential for confusion, because there was so much real confusion – among manufacturers, retailers and consumers, and even Man Wah himself. He noted that after the counterfeits began to fail, Man Wah workers sent more counterfeits as replacements when they intended to send Raffel cup holders.

During pre-trial litigation, Joseph had narrowed the claims and counterclaims of the case and concluded that Man Wah had infringed an aspect of a Raffel patent. Lindinger argued that the patent was invalid because aspects of the claimed novel invention were simply obvious to anyone in that industry.

Lindinger noted that although Raffel officials said the cup holder was the company’s flagship product, it was not prominently featured in its catalogs, nor mentioned during occasional articles about Raffel in a magazine. of the furniture industry.

Contact Bruce Vielmetti at (414) 224-2187 or [email protected] Follow him on Twitter at @ProofHearsay.

GE Appliances opens an energy-efficient DC


GE Appliances (GEA), a Haier company, has announced the opening of its newest West Coast Region distribution center in Dixon, California, near Sacramento. Addition to GEA’s distribution network will help ease supply chain congestion at the company’s distribution center near the Port of Los Angeles and cut delivery times in half for Northern California customers , southern Oregon and western Nevada, allowing next-day delivery, the company said. .

The energy-efficient and LEED-certified warehouse also houses GEA Air & Water Solutions’ brand new training center, where contractors and professional distributors can learn about the latest developments in HVAC technology, such as high-efficiency ductless systems. , and how to install these and other HVAC products.

“Building relationships with our customers is at the forefront of our decision-making at GE Appliances,” said Marcia Brey, vice president of distribution at GEA. “We are excited to be able to better serve them with this new facility, which will allow us to reach local customers in half the time while supporting operational efficiency and our sustainability goals.

DC features for energy and water efficiency include:

• Sustainable ecological swales around the exterior of the warehouse instead of traditional storm drains. The swales help filter runoff and recharge groundwater.
• A fleet of all-electric, lithium-powered forklifts. The site’s reliance on lithium batteries reduces waste water and safety risks associated with changing traditional batteries for machinery and saves time.
• LED fixtures were installed, reducing the number of fixtures needed to illuminate the space and saving energy.

The Dixon site also houses a new technician training center for the management and installation of high-efficiency ductless and variable refrigerant flow (VRF) HVAC systems. A more energy-efficient solution, according to GEA, these systems control the temperature of individual rooms rather than forcing air through an entire home or commercial building. Ductless and VRF systems are currently not included in the traditional trade school HVAC curriculum, leaving a knowledge gap for qualified technicians.

The Dixon ADC employs 50 people, GEA noted. Dart Logistics Services, a third-party logistics company, operates the warehouse under an agreement with and on behalf of GE Appliances. The building is owned by Scannell Properties, a private real estate development company that develops projects in the United States, Canada and Europe. The building was designed and constructed by ARCO National Construction, a design-build industry leader with offices in 31 major markets nationwide.

NMPA sends ‘formal notices’ to Google and Apple in app crackdown

NMPA President and CEO David Israelite.

The National Music Publishers’ Association (NMPA) has officially targeted around 100 apps that it claims use unlicensed music – in addition to sending “formal notices” to the owner of the Google Play Store and the owner of the ‘Apple App Store,’ demanding responsibility for this problem.

The effort to curb the allegedly unauthorized use of music in apps – and to get Google and Apple to act – was revealed yesterday, in a speech by the president and CEO of National Music Publishers ‘ Association, David Israelite.

Speaking at the NMPA’s annual meeting in New York, Israelite highlighted the earnings of songwriters and publishers in the United States in 2021, discussed his organization’s “legal reimbursements” and reiterated agreements reached l year with Twitch and Roblox after high profile clashes.

“Today, we’re announcing a new initiative that targets the use of unlicensed music by apps or apps that run on mobile devices, such as phones, tablets, and watches,” Israelite continued. “Earlier today, the NMPA, on behalf of seven representative publishers, filed a lawsuit in federal court for the Northern District of California against an app known as Vinkle.”

(Vinkle, described on the Play Store as “an amazing video maker for beginners to video editing,” did not respond to a request for comment in time for publication.)

“Also today, the NMPA sent cease and desist letters to nearly 100 apps that use music without proper licenses,” Israelite continued after outlining Vinkle’s operational specifics. “Now the responsibility for licensing music is not limited to the app companies themselves. The app stores that license these apps also have a responsibility to ensure that the apps they make available to their customers are legal and not infringing.

“It is all the more important that these application stores are also managed by companies that offer music services, and that they benefit from the availability of these applications”, continued Israélite, whose group has come under heavy criticism in recent months. “So today, in addition to the lawsuit that was filed and the cease and desist letters that were sent to the apps themselves, the NMPA sent formal notices to Apple and Google demanding the responsibility for this problem.”

Later in his speech, the 17-year-old Israelite leader of the NMPA made it clear that he intended to curb the allegedly unauthorized use at hand as soon as possible.

“As with our gaming initiative a year ago, we expect to see rapid results from this new initiative,” he said. “There’s a reason the NMPA has never lost a case and why our enforcement efforts have netted over a billion dollars. If you are an application that uses music illegally, you can do the right thing to resolve your transgressions and become a legitimate business partner, or you can close. There is no other choice.”

To incentivize app developers to adopt the first option – and the associated payments – the NMPA also unveiled a “strategic partnership” with Songclip, a music integration platform that signed an agreement with Universal Music Group three days ago. Additionally, Israelite highlighted “a strategic partnership with the ACT Association, which is a trade association representing the app developer community.”

Consumer Watchdog urges California Supreme Court to reaffirm “organizational quality” in unfair competition cases – YubaNet

Consumer Watchdog filed a “friend of the court” brief urging the California Supreme Court to reaffirm the ability of nonprofits and other groups to sue on behalf of the public under California’s unfair competition.

Consumer Watchdog filed its amicus brief on behalf of the plaintiff in the case, California Medical Association. The lawsuit against Aetna Health of California addresses the issue of access to physicians outside of an insurer’s network, known as “out-of-network” physicians.

Download the brief here.

In the upcoming case, the California Supreme Court will decide whether organizations acting on behalf of the public have ‘standing’ to sue under the state’s unfair competition law – the ‘UCL’. . Organizational status under UCL was called into question after the passage of Proposition 64 in 2004, which added a requirement that complainants must show that they have “lost money or property” as a condition for taking legal action.

As the Supreme Court held in an earlier case, “UCL’s objective is to protect both consumers and competitors by promoting fair competition in commercial markets for goods and services” and its ” scope is wide. (Kasky vs. Nike, Inc. (2002) 27 Cal.4th 939, 949.)

Consumer Watchdog argued in its factum filed with the Court today that:

“The Court of Appeal’s decision below, if not changed, will have a significant impact on organizations seeking to bring claims both at UCL and outside of UCL , effectively preventing member organizations from taking direct action for injuries personally sustained in responding to and assisting their members. [Aetna] would have this Court go even further, arguing that the doctrine of direct organizational status is inconsistent with Proposition 64, which would bar all organizations, members or not, from seeking relief under the UCL for harms that they suffer when a respondent interferes with their organizational mission. ”

Recognizing direct organizational status as an appropriate means of showing UCL’s status directly serves UCL’s overall redress goal to protect consumers, according to Consumer Watchdog.

The California Medical Association sued Aetna over its policy to restrict or eliminate patient referrals to out-of-network physicians, which is critically important for patients with serious illnesses who need access to specialists. The California Medical Association argued that Aetna’s policy harmed the public by interfering with the ability of its member physicians to exercise “good medical judgment”.

The Court of Appeals erroneously concluded that when California voters passed Proposition 64 in 2004, voters intended to prevent lawsuits by organizations on behalf of the public. In fact, UCL, as amended by Proposition 64, is entirely compatible with the doctrine of “direct organizational status”. The California Medical Association appealed to the California Supreme Court to overturn the lower court’s decision.

“It’s extremely important to California consumers that organizations have the ability to challenge anti-consumer practices by filing lawsuits on behalf of the public,” said Ryan Mellino, attorney at Consumer Watchdog. “It is critical that the California Supreme Court recognize that the direct organizational status doctrine is fully consistent with UCL after Proposition 64, and reject the invitations of the Court of Appeals and Aetna to hold otherwise.”

Proposition 64 targeted so-called “shakedown lawsuits” by amending the UCL to require all plaintiffs (including organizations) to suffer economic harm before bringing a lawsuit.

Under the doctrine of “direct organizational status,” an organization suffers economic harm when it diverts resources to protect the public. This is the conclusion reached by the Court of Appeal in the case Animal Legal Defense Fund (“ALDF”) c. LT Napa Partners LLC (2015) 234 Cal.App.4th 1270. Consumer Watchdog urged the California Supreme Court to adopt the reasoning of the ALDF court and reject the illogical decision of the Court of Appeal in this case which ignores the plain language of the law.

The case before the California Supreme Court is California Medical Association v AetnaCase No. S269212.



TORONTO, June 15, 2022 /CNW/ – Apple is at the top of the Kantar BrandZ Most Valuable Global Brands 2022 ranking and is on its way to becoming the number one trillion-dollar brand. With a brand value of US$947.1 billion, Apple stands out for its high degree of differentiation and continued diversification in its portfolio of hardware, software and services. Google climbs to second place and is one of the fastest growing countries in the rankings, increasing its brand value by 79% for US$819.6 billion. Google’s suite of work and productivity apps have made it an essential part of the lives of consumers around the world.

The combined value of the world’s 100 most valuable brands increased by 23% to reach US$8.7 trillion over the past year, highlighting the importance of brand strength in navigating a volatile global economy.

Thirty-seven brands improved their ranking this year. In 2022, more than three-quarters of brand value came from American companies. The Media & Entertainment, Business Solutions & Technology Providers and Retail categories represent more than half of the total value of the Top 100 ranking.